Unix Shell Programming, 3rd Edition

• Table of Contents
• Index
Unix® Shell Programming, Third Edition
By Stephen G. Kochan , Patrick Wood
Publisher: Sams Publishing

Pub Date: February 27, 2003
ISBN: 0-672-32490-3
Pages: 456
Slots: 1
Unix Shell Programming is a tutorial aimed at helping Unix and Linux users get optimal performance
out of their operating out of their operating system. It shows them how to take control of their
systems and work efficiently by harnessing the power of the shell to solve common problems. The
reader learns everything he or she needs to know to customize the way a Unix system responds.
The vast majority of Unix users utilize the Korn shell or some variant of the Bourne shell, such as
bash. Three are covered in the third edition of Unix Shell Programming. It begins with a generalized
tutorial of Unix and tools and then moves into detailed coverage of shell programming.
Topics covered include: regular expressions, the kernel and the utilities, command files, parameters,
manipulating text filters, understanding and debugging shell scripts, creating and utilizing variables,
tools, processes, and customizing the shell.
UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
• Table of Contents
• Index
Unix® Shell Programming, Third Edition
By Stephen G. Kochan , Patrick Wood

Publisher: Sams Publishing
Pub Date: February 27, 2003
ISBN: 0-672-32490-3
Pages: 456
Slots: 1
Copyright
About the Authors
We Want to Hear from You!
Reader Services
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. A Quick Review of the Basics
Some Basic Commands
Working with Files
Working with Directories
Filename Substitution
Standard Input/Output and I/O Redirection
Pipes
Standard Error
More on Commands
Command Summary
Exercises
Chapter 3. What Is the Shell?
The Kernel and the Utilities
The Login Shell
Typing Commands to the Shell
The Shell's Responsibilities
Chapter 4. Tools of the Trade
Regular Expressions
cut
paste
sed
tr
grep
sort
uniq
Exercises
Chapter 5. And Away We Go
Command Files
Variables
Built-in Integer Arithmetic
Exercises
Chapter 6. Can I Quote You on That?
The Single Quote
The Double Quote
The Backslash
Command Substitution
Exercises
Chapter 7. Passing Arguments
The $# Variable
The $* Variable
A Program to Look Up Someone in the Phone Book
A Program to Add Someone to the Phone Book
A Program to Remove Someone from the Phone Book
${ n}
The shift Command
Exercises
Chapter 8. Decisions, Decisions
Exit Status
The test Command
The else Construct
The exit Command
The elif Construct
The case Command
The Null Command :
The && and || Constructs
Exercises
Chapter 9. 'Round and 'Round She Goes
The for Command
The until Command
More on Loops
The getopts Command
Exercises
Chapter 10. Reading and Printing Data
The read Command
The printf Command
Exercises
Chapter 11. Your Environment
Local Variables
Exported Variables
PS1 and PS2
HOME, James
Your PATH
Your Current Directory
More on Subshells
Your .profile File
The TERM Variable
The TZ Variable
Exercises
Chapter 12. More on Parameters
UNREGISTERED VERSION
Parameter SubstitutionOF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
The $0 Variable
The set Command
The IFS Variable
The readonly Command
The unset Command
Exercises
Chapter 13. Loose Ends
The eval Command
The wait Command
The trap Command
More on I/O
Functions
The type Command
Exercises
Chapter 14. Rolo Revisited
Design Considerations
rolo
add
lu
display
rem
change
listall
Sample Output
Exercises
Chapter 15. Interactive and Nonstandard Shell Features
Getting the Right Shell
The ENV File
Command-Line Editing
Command History
The vi Line Edit Mode
The Line Edit Mode
Other Ways to Access Your History
Functions
Integer Arithmetic
The alias Command
Arrays
Job Control
The Restricted Shell rsh
Miscellaneous Features
Compatibility Summary
Exercises
Appendix A. Shell Summary
Startup
Commands
Comments
Parameters and Variables
Command Re-entry
Quoting
I/O Redirection
Exported Variables and Subshell Execution
Functions
Job Control
Command Summary
Appendix B. For More Information
Online Documentation
Documentation on the Web
Books
Index
Copyright
Copyright
UNREGISTERED © 2003
VERSION byTO
OF CHM Sams Publishing
PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
All rights reserved. No part of this book shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
written permission from the publisher. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the
information contained herein. Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this
book, the publisher OF CHM
and author TO PDF
assume CONVERTER
no responsibility PROor
for errors BY THETA-SOFTWARE
omissions. Nor is any liability
assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein.
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 2002115932
Printed in the United States of America
First Printing: March 2003
06 05 04 03 4 3 2 1
Trademarks
All terms mentioned in this book that are known to be trademarks or service marks have been
appropriately capitalized. Sams Publishing cannot attest to the accuracy of this information. Use of a
term in this book should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service mark.
Warning and Disclaimer

Every effort has been made to make this book as complete and as accurate as possible, but no
warranty or fitness is implied. The information provided is on an "as is" basis. The authors and the
publisher shall have neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss
or damages arising from the information contained in this book.
Credits
Acquisitions Editor
Katie Purdum
Development Editor
Scott Meyers
Managing Editor
Charlotte Clapp
Copy Editor
Geneil Breeze
Indexer
Erika Millen
Proofreader
Jessica McCarty
Technical Editor
Michael Watson
Interior Designer
Gary Adair
Cover Designer
Gary Adair
Page Layout
Susan Geiselman
Dedication
To my father, Harry Wood

—Patrick Wood
To Gregory, Linda, and Julia for giving meaning to my life

—Stephen G. Kochan
About the Authors
Stephen G. Kochan is the owner of TechFitness, a technology-based fitness company. Prior to that,
he was president OF
and CEO of CHM TO
Pipeline PDF CONVERTER
Associates, PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
a company specializing in color printing software.
Mr. Kochan is the author of several best-selling books on Unix and C programming, including the
best-selling Programming in C. He also acted as Series Editor for the Hayden Unix System Library.
Patrick Wood is the CTO of the New Jersey location of Electronics for Imaging. He was a member of
the technical staff at Bell Laboratories when he met Mr. Kochan in 1985. Together they founded
Pipeline Associates, Inc., OF CHM
a Unix TO PDF
consulting CONVERTER
firm, where he wasPRO BY President.
the Vice THETA-SOFTWARE
They coauthored
Exploring the Unix System, Unix System Security, Topics in C Programming, and Unix Shell
Programming.
We Want to Hear from You!
As the reader of this book, you are our most important critic and commentator. We value your
opinion and want to know what we're doing right, what we could do better, what areas you'd like to
see us publish in, and any other words of wisdom you're willing to pass our way.
You can email or write me directly to let me know what you did or didn't like about this book—as well
as what we can do to make our books stronger.
Please note that I cannot help you with technical problems related to the topic of this book, and that
due to the high volume of mail I receive, I might not be able to reply to every message.
When you write, please be sure to include this book's title and author as well as your name and
phone or email address. I will carefully review your comments and share them with the author and
editors who worked on the book.
Email: feedback@samspublishing.com
Mail: Mark Taber
Associate Publisher
Sams Publishing
201 West 103rd Street
Indianapolis, IN 46290 USA
Reader Services
For more information about this book or others from Sams Publishing, visit our Web site at
www.samspublishing.com.
UNREGISTERED VERSION OF Type
CHMtheTO
ISBN (excluding
PDF hyphens)
CONVERTER or the
PRO BYtitle of the book in the Search
THETA-SOFTWARE
box to find the book you're looking for.

Chapter 1. Introduction
It's no secret that the Unix operating system has emerged as a standard operating system. For
programmers who have been using Unix for many years now, this came as no surprise: The Unix
system provides an elegant and efficient environment for program development. After all, this is what
Dennis Ritchie and Ken Thompson strived for when they developed Unix at Bell Laboratories in the
late 1960s.
One of the strongest features of the Unix system is its wide collection of programs. More than 200
basic commands are distributed with the standard operating system. These commands (also known
as tools) do everything from counting the number of lines in a file, to sending electronic mail, to
displaying a calendar for any desired year.
But the real strength of the Unix system comes not entirely from this large collection of commands
but also from the elegance and ease with which these commands can be combined to perform far
more sophisticated functions.
To further this end, and also to provide a consistent buffer between the user and the guts of the Unix
system (the kernel), the shell was developed. The shell is simply a program that reads in the
commands you type and converts them into a form more readily understood by the Unix system. It
also includes some fundamental programming constructs that let you make decisions, loop, and store
values in variables.
The standard shell distributed with Unix and Linux systems derives from AT&T's distribution, which
evolved from a version originally written by Stephen Bourne at Bell Labs. Since then, the IEEE
created standards based on the Bourne shell and the other more recent shells. The current version of
this standard as of this revision is the Shell and Utilities volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, also known
as the POSIX standard. This shell is what we propose to teach you about in this book.
The examples in this book were tested on both SunOS 5.7 running on a Sparcstation Ultra-30 and on
Silicon Graphics IRIX 6.5 running on an Octane; some examples were also run on Red Hat Linux 7.1
and Cygwin. All examples, except some Bash examples in Chapter 15, were run using the Korn shell,
although many were also run with Bash.
Many Unix systems are still around that have Bourne shell derivatives and utilities not compliant with
the POSIX standard. We'll try to note this throughout the text wherever possible; however, there are
so many different versions of Unix from so many different vendors that it's simply not possible to
mention every difference. If you do have an older Unix system that doesn't supply a POSIX-compliant
shell, there's still hope. We'll list resources at the end of this book where you can obtain free copies of
three different POSIX-compliant shells.
Because the shell offers an interpreted programming language, programs can be written, modified,
and debugged quickly and easily. We turn to the shell as our first choice of programming language.
After you become adept at programming in the shell, you too may turn to it first.
This book assumes that you are familiar with the fundamentals of the Unix system; that is, that you
know how to log in; how to create files, edit them, and remove them; and how to work with
directories. But in case you haven't used the Unix system for a while, we'll examine the basics in
Chapter 2, "A Quick Review of the Basics." Besides the basic file commands, filename substitution,
I/O redirection, and pipes are also reviewed in Chapter 2.
Chapter 3, "What Is the Shell?," reveals what the shell really is. You'll learn about what happens
every time you log in to the system, how the shell program gets started, how it parses the command
line, and how it executes other programs for you. A key point made in Chapter 3 is that the shell is
just a program; nothing more, nothing less.
Chapter 4, "Tools of the Trade," provides tutorials on tools useful in writing shell programs. Covered
in this chapter are cut, paste, sed, grep, sort, tr, and uniq. Admittedly, the selection is subjective,
but it does set the stage for programs that we'll develop throughout the remainder of the book. Also
in Chapter 4 is a detailed discussion of regular expressions, which are used by many Unix commands
such as sed, grep, and ed.
Chapters 5 through OF CHM
10 teach TOtoPDF
you how CONVERTER
put the shell to workPRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
for writing programs. You'll learn how
to write your own commands; use variables; write programs that accept arguments; make decisions;
use the shell's for, while, and until looping commands; and use the read command to read data
from the terminal or from a file. Chapter 6, "Can I Quote You on That?," is devoted entirely to a
discussion on one of the most intriguing (and often confusing) aspects of the shell: the way it
interprets quotes.
By this point in the book, all the basic programming constructs in the shell will have been covered,
and you will be able to write shell programs to solve your particular problems.
Chapter 11, "Your Environment," covers a topic of great importance for a real understanding of the
way the shell operates: the environment. You'll learn about local and exported variables; subshells;
special shell variables such as HOME, PATH, and CDPATH; and how to set up your .profile file.
Chapter 12, "More on Parameters," and Chapter 13, "Loose Ends," tie up some loose ends, and
Chapter 14, "Rolo Revisited," presents a final version of a phone directory program called rolo that is
developed throughout the book.
Chapter 15, "Interactive and Nonstandard Shell Features," discusses features of the shell that either
are not formally part of the IEEE POSIX standard shell (but are available in most Unix and Linux
shells) or are mainly used interactively instead of in programs.
Appendix A, "Shell Summary," summarizes the features of the IEEE POSIX standard shell.
Appendix B, "For More Information," lists references and resources, including the Web sites where
different shells can be downloaded.
The philosophy this book uses is to teach by example. Properly chosen examples do a far superior job
at illustrating how a particular feature is used than ten times as many words. The old "A picture is
worth…" adage seems to apply just as well to examples. You are encouraged to type in each example
and test it on your system, for only by doing can you become adept at shell programming. You also
should not be afraid to experiment. Try changing commands in the program examples to see the
effect, or add different options or features to make the programs more useful or robust.
At the end of most chapters you will find exercises. These can be used as assignments in a classroom
environment or by yourself to test your progress.
This book teaches the IEEE POSIX standard shell. Incompatibilities with earlier Bourne shell versions
are noted in the text, and these tend to be minor.
Acknowledgments from the first edition of this book: We'd like to thank Tony Iannino and Dick Fritz
for editing the manuscript. We'd also like to thank Juliann Colvin for performing her usual wonders
copy editing this book. Finally, we'd like to thank Teri Zak, our acquisitions editor, and posthumously
Maureen Connelly, our production editor. These two were not only the best at what they did, but they
also made working with them a real pleasure.
For the first revised edition of this book, we'd like to acknowledge the contributions made by Steven
Levy and Ann Baker, and we'd like to also thank the following people from Sams: Phil Kennedy,
Wendy Ford, and Scott Arant.
For the second revised edition of this book, we'd like to thank Kathryn Purdum, our acquisitions
editor, Charlotte Clapp, our project editor, and Geneil Breeze, our copy editor.
Chapter 2. A Quick Review of the Basics
IN THIS CHAPTER
Some Basic Commands
Working with Files
WorkingVERSION
UNREGISTERED with Directories
OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Pipes
Standard Error
More on Commands
Command Summary
Exercises
This chapter provides a review of the Unix system, including the file system, basic commands,
filename substitution, I/O redirection, and pipes.
Some Basic Commands
Displaying the Date and Time: The date Command

The date command tells the system to print the date and time:
$ date
Sat Jul 20 14:42:56 EDT 2002
date prints the day of the week, month, day, time (24-hour clock, the system's time zone), and
year. Throughout this book, whenever we use boldface type like this, it's to indicate what you,
the user, types in. Normal face type like this is used to indicate what the Unix system prints.
Italic type is used for comments in interactive sequences.
Every Unix command is ended with the pressing of the Enter key. Enter says that you are finished
typing things in and are ready for the Unix system to do its thing.
Finding Out Who's Logged In: The who Command

The who command can be used to get information about all users currently logged in to the system:
$ who
pat tty29 Jul 19 14:40
ruth tty37 Jul 19 10:54
steve tty25 Jul 19 15:52
Here, three users are logged in: pat, ruth, and steve. Along with each user id, the tty number of
that user and the day and time that user logged in is listed. The tty number is a unique identification
number the Unix system gives to each terminal or network device that a user has logged into.
The who command also can be used to get information about yourself:
$ who am i
pat tty29 Jul 19 14:40

$
who and who am i are actually the same command: who. In the latter case, the am and i are
arguments toVERSION
UNREGISTERED the who command.
Echoing Characters: The echo Command

The echo command prints (or echoes) at the terminal whatever else you happen to type on the line
(there are some exceptions to this that you'll learn about later):
$ echo this is a test
this is a test
$ echo why not print out a longer line with echo?
why not print out a longer line with echo?
$ echo
A blank line is displayed
$ echo one two three four five
one two three four five
You will notice from the preceding example that echo squeezes out extra blanks between words.
That's because on a Unix system, the words are important; the blanks are merely there to separate
the words. Generally, the Unix system ignores extra blanks (you'll learn more about this in the next
chapter).
Working with Files
The Unix system recognizes only three basic types of files: ordinary files, directory files, and special
files. An ordinary file is just that: any file on the system that contains data, text, program
instructions, or just about anything else. Directories are described later in this chapter. As its name
implies, a special file has a special meaning to the Unix system and is typically associated with some
form of I/O.
A filename can be composed of just about any character directly available from the keyboard (and
even some that aren't) provided that the total number of characters contained in the name is not
greater than 255. If more than 255 characters are specified, the Unix system simply ignores the
extra characters.[1]
[1]Modern Unix and Microsoft Windows systems support long filenames; however, some older Unix and Windows
systems only allow much shorter filenames.
The Unix system provides many tools that make working with files easy. Here we'll review many
basic file manipulation commands.
Listing Files: The ls Command

To see what files you have stored in your directory, you can type the ls command:
$ ls
READ_ME
names
tmp
This output indicates that three files called READ_ME, names, and tmp are contained in the current
directory. (Note that the output of ls may vary from system to system. For example, on many Unix
systems ls produces multicolumn output when sending its output to a terminal; on others, different
colors may be used for different types of files. You can always force single-column output with the –l
option.)
Displaying the Contents of a File: The cat Command

You can examine the contents of a file by using the cat command. The argument to cat is the name
of the file whose contents you want to examine.
$ cat names
Susan
Jeff
Henry
Allan
Ken
Counting the Number of Words in a File: The wc Command

With the wc command, you can get a count of the total number of lines, words, and characters of
information contained in a file. Once again, the name of the file is needed as the argument to this
command:
$ wc names
5 5 27 names
The wc command lists three numbers followed by the filename. The first number represents the
number of lines contained in the file (5), the second the number of words contained in the file (in this
case also 5), and the third the number of characters contained in the file (27).
Command Options
Most Unix commands allow the specification of options at the time a command is executed. These
options generally follow the same format:
-letter
That is, a command option is a minus sign followed immediately by a single letter. For example, to
count just the number of lines contained in a file, the option -l (that's the letter l) is given to the wc
command:
$ wc -l names
5 names
To count just the number of characters in a file, the -c option is specified:
$ wc -c names
27 names
Finally, the -w option can be used to count the number of words contained in the file:
$ wc -w names
5 names
Some commands require that the options be listed before the filename arguments. For example,
sort names -r is acceptable, whereas wc names -l is not. Let's generalize by saying that command
options should precede filenames on the command line.
Making a Copy of a File: The cp Command

To make a copy of a file, the cp command is used. The first argument to the command is the name of
the file to be copied (known as the source file), and the second argument is the name of the file to
place the copy into (known as the destination file). You can make a copy of the file names and call it
saved_names as follows:
$ cp names saved_names
Execution of this
UNREGISTERED command
VERSION OFcauses
CHM the
TOfile
PDF named names to bePRO
CONVERTER copied
BYinto a file named saved_names.
THETA-SOFTWARE
As with many Unix commands, the fact that a command prompt was displayed after the cp command
was typed indicates that the command executed successfully.
Renaming a File: The mv Command

A file can be renamed with the mv command. The arguments to the mv command follow the same
format as the cp command. The first argument is the name of the file to be renamed, and the second
argument is the new name. So, to change the name of the file saved_names to hold_it, for
example, the following command would do the trick:
$ mv saved_names hold_it
When executing an mv or cp command, the Unix system does not care whether the file specified as
the second argument already exists. If it does, the contents of the file will be lost. [2] For example, if a
file called old_names exists, executing the command
[2] Assuming that you have the proper permission to write to the file.
cp names old_names
would copy the file names to old_names, destroying the previous contents of old_names in the
process. Similarly, the command
mv names old_names
would rename names to old_names, even if the file old_names existed prior to execution of the
command.
Removing a File: The rm Command
To remove a file from the system, you use the rm command. The argument to rm is simply the name
of the file to be removed:
$ rm hold_it
You can remove more than one file at a time with the rm command by simply specifying all such files
on the command line. For example, the following would remove the three files wb, collect, and mon:
$ rm wb collect mon
$
Working with Directories
Suppose that you had a set of files consisting of various memos, proposals, and letters. Further
suppose that VERSION
UNREGISTERED you had a setOFofCHM
files that
TO were
PDF computer
CONVERTER programs.
PROItBY
would seem logical to group this
THETA-SOFTWARE
first set of files into a directory called documents, for example, and the latter set of files into a
directory called programs. Figure 2.1 illustrates such a directory organization.
Figure 2.1. Example directory structure.
The file directory documents contains the files plan, dact, sys.A, new.hire, no.JSK, and
AMG.reply. The directory programs contains the files wb, collect, and mon. At some point, you may
decide to further categorize the files in a directory. This can be done by creating subdirectories and
then placing each file into the appropriate subdirectory. For example, you might want to create
subdirectories called memos, proposals, and letters inside your documents directory, as shown in
Figure 2.2.
Figure 2.2. Directories containing subdirectories.
documents contains the subdirectories memos, proposals, and letters. Each of these directories in
turn contains two files: memos contains plan and dact; proposals contains sys.A and new.hire;
and letters contains no.JSK and AMG.reply.
Although each file in a given directory must have a unique name, files contained in different
directories do not. So, for example, you could have a file in your programs directory called dact,
even though a file by that name also exists in the memos subdirectory.
The Home Directory and Pathnames
The Unix system always associates each user of the system with a particular directory. When you log
in to the system, you are placed automatically into a directory called your home directory.
Although the location of users' home directories can vary from one Unix version to the next, and
even one user to the next, let's assume that your home directory is called steve and that this
directory is actually a subdirectory of a directory called users. Therefore, if you had the directories
documents and programs, the overall directory structure would actually look something like Figure
2.3. A special directory known as / (pronounced slash) is shown at the top of the directory tree. This
directory is known as the root.
Figure 2.3. Hierarchical directory structure.
Whenever you are "inside" a particular directory (called your current working directory), the files
contained within that directory are immediately accessible. If you want to access a file from another
directory, you can either first issue a command to "change" to the appropriate directory and then
access the particular file, or you can specify the particular file by its pathname.
A pathname enables you to uniquely identify a particular file to the Unix system. In the specification
of a pathname, successive directories along the path are separated by the slash character /. A
pathname that begins with a slash character is known as a full pathname because it specifies a
complete path from the root. So, for example, the pathname /users/steve identifies the directory
steve contained under the directory users. Similarly, the pathname /users/steve/documents
references the directory documents as contained in the directory steve under users. As a final
example, the pathname /users/steve/documents/letters/AMG.reply identifies the file AMG.reply
contained along the appropriate directory path.
To help reduce some of the typing that would otherwise be required, Unix provides certain notational
conveniences. Pathnames that do not begin with a slash character are known as relative pathnames.
The path is relative to your current working directory. For example, if you just logged in to the
system and were placed into your home directory /users/steve, you could directly reference the
directory documents simply by typing documents. Similarly, the relative pathname programs/mon
could be typed to access the file mon contained inside your programs directory.
By convention, the directory name .. always references the directory that is one level higher. For
example, after logging in and being placed into your home directory /users/steve, the pathname ..
would reference the directory users. And if you had issued the appropriate command to change your
working directory to documents/letters, the pathname .. would reference the documents
directory, ../.. would reference the directory steve, and ../proposals/new.hire would reference
the file new.hire contained in the proposals directory. Note that in this case, as in most cases,
there is usually more than one way to specify a path to a particular file.
Another notational convention is the single period ., which always refers to the current directory.
Now it's time to examine commands designed for working with directories.

Displaying Your Working Directory: The pwd Command
The pwd command is used to help you "get your bearings" by telling you the name of your current
working directory.
Recall the directory structure from Figure 2.3. The directory that you are placed in after you log in to
the system is called your home directory. You can assume from Figure 2.3 that the home directory
for the user steve is /users/steve. Therefore, whenever steve logs in to the system, he will
automatically be placed inside this directory. To verify that this is the case, the pwd (print working
directory) command can be issued:
$ pwd
/users/steve
The output from the command verifies that steve's current working directory is /users/steve.
Changing Directories: The cd Command

You can change your current working directory by using the cd command. This command takes as its
argument the name of the directory you want to change to.
Let's assume that you just logged in to the system and were placed inside your home directory,
/users/steve. This is depicted by the arrow in Figure 2.4.
Figure 2.4. Current working directory is steve.

You know that two directories are directly "below" steve's home directory: documents and
programs. In fact, this can be verified at the terminal by issuing the ls command:
$ ls
documents
programs
The ls command lists the two directories documents and programs the same way it listed other
ordinary files in previous examples.
To change your current working directory, issue the cd command, followed by the name of the
directory to change to:
$ cd documents
After executing this command, you will be placed inside the documents directory, as depicted in
Figure 2.5.
Figure 2.5. cd documents.

You can verify at the terminal that the working directory has been changed by issuing the pwd
command:
$ pwd
/users/steve/documents
The easiest way to get one level up in a directory is to issue the command
cd ..
because by convention .. always refers to the directory one level up (known as the parent directory;
see Figure 2.6).
$ cd ..
$ pwd
/users/steve
$
Figure 2.6. cd ..
If you wanted to change to the letters directory, you could get there with a single cd command by
specifying the relative path documents/letters (see Figure 2.7):
$ cd documents/letters
$ pwd
/users/steve/documents/letters
Figure 2.7. cd documents/letters.

You can get back up to the home directory by using a single cd command to go up two directories as
shown:
$ cd ../..
$ pwd
/users/steve
Or you can get back to the home directory using a full pathname rather than a relative one:
$ cd /users/steve
$ pwd
/users/steve
Finally, there is a third way to get back to the home directory that is also the easiest. Typing the
command cd without an argument always places you back into your home directory, no matter
where you are in your directory path:
$ cd
$ pwd
/users/steve
More on the ls Command

When you type the ls command, the files contained in the current working directory are listed. But
you can also use ls to obtain a list of files in other directories by supplying an argument to the
command. First let's get back to your home directory:
$ cd
$ pwd
/users/steve
Now let's take a look at the files in the current working directory:
$ ls
documents
programs
If you supply the name of one of these directories to the ls command, you can get a list of the
contents of that directory. So, you can find out what's contained in the documents directory simply
by typing the command ls documents:
$ ls documents
letters
memos
proposals

To take a look at the subdirectory memos, you follow a similar procedure:
$ ls documents/memos
UNREGISTERED
dact VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
plan
If you specify a nondirectory file argument to the ls command, you simply get that filename echoed
back at the terminal:
$ ls documents/memos/plan
documents/memos/plan
An option to the ls command enables you to determine whether a particular file is a directory,
among other things. The -l option (the letter l) provides a more detailed description of the files in a
directory. If you were currently in steve's home directory as indicated in Figure 2.6, the following
would illustrate the effect of supplying the -l option to the ls command:
$ ls –l
total 2
drwxr-xr-x 5 steve DP3725 80 Jun 25 13:27 documents
drwxr-xr-x 2 steve DP3725 96 Jun 25 13:31 programs
$
The first line of the display is a count of the total number of blocks (1,024 bytes) of storage that the
listed files use. Each successive line displayed by the ls -l command contains detailed information
about a file in the directory. The first character on each line tells whether the file is a directory. If the
character is d, it is a directory; if it is -, it is an ordinary file; finally, if it is b, c, l, or p, it is a special
file.
The next nine characters on the line tell how every user on the system can access the particular file.
These access modes apply to the file's owner (the first three characters), other users in the same
group as the file's owner (the next three characters), and finally to all other users on the system (the
last three characters). They tell whether the user can read from the file, write to the file, or execute
the contents of the file.
The ls -l command lists the link count (see "Linking Files: The ln Command," later in this chapter),
the owner of the file, the group owner of the file, how large the file is (that is, how many characters
are contained in it), and when the file was last modified. The information displayed last on the line is
the filename itself.
$ ls -l programs
total 4
-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 358 Jun 25 13:31 collect
-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 1219 Jun 25 13:31 mon
-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 wb
The dash in the first column of each line indicates that the three files collect, mon, and wb are
ordinary files and not directories.
Creating a Directory: The mkdir Command

To create a directory, the mkdir command must be used. The argument to this command is simply
the name of the directory you want to make. For example, assume that you are still working with the
directory structure depicted in Figure 2.7 and that you want to create a new directory called misc on
the same level as the directories documents and programs. If you were currently in your home
directory, typing the command mkdir misc would achieve the desired effect:
$ mkdir misc
$
Now if you execute an ls command, you should get the new directory listed:
$ ls
UNREGISTERED
documents VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
misc
programs
UNREGISTERED
$ VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
The directory structure now appears as shown in Figure 2.8.
Figure 2.8. Directory structure with newly created misc directory.
Copying a File from One Directory to Another

The cp command can be used to copy a file from one directory into another. For example, you can
copy the file wb from the programs directory into a file called wbx in the misc directory as follows:
$ cp programs/wb misc/wbx
Because the two files are contained in different directories, it is not even necessary that they be
given different names:
$ cp programs/wb misc/wb
When the destination file has the same name as the source file (in a different directory, of course), it
is necessary to specify only the destination directory as the second argument:
$ cp programs/wb misc
When this command gets executed, the Unix system recognizes that the second argument is the
name of a directory and copies the source file into that directory. The new file is given the same
name as the source file. You can copy more than one file into a directory by listing the files to be
copied before the name of the destination directory. If you were currently in the programs directory,
the command
$ cp wb collect mon ../misc
would copy the three files wb, collect, and mon into the misc directory, under the same names.
To copy a file from another directory into your current one and give it the same name, use the fact
that the current directory can always be referenced as '.':
$ pwd
/users/steve/misc
$ cp ../programs/collect .
The preceding command copies the file collect from the directory ../programs into the current
directory (/users/steve/misc).
Moving Files Between Directories
You recall that the mv command can be used to rename a file. However, when the two arguments to
this command reference different directories, the file is actually moved from the first directory into
the second directory. For example, first change from the home directory to the documents directory:

$ cd documents

Suppose that now you decide that the file plan contained in the memos directory is really a proposal
and not a memo. So you want to move it from the memos directory into the proposals directory. The
following would do the trick:
$ mv memos/plan proposals/plan
As with the cp command, if the source file and destination file have the same name, only the name of
the destination directory need be supplied.
$ mv memos/plan proposals
Also like the cp command, a group of files can be simultaneously moved into a directory by simply
listing all files to be moved before the name of the destination directory:
$ pwd
/users/steve/programs
$ mv wb collect mon ../misc
$
This would move the three files wb, collect, and mon into the directory misc. You can also use the
mv command to change the name of a directory. For example, the following renames the directory
programs to bin.
$ mv programs bin
Linking Files: The ln Command

In simplest terms, the ln command provides an easy way for you to give more than one name to a
file. The general form of the command is
ln from to
This links the file from to the file to.
Recall the structure of steve's programs directory from Figure 2.8. In that directory, he has stored a
program called wb. Suppose that he decides that he'd also like to call the program writeback. The
most obvious thing to do would be to simply create a copy of wb called writeback:
$ cp wb writeback
The drawback with this approach is that now twice as much disk space is being consumed by the
program. Furthermore, if steve ever changes wb, he may forget to make a new copy of writeback,
resulting in two different copies of what he thinks is the same program.
By linking the file wb to the new name, these problems are avoided:
$ ln wb writeback
Now instead of two copies of the file existing, only one exists with two different names: wb and
writeback. The two files have been logically linked by the Unix system. As far as you're concerned, it
appears as though you have two different files. Executing an ls command shows the two files
separately:
$ ls
UNREGISTERED
collect
VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
mon
wb
UNREGISTERED
writeback
Look what happens when you execute an ls -l:
$ ls -l
total 5
-rwxr-xr-x 2 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 writeback
The number right before steve is 1 for collect and mon and 2 for wb and writeback. This number is
the number of links to a file, normally 1 for nonlinked, nondirectory files. Because wb and writeback
are linked, this number is 2 for these files. This implies that you can link to a file more than once.
You can remove either of the two linked files at any time, and the other will not be removed:
$ rm writeback
$ ls -l
total 4
Note that the number of links on wb went from 2 to 1 because one of its links was removed.
Most often, ln is used to link files between directories. For example, suppose that pat wanted to
have access to steve's wb program. Instead of making a copy for himself (subject to the same
problems described previously) or including steve's programs directory in his PATH (described in
detail in Chapter 11, "Your Environment"), he can simply link to the file from his own program
directory; for example:
$ pwd
/users/pat/bin pat's program directory
$ ls -l
total 4
-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 1358 Jan 15 11:01 lcat
-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 504 Apr 21 18:30 xtr
$ ln /users/steve/wb . link wb to pat's bin
$ ls -l
total 5
Note that steve is still listed as the owner of wb, even though the listing came from pat's directory.
This makes sense, because really only one copy of the file exists—and it's owned by steve.
The only stipulation on linking files is that for ordinary links, the files to be linked together must
reside on the same file system. If they don't, you'll get an error from ln when you try to link them.
(To determine the different file systems on your system, execute the df command. The first field on
each line of output is the name of a file system.)
To create links to files on different file systems (or perhaps on different networked systems), you can
use the -s option to the ln command. This creates a symbolic link. Symbolic links behave a lot like
regular links, except that the symbolic link points to the original file; if the original file is removed, the
symbolic link no longer works. Let's see how symbolic links work with the previous example:
$ rm wb
UNREGISTERED
$ ls -l VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
total 4
$ ln -s /users/steve/wb ./symwb Symbolic link to wb
$ ls -l
total 5
lrwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 15 Jul 20 15:22 symwb -> /users/steve/wb
Note that pat is listed as the owner of symwb, and the file type is l, which indicates a symbolic link.
The size of the symbolic link is 15 (the file actually contains the string /users/steve/wb), but if we
attempt to access the contents of the file, we are presented with the contents of its symbolic link,
/users/steve/wb:
$ wc symwb
5 9 89 symwb
$
The -L option to the ls command can be used with the -l option to get a detailed list of information
on the file the symbolic link points to:
$ ls -Ll
total 5
Removing the file that a symbolic link points to invalidates the symbolic link (because symbolic links
are maintained as filenames), although the symbolic link continues to stick around:
$ rm /users/steve/wb Assume pat can remove this file
$ ls -l
total 5
lrwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 15 Jul 20 15:22 wb -> /users/steve/wb
$ wc wb
Cannot open wb: No such file or directory
This type of file is called a dangling symbolic link and should be removed unless you have a specific
reason to keep it around (for example, if you intend to replace the removed file).
One last note before leaving this discussion: The ln command follows the same general format as cp
and mv, meaning that you can link a bunch of files at once into a directory using the format
ln files directory
Removing a Directory: The rmdir Command

You can remove a directory with the rmdir command. The stipulation involved in removing a
directory is that no files be contained in the directory. If there are files in the directory when rmdir is
executed, you will not be allowed to remove the directory. To remove the directory misc that you
created earlier, the following could be used:

$ rmdir /users/steve/misc
Once again, the preceding command works only if no files are contained in the misc directory;
otherwise, the following happens:
$ rmdir /users/steve/misc
rmdir: /users/steve/misc not empty
If this happens and you still want to remove the misc directory, you would first have to remove all
the files contained in that directory before reissuing the rmdir command.
As an alternate method for removing a directory and the files contained in it, you can use the -r
option to the rm command. The format is simple:
rm -r dir
where dir is the name of the directory that you want to remove. rm removes the indicated directory
and all files (including directories) in it.
The Asterisk
One powerful feature of the Unix system that is actually handled by the shell is filename substitution.
Let's say that your current directory has these files in it:
$ ls
chapt1
chapt2
chapt3
chapt4
Suppose that you want to print their contents at the terminal. Well, you could take advantage of the
fact that the cat command allows you to specify more than one filename at a time. When this is
done, the contents of the files are displayed one after the other:
$ cat chapt1 chapt2 chapt3 chapt4
...
But you can also type in
$ cat *
...
$
and get the same results. The shell automatically substitutes the names of all the files in the current
directory for the *. The same substitution occurs if you use * with the echo command:
$ echo *
chapt1 chapt2 chapt3 chapt4

Here the * is again replaced with the names of all the files contained in the current directory, and the
echo command simply displays them at the terminal.
Any place that * appears on the command line, the shell performs its substitution:
$ echo * : *
chapt1 chapt2 chapt3 chapt4 : chapt1 chapt2 chapt3 chapt4
The * can also be used in combination with other characters to limit the filenames that are
substituted. For example, let's say that in your current directory you have not only chapt1 through
chapt4 but also files a, b, and c:
$ ls
chapt1
chapt2
chapt3
chapt4
$
To display the contents of just the files beginning with chapt, you can type in
$ cat chapt*
The chapt* matches any filename that begins with chapt. All such filenames matched are substituted
on the command line.
The * is not limited to the end of a filename; it can be used at the beginning or in the middle as well:
$ echo *t1
chapt1
$ echo *t*
chapt1 chapt2 chapt3 chapt4
$ echo *x
*x
In the first echo, the *t1 specifies all filenames that end in the characters t1. In the second echo,
the first * matches everything up to a t and the second everything after; thus, all filenames
containing a t are printed. Because there are no files ending with x, no substitution occurs in the last
case. Therefore, the echo command simply displays *x.
Matching Single Characters

The asterisk (*) matches zero or more characters, meaning that x* matches the file x as well as x1,
x2, xabc, and so on. The question mark (?) matches exactly one character. So cat ? prints all files
with one-character names, just as cat x? prints all files with two-character names beginning with x.
$ ls
a
UNREGISTERED
aa
aax
alice
UNREGISTERED
b
bb
cc
report1
report2
report3
$ echo ?
a b c
$ echo a?
aa
$ echo ??
aa bb cc
$ echo ??*
aa aax alice bb cc report1 report2 report3
In the preceding example, the ?? matches two characters, and the * matches zero or more up to the
end. The net effect is to match all filenames of two or more characters.
Another way to match a single character is to give a list of the characters to use in the match inside
square brackets [ ]. For example, [abc] matches one letter a, b, or c. It's similar to the ?, but it
allows you to choose the characters that will be matched. The specification [0-9] matches the
characters 0 through 9. The only restriction in specifying a range of characters is that the first
character must be alphabetically less than the last character, so that [z-f] is not a valid range
specification.
By mixing and matching ranges and characters in the list, you can perform some complicated
substitutions. For example, [a-np-z]* matches all files that start with the letters a through n or p
through z (or more simply stated, any lowercase letter but o).
If the first character following the [ is a !, the sense of the match is inverted. That is, any character
is matched except those enclosed in the brackets. So
[!a-z]
matches any character except a lowercase letter, and
*[!o]
matches any file that doesn't end with the lowercase letter o.
Table 2.1 gives a few more examples of filename substitution.
Table 2.1. Filename Substitution Examples
Command Description
echo a* Print the names of the files beginning with a
cat *.c Print all files ending in .c

rm *.* Remove all files containing a period
ls x* List the names of all files beginning with x
rm * Remove all files in the current directory (Note: Be careful when you use
this.)
echo a*b Print the names of all files beginning with a and ending with b
cp ../programs/* . Copy all files from ../programs into the current directory
ls [a-z]*[!0-9] List files that begin with a lowercase letter and don't end with a digit
UNREGISTERED
Standard VERSION OFStandard
Input and CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Output
Most Unix system commands take input from your terminal and send the resulting output back to
your terminal. A command normally reads its input from a place called standard input, which happens
to be your terminal by default. Similarly, a command normally writes its output to standard output,
which is also your terminal by default. This concept is depicted in Figure 2.9.
Figure 2.9. Typical Unix command.
Recall that executing the who command results in the display of the currently logged-in users. More
formally, the who command writes a list of the logged-in users to standard output. This is depicted in
Figure 2.10.
Figure 2.10. who command.

If a sort command is executed without a filename argument, the command takes its input from
standard input. As with standard output, this is your terminal by default.
When entering data to a command from the terminal, the Ctrl and d keys (denoted Ctrl+d in this
text) must be simultaneously pressed after the last data item has been entered. This tells the
command that you have finished entering data. As an example, let's use the sort command to sort
the following four names: Tony, Barbara, Harry, Dick. Instead of first entering the names into a file,
we'll enter them directly from the terminal:
$ sort
Tony
Barbara
Harry
Dick
Ctrl+d
Barbara
Dick
Harry
Tony
Because no filename was specified to the sort command, the input was taken from standard input,
the terminal. After the fourth name was typed in, the Ctrl and d keys were pressed to signal the end
of the data. At that point, the sort command sorted the four names and displayed the results on the
standard output device, which is also the terminal. This is depicted in Figure 2.11.
Figure 2.11. sort command.

The wc command is another example of a command that takes its input from standard input if no
filename is specified on the command line. So the following shows an example of this command used
to count the number of lines of text entered from the terminal:
$ wc -l
This is text that
is typed on the
standard input device.
Ctrl+d
Note that the Ctrl+d that is used to terminate the input is not counted as a separate line by the wc
command. Furthermore, because no filename was specified to the wc command, only the count of the
number of lines (3) is listed as the output of the command. (Recall that this command normally prints
the name of the file directly after the count.)
Output Redirection
The output from a command normally intended for standard output can be easily diverted to a file
instead. This capability is known as output redirection.
If the notation > file is appended to any command that normally writes its output to standard output,
the output of that command will be written to file instead of your terminal:
$ who > users
This command line causes the who command to be executed and its output to be written into the file
users. Notice that no output appears at the terminal. This is because the output has been redirected
from the default standard output device (the terminal) into the specified file:
$ cat users
oko tty01 Sep 12 07:30
ai tty15 Sep 12 13:32
ruth tty21 Sep 12 10:10
pat tty24 Sep 12 13:07
steve tty25 Sep 12 13:03
If a command has its output redirected to a file and the file already contains some data, that data will
be lost. Consider this example:
$ echo line 1 > users
$ cat users
line 1
$ echo line 2 >> users
$ cat users
line 1
line 2
$
The second echo command uses a different type of output redirection indicated by the characters >>.
This character pair causes the standard output from the command to be appended to the specified
file. Therefore, the previous contents of the file are not lost, and the new output simply gets added
onto the end.
By using the redirection append characters >>, you can use cat to append the contents of one file
onto the end of another:
UNREGISTERED
$ cat file1VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
This is in file1.
$ cat file2
This is in file2.
$ cat file1 >> file2 Append file1 to file2
$ cat file2
This is in file2.
This is in file1.
Recall that specifying more than one filename to cat results in the display of the first file followed
immediately by the second file, and so on:
$ cat file1
This is in file1.
$ cat file2
This is in file2.
$ cat file1 file2
This is in file1.
This is in file2.
$ cat file1 file2 > file3 Redirect it instead
$ cat file3
This is in file1.
This is in file2.
Now you can see where the cat command gets its name: When used with more than one file, its
effect is to catenate the files together.
Incidentally, the shell recognizes a special format of output redirection. If you type
> file
not preceded by a command, the shell creates an empty (that is, zero character length) file for you.
If file previously exists, its contents will be lost.
Input Redirection
Just as the output of a command can be redirected to a file, so can the input of a command be
redirected from a file. And as the greater-than character > is used for output redirection, the less-
than character < is used to redirect the input of a command. Of course, only commands that normally
take their input from standard input can have their input redirected from a file in this manner.
To redirect the input of a command, you type the < character followed by the name of the file that
the input is to be read from. So, for example, to count the number of lines in the file users, you
know that you can execute the command wc -l users:
$ wc -l users
2 users
Or, you can count the number of lines in the file by redirecting the standard input of the wc command
from the file users:
$ wc -l < users

Note that there is a difference in the output produced by the two forms of the wc command. In the
first case, the name of the file users is listed with the line count; in the second case, it is not. This
points out the subtle distinction between the execution of the two commands. In the first case, wc
knows that it is reading its input from the file users. In the second case, it only knows that it is
reading its input from standard input. The shell redirects the input so that it comes from the file
UNREGISTERED
users and notVERSION OF(more
the terminal CHMabout
TO PDF CONVERTER
this in PROAs
the next chapter). BYfarTHETA-SOFTWARE
as wc is concerned, it
doesn't know whether its input is coming from the terminal or from a file!
Pipes
As you will recall, the file users that was created previously contains a list of all the users currently
logged in to the system. Because you know that there will be one line in the file for each user logged
in to the system, you can easily determine the number of users logged in by simply counting the
number of lines in the users file:
$ who > users
$ wc -l < users
This output would indicate that currently five users were logged in. Now you have a command
sequence you can use whenever you want to know how many users are logged in.
Another approach to determine the number of logged-in users bypasses the use of a file. The Unix
system allows you to effectively connect two commands together. This connection is known as a pipe,
and it enables you to take the output from one command and feed it directly into the input of another
command. A pipe is effected by the character |, which is placed between the two commands. So to
make a pipe between the who and wc -l commands, you simply type who | wc -l:
$ who | wc -l
The pipe that is effected between these two commands is depicted in Figure 2.12.
Figure 2.12. Pipeline process: who | wc -l.

When a pipe is set up between two commands, the standard output from the first command is
connected directly to the standard input of the second command. You know that the who command
writes its list of logged-in users to standard output. Furthermore, you know that if no filename
argument is specified to the wc command, it takes its input from standard input. Therefore, the list of
logged-in users that is output from the who command automatically becomes the input to the wc
command. Note that you never see the output of the who command at the terminal because it is
piped directly into the wc command. This is depicted in Figure 2.13.
Figure 2.13. Pipeline process.

A pipe can be made between any two programs, provided that the first program writes its output to
standard output, and the second program reads its input from standard input.
As another example of a pipe, suppose that you wanted to count the number of files contained in
your directory. Knowledge of the fact that the ls command displays one line of output per file
enables you to use the same type of approach as before:
$ ls | wc -l
10
The output indicates that the current directory contains 10 files.
It is also possible to form a pipeline consisting of more than two programs, with the output of one
program feeding into the input of the next.
Filters
The term filter is often used in Unix terminology to refer to any program that can take input from
standard input, perform some operation on that input, and write the results to standard output. More
succinctly, a filter is any program that can be used between two other programs in a pipeline. So in
the previous pipeline, wc is considered a filter. ls is not because it does not read its input from
standard input. As other examples, cat and sort are filters, whereas who, date, cd, pwd, echo, rm,
UNREGISTERED
mv, and cp are VERSION
not. OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

Standard Error
In addition to standard input and standard output, there is another place known as standard error.
This is where most Unix commands write their error messages. And as with the other two "standard"
places, standard error is associated with your terminal by default. In most cases, you never know the
difference between standard output and standard error:
$ ls n* List all files beginning with n
n* not found
Here the "not found" message is actually being written to standard error and not standard output by
the ls command. You can verify that this message is not being written to standard output by
redirecting the ls command's output:
$ ls n* > foo
n* not found
So, you still get the message printed out at the terminal, even though you redirected standard output
to the file foo.
The preceding example shows the raison d'être for standard error: so that error messages will still
get displayed at the terminal even if standard output is redirected to a file or piped to another
command.
You can also redirect standard error to a file by using the notation
command 2> file
No space is permitted between the 2 and the >. Any error messages normally intended for standard
error will be diverted into the specified file, similar to the way standard output gets redirected.
$ ls n* 2> errors
$ cat errors
n* not found
UNREGISTERED

More on Commands
Typing More Than One Command on a Line
You can type more than one command on a line provided that you separate each command with a
semicolon. For example, you can find out the current time and also your current working directory by
typing in the date and pwd commands on the same line:
$ date; pwd
Sat Jul 20 14:43:25 EDT 2002
/users/pat/bin
You can string out as many commands as you want on the line, as long as each command is delimited
by a semicolon.
Sending a Command to the Background

Normally , you type in a command and then wait for the results of the command to be displayed at
the terminal. For all the examples you have seen thus far, this waiting time is typically short—maybe
a second or two. However, you may have to run commands that require many seconds or even
minutes to execute. In those cases, you'll have to wait for the command to finish executing before
you can proceed further unless you execute the command in the background .
If you type in a command followed by the ampersand character & , that command will be sent to the
background for execution. This means that the command will no longer tie up your terminal, and you
can then proceed with other work. The standard output from the command will still be directed to
your terminal; however, in most cases the standard input will be dissociated from your terminal. If
the command does try to read any input from standard input, it will be stopped and will wait for you
to bring it to the foreground (we'll discuss this in more detail in Chapter 15 , "Interactive and
Nonstandard Shell Features"). [3]
[3]
Note that the capability to stop a command when it reads from standard input may be missing on non-Unix
implementations of the shell or on older shells that do not conform to the POSIX standard. On these
implementations, any read from standard input will get an end-of-file condition as if Ctrl+d were typed.
$ sort data > out & Send the sort to the background
[1] 1258 Process id
$ date Your terminal is immediately available to do other work
Sat Jul 20 14:45:09 EDT 2002
$
When a command is sent to the background, the Unix system automatically displays two numbers.
The first is called the command's job number and the second the process id . In the preceding
example, 1 was the job number and 1258 the process id. The job number is used by some shell
commands that
UNREGISTERED you'll learn
VERSION OFmore
CHMabout in Chapter
TO PDF 15 . The process
CONVERTER PRO BY id uniquely identifies the
THETA-SOFTWARE
command that you sent to the background and can be used to obtain status information about the
command. This is done with the ps command.
The ps Command
The ps command gives you information about the processes running on the system. ps without any
options prints the status of just your processes. If you type in ps at your terminal, you'll get a few
lines back describing the processes you have running:
$ ps
PID TTY TIME COMMAND
195 01 0:21 sh The shell
1353 01 0:00 ps This ps command
1258 01 0:10 sort The previous sort
The ps command prints out four columns of information: PID , the process id; TTY , the terminal
number that the process was run from; TIME , the amount of computer time in minutes and seconds
that process has used; and COMMAND , the name of the process. (The sh process in the preceding
example is the shell that was started when you logged in, and it has used 21 seconds of computer
time.) Until the command is finished, it shows up in the output of the ps command as a running
process. Process number 1353 in the preceding example is the ps command that was typed in, and
1258 is the sort from the preceding example.
When used with the -f option, ps prints out more information about your processes, including the
parent process id (PPID ), the time the processes started (STIME ), and the command arguments:
$ ps -f
UID PID PPID C STIME TTY TIME COMMAND
steve 195 1 0 10:58:29 tty01 0:21 -sh
steve 1360 195 43 14:54:48 tty01 0:01 ps -f
steve 1258 195 0 14:45:04 tty01 3:17 sort data
$
Command Summary
Table 2.2 summarizes the commands reviewed in this chapter. In this table, file refers to a file,
file(s) to one
UNREGISTERED or more files,
VERSION OF CHMdir toTO
a directory, and dir(s) PRO
PDF CONVERTER to oneBY
or more directories.
THETA-SOFTWARE
Table 2.2. Command Summary
UNREGISTERED
Command VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Description
cat file(s) Display contents of file(s) or standard input if not supplied
cd dir Change working directory to dir
cp filel file 2 Copy filel to file2
cp file(s) Copy file(s) into dir

dir
date Display the date and time
echo args Display args
ln file1 file 2 Link file1 to file2
ln file(s) Link file(s) into dir

dir
ls file(s) List file(s)
ls dir(s) List files in dir(s) or in current directory if dir(s) is not specified
mkdir dir(s) Create directory dir(s)
mv file1 file 2 Move file1 to file2 (simply rename it if both reference the same directory)
mv file(s) Move file(s) into directory dir

dir
List information about active processes

ps
pwd Display current working directory path
rm file(s) Remove files(s)
rmdir dir(s) Remove empty directory dir(s)
sort file(s) Sort lines of file(s) or standard input if not supplied
wc file(s) Count the number of lines, words, and characters in file(s) or standard input if
not supplied
Command Description
who Display who's logged in
Exercises
1: Given VERSION
UNREGISTERED the following
OFfiles
CHMin your
TO current directory:
$ ls
feb96
jan12.02
jan19.02
jan26.02
jan5.02
jan95
jan96
jan97
jan98
mar98
memo1
memo10
memo2
memo2.sv
What would be the output from the following commands?
echo * echo *[!0-9]
echo m[a-df-z]* echo [A-Z]*

echo jan* echo *.*
echo ????? echo *02
echo jan?? feb?? mar?? echo [fjm][ae][bnr]*
2: What is the effect of the following command sequences?
ls | wc -l rm ???
who | wc -l mv progs/* /users/steve/backup
ls *.c | wc -l rm *.o
who | sort cd; pwd
cp memo1 .. plotdata 2>errors &

Chapter 3. What Is the Shell?
IN THIS CHAPTER
The Login Shell
Typing Commands
UNREGISTERED VERSION to
OFthe ShellTO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
CHM
In this chapter you'll learn what the shell is and what it does.
The Unix system is itself logically divided into two pieces: the kernel and the utilities (see Figure 3.1).
Figure 3.1. The Unix system.
The kernel is the heart of the Unix system and resides in the computer's memory from the time the
computer is turned on and booted until the time it is shut down.
The utilities, on the other hand, reside on the computer's disk and are only brought into memory as
requested. Virtually every command you know under the Unix system is classified as a utility;
therefore, the program resides on the disk and is brought into memory only when you request that
the command be executed. So, for example, when you execute the date command, the Unix system
loads the program called date from the computer's disk into memory and initiates its execution.
The shell, too, is a utility program. It is loaded into memory for execution whenever you log in to the
system.
In fact, it's worth learning the precise sequence of events that occurs when the first shell on a
terminal or window starts up.
The Login Shell
A terminal is connected to a Unix system through a direct wire, modem, or network. In the first case,
as soon as you
UNREGISTERED turn on the
VERSION OFterminal
CHM TO (and press
PDF the Enter key PRO
CONVERTER a couple
BYofTHETA-SOFTWARE
times if necessary), you
should get a login: message on your screen. In the second case, you must first dial the computer's
number and get connected before the login: message appears. In the last case, you may connect
over the network via a program such as ssh, telnet, or rlogin, or you may use some kind of
networked windowing system (for example, X Window System) to start up a terminal emulation
program (for example, xterm).
For each physical terminal port on a system, a program called getty will be active. This is depicted in
Figure 3.2.
Figure 3.2. The getty process.
The Unix system—more precisely a program called init—automatically starts up a getty program on
each terminal port whenever the system is allowing users to log in. getty determines the baud rate,
displays the message login: at its assigned terminal, and then just waits for someone to type in
something. As soon as someone types in some characters followed by Enter, the getty program
disappears; but before it goes away, it starts up a program called login to finish the process of
logging in (see Figure 3.3). It also gives login the characters you typed in at the
terminal—characters that presumably represent your login name.
Figure 3.3. login started on sue's terminal.
When login begins execution, it displays the string Password: at the terminal and then waits for you
to type your password. After you have typed it, login then proceeds to verify your login name and
password against the corresponding entry in the file /etc/passwd. This file contains one line for each
user of the system. That line specifies, among other things, the login name, home directory, and
program to start up when that user logs in.[1] The last bit of information (the program to start up) is
stored after the last colon of each line. If nothing follows the last colon, the standard shell
/usr/bin/sh is assumed by default. The following three lines show typical lines from /etc/passwd
for three users of the system: sue, pat, and bob:
[1]The file's name (passwd) derives from a time when encrypted versions of the users' passwords were stored
in this file along with other user information. The encrypted passwords are no longer stored in /etc/passwd
but for security reasons are now kept in the /etc/shadow file, which is not readable by normal users.
sue:*:15:47::/users/sue:
pat:*:99:7::/users/pat:/usr/bin/ksh
bob:*:13:100::/users/data:/users/data/bin/data_entry

After login checks the password you typed in against the one stored in /etc/shadow, it then checks
for the name of a program to execute. In most cases, this will be /usr/bin/sh, /usr/bin/ksh, or
/bin/bash. In other cases, it may be a special custom-designed program. The main point here is
that you can set up a login account to automatically run any program whatsoever whenever someone
logs in to it. The shell just happens to be the program most often selected.
So login initiates execution of the standard shell on sue's terminal after validating her password
(see Figure 3.4).
Figure 3.4. login executes /usr/bin/sh.
According to the other entries from /etc/passwd shown previously, pat gets the program ksh stored
in /usr/bin (this is the Korn shell), and bob gets the program data_entry (see Figure 3.5).
Figure 3.5. Three users logged in.
The init program starts up other programs similar to getty for networked connections. For
example, sshd, telnetd, and rlogind are started to service logins via ssh, telnet, and rlogin,
respectively. Instead of being tied directly to a specific, physical terminal or modem line, these
programs connect users' shells to pseudo ttys. These are devices that emulate terminals over
network connections. You can see this whether you're logged in to your system over a network or on
an X Windows screen:
$ who
phw pts/0 Jul 20 17:37 Logged in with rlogin
$
Typing Commands to the Shell
When the shell starts up, it displays a command prompt—typically a dollar sign $—at your terminal
and then waits
UNREGISTERED for you toOF
VERSION typeCHM
in a command (see Figure 3.6,PRO
TO PDF CONVERTER StepsBY
1 and 2). Each time you type in
THETA-SOFTWARE
a command and press the Enter key (Step 3), the shell analyzes the line you typed and then
proceeds to carry out your request (Step 4). If you ask it to execute a particular program, the shell
searches the disk until it finds the named program. When found, the shell asks the kernel to initiate
the program's execution and then the shell "goes to sleep" until the program has finished (Step 5).
The kernel copies the specified program into memory and begins its execution. This copied program
is called a process;
UNREGISTERED VERSIONin thisOF
way, the distinction
CHM is made between
TO PDF CONVERTER a program
PRO that is kept in a file on the
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
disk and a process that is in memory doing things.
Figure 3.6. Command cycle.
If the program writes output to standard output, it will appear at your terminal unless redirected or
piped into another command. Similarly, if the program reads input from standard input, it will wait for
you to type in input unless redirected from a file or piped from another command (Step 6).
When the command finishes execution, control once again returns to the shell, which awaits your
next command (Steps 7 and 8).
Note that this cycle continues as long as you're logged in. When you log off the system, execution of
the shell then terminates and the Unix system starts up a new getty (or rlogind, and so on) at the
terminal and waits for someone else to log in. This cycle is illustrated in Figure 3.7.
Figure 3.7. Login cycle.

It's important for you to recognize that the shell is just a program. It has no special privileges on the
system, meaning that anyone with the capability and devotion can create his own shell program. This
is in fact the reason why various flavors of the shell exist today, including the older Bourne shell,
developed by Stephen Bourne; the Korn shell, developed by David Korn; the "Bourne again shell,"
mainly used on Linux systems; and the C shell, developed by Bill Joy.
Now you know that the shell analyzes each line you type in and initiates execution of the selected
program. ButVERSION
UNREGISTERED the shell also
OFhas other
CHM TOresponsibilities,
PDF CONVERTER as outlined
PRO in BY
Figure 3.8.
THETA-SOFTWARE
Figure 3.8. The shell's responsibilities.
Program Execution
The shell is responsible for the execution of all programs that you request from your terminal.
Each time you type in a line to the shell, the shell analyzes the line and then determines what to do.
As far as the shell is concerned, each line follows the same basic format:
program-name arguments
The line that is typed to the shell is known more formally as the command line. The shell scans this
command line and determines the name of the program to be executed and what arguments to pass
to the program.
The shell uses special characters to determine where the program name starts and ends, and where
each argument starts and ends. These characters are collectively called whitespace characters, and
are the space character, the horizontal tab character, and the end-of-line character, known more
formally as the newline character. Multiple occurrences of whitespace characters are simply ignored
by the shell. When you type the command
mv tmp/mazewars games
the shell scans the command line and takes everything from the start of the line to the first
whitespace character as the name of the program to execute: mv. The set of characters up to the
next whitespace character is the first argument to mv: tmp/mazewars. The set of characters up to
the next whitespace character (known as a word to the shell)—in this case, the newline—is the
second argument to mv: games. After analyzing the command line, the shell then proceeds to
execute the mv command, giving it the two arguments tmp/mazewars and games (see Figure 3.9).
Figure 3.9. Execution of mv with two arguments.
As mentioned, multiple occurrences of whitespace characters are ignored by the shell. This means
that when the shell processes this command line:
echo when do we eat?
it passes four arguments to the echo program: when, do, we, and eat? (see Figure 3.10).
Figure 3.10. Execution of echo with four arguments.

Because echo takes its arguments and simply displays them at the terminal, separating each by a
space character, the output from the following becomes easy to understand:

$ echo when do we eat?
when do we eat?
The fact is that the echo command never sees those blank spaces; they have been "gobbled up" by
the shell. When we discuss quotes in Chapter 6, "Can I Quote You on That?," you'll see how you can
include blank spaces in arguments to programs.
We mentioned earlier that the shell searches the disk until it finds the program you want to execute
and then asks the Unix kernel to initiate its execution. This is true most of the time. However, there
are some commands that the shell knows how to execute itself. These built-in commands include cd,
pwd, and echo. So before the shell goes searching the disk for a command, the shell first determines
whether it's a built-in command, and if it is, the shell executes the command directly.
Variable and Filename Substitution

Like any other programming language, the shell lets you assign values to variables. Whenever you
specify one of these variables on the command line, preceded by a dollar sign, the shell substitutes
the value assigned to the variable at that point. This topic is covered in complete detail in Chapter 5,
"And Away We Go."
The shell also performs filename substitution on the command line. In fact, the shell scans the
command line looking for filename substitution characters *, ?, or [...] before determining the
name of the program to execute and its arguments. Suppose that your current directory contains the
files as shown:
$ ls
mrs.todd
prog1
shortcut
sweeney
Now let's use filename substitution for the echo command:
$ echo * List all files
mrs.todd prog1 shortcut sweeney
How many arguments do you think were passed to the echo program, one or four? Because we said
that the shell is the one that performs the filename substitution, the answer is four. When the shell
analyzes the line
echo *
it recognizes the special character * and substitutes on the command line the names of all files in the
current directory (it even alphabetizes them for you):
echo mrs.todd prog1 shortcut sweeney
Then the shell determines the arguments to be passed to the command. So echo never sees the
asterisk. As far as it's concerned, four arguments were typed on the command line (see Figure 3.11).
Figure 3.11. Execution of echo.

I/O Redirection
It is the shell's responsibility to take care of input and output redirection on the command line. It
scans the command line for the occurrence of the special redirection characters <, >, or >> (also <<
as you'll learn in Chapter 13, "Loose Ends").
When you type the command
echo Remember to tape Law and Order > reminder
the shell recognizes the special output redirection character > and takes the next word on the
command line as the name of the file that the output is to be redirected to. In this case, the file is
reminder. If reminder already exists and you have write access to it, the previous contents are lost
(if you don't have write access to it, the shell gives you an error message).
Before the shell starts execution of the desired program, it redirects the standard output of the
program to the indicated file. As far as the program is concerned, it never knows that its output is
being redirected. It just goes about its merry way writing to standard output (which is normally your
terminal, you'll recall), unaware that the shell has redirected it to a file.
Let's take another look at two nearly identical commands:
$ wc -l users
5 users
$ wc -l < users
In the first case, the shell analyzes the command line and determines that the name of the program
to execute is wc and it is to be passed two arguments: -l and users (see Figure 3.12).
Figure 3.12. Execution of wc -l users.
When wc begins execution, it sees that it was passed two arguments. The first argument, -l, tells it
to count the number of lines. The second argument specifies the name of the file whose lines are to
be counted. So wc opens the file users, counts its lines, and then prints the count together with the
filename at the terminal.
Operation of wc in the second case is slightly different. The shell spots the input redirection character
< when it scans the command line. The word that follows on the command line is the name of the file
input is to be redirected from. Having "gobbled up" the < users from the command line, the shell
then starts execution of the wc program, redirecting its standard input from the file users and
passing it the single argument -l (see Figure 3.13).
Figure 3.13. Execution of wc -l < users.
When wc begins execution this time, it sees that it was passed the single argument -l. Because no
filename was specified, wc takes this as an indication that the number of lines appearing on standard
input is to be counted. So wc counts the number of lines on standard input, unaware that it's actually
counting the number of lines in the file users. The final tally is displayed at the terminal—without the
name of a file because wc wasn't given one.
The difference in execution of the two commands is important for you to understand. If you're still
unclear on this point, review the preceding section.
Pipeline Hookup
Just as the shell scans the command line looking for redirection characters, it also looks for the pipe
character |. For each such character that it finds, it connects the standard output from the command
preceding the | to the standard input of the one following the |. It then initiates execution of both
programs.
So when you type

who | wc -l
the shell finds the pipe symbol separating the commands who and wc. It connects the standard output
of the former command to the standard input of the latter, and then initiates execution of both
commands. When the who command executes, it makes a list of who's logged in and writes the
results to standard OFunaware
output, CHM TO PDF
that this CONVERTER PRO
is not going to the BY THETA-SOFTWARE
terminal but to another command
instead.
When the wc command executes, it recognizes that no filename was specified and counts the lines on
standard input, unaware that standard input is not coming from the terminal but from the output of
the who command.
Environment Control
The shell provides certain commands that let you customize your environment. Your environment
includes your home directory, the characters that the shell displays to prompt you to type in a
command, and a list of the directories to be searched whenever you request that a program be
executed. You'll learn more about this in Chapter 11, "Your Environment."
Interpreted Programming Language

The shell has its own built-in programming language. This language is interpreted, meaning that the
shell analyzes each statement in the language one line at a time and then executes it. This differs
from programming languages such as C and FORTRAN, in which the programming statements are
typically compiled into a machine-executable form before they are executed.
Programs developed in interpreted programming languages are typically easier to debug and modify
than compiled ones. However, they usually take much longer to execute than their compiled
equivalents.
The shell programming language provides features you'd find in most other programming languages.
It has looping constructs, decision-making statements, variables, and functions, and is procedure-
oriented. Modern shells based on the IEEE POSIX standard have many other features including
arrays, data typing, and built-in arithmetic operations.
Chapter 4. Tools of the Trade
IN THIS CHAPTER
Regular Expressions
cut
paste
sed
tr
grep
sort
uniq
Exercises
This chapter provides detailed descriptions of some commonly used shell programming tools. Covered
are cut, paste, sed, tr, grep, uniq, and sort. The more proficient you become at using these tools,
the easier it will be to write shell programs to solve your problems. In fact, that goes for all the tools
provided by the Unix system.
Regular Expressions
Before getting into the tools, you need to learn about regular expressions. Regular expressions are
used by several
UNREGISTERED different OF
VERSION UnixCHM
commands,
TO PDF including ed, sed, awk,
CONVERTER PROgrep, and, to a more limited
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
extent, vi. They provide a convenient and consistent way of specifying patterns to be matched.
The shell recognizes a limited form of regular expressions when you use filename substitution. Recall
that the asterisk (*) specifies zero or more characters to match, the question mark (?) specifies any
single character, and the construct [...] specifies any character enclosed between the brackets. The
regular expressions recognized by the aforementioned programs are far more sophisticated than
those recognized by the shell. Also be advised that the asterisk and the question mark are treated
differently by these programs than by the shell.
Throughout this section, we assume familiarity with a line-based editor such as ex or ed. See
Appendix B, "For More Information," for more information on these editors.
Matching Any Character: The Period (.)

A period in a regular expression matches any single character, no matter what it is. So the regular
expression
r.
specifies a pattern that matches an r followed by any single character.
The regular expression
.x.
matches an x that is surrounded by any two characters, not necessarily the same.
The ed command
/ ... /
searches forward in the file you are editing for the first line that contains any three characters
surrounded by blanks:
$ ed intro
248
1,$p Print all the lines
The Unix operating system was pioneered by Ken
Thompson and Dennis Ritchie at Bell Laboratories
in the late 1960s. One of the primary goals in
the design of the Unix system was to create an
environment that promoted efficient program
development.
/ ... / Look for three chars surrounded by blanks
/ Repeat last search
1,$s/p.o/XXX/g Change all p.os to XXX
1,$p Let's see what happened
The Unix operating system was XXXneered by Ken
ThomXXXn and Dennis Ritchie at Bell Laboratories
environment that XXXmoted efficient XXXgram
development.
In the first search, ed started searching from the beginning of the file and found the characters " was
" in the first line that matched the indicated pattern. Repeating the search (recall that the ed
command / means to repeat the last search), resulted in the display of the second line of the file
because " and " matched the pattern. The substitute command that followed specified that all
occurrences of the character p, followed by any single character, followed by the character o were to
be replaced by the characters XXX.
Matching the Beginning of the Line: The Caret (^)

When the caret characterOF
^ isCHM
used TO PDF
as the CONVERTER
first PRO BY
character in a regular THETA-SOFTWARE
expression, it matches the
beginning of the line. So the regular expression
^George
matches the characters George only if they occur at the beginning of the line.
$ ed intro
248
/^the/ Find the line that starts with the
1,$s/^/>>/ Insert >> at the beginning of each line
1,$p
>>The Unix operating system was pioneered by Ken
>>Thompson and Dennis Ritchie at Bell Laboratories
>>in the late 1960s. One of the primary goals in
>>the design of the Unix system was to create an
>>environment that promoted efficient program
>>development.
The preceding example shows how the regular expression ^ can be used to match just the beginning
of the line. Here it is used to insert the characters >> at the start of each line. A command such as
1,$s/^/ /
is commonly used to insert spaces at the start of each line (in this case five spaces would be
inserted).
Matching the End of the Line: The Dollar Sign ($)

Just as the ^ is used to match the beginning of the line, so is the dollar sign $ used to match the end
of the line. So the regular expression
contents$
matches the characters contents only if they are the last characters on the line. What do you think
would be matched by the regular expression .$?
Would this match a period character that ends a line? No. This matches any single character at the
end of the line (including a period) recalling that the period matches any character. So how do you
match a period? In general, if you want to match any of the characters that have a special meaning
in forming regular expressions, you must precede the character by a backslash (\) to remove that
special meaning. So the regular expression
\.$
matches any line that ends in a period, and the regular expression
^\.
matches any line that starts with one (good for searching for nroff commands in your text).
$ ed intro
248
/\.$/ Search for a line that ends with a period
development.
1,$s/$/>>/ Add >> to the end of each line
1,$p
The Unix operating system was pioneered by Ken>>
Thompson and Dennis Ritchie at Bell Laboratories>>

in the late 1960s. One of the primary goals in>>
the design of the Unix system was to create an>>
environment that promoted efficient program>>

development.>>
1,$s/..$// Delete the last two characters from each line
1,$p
development.
It's worth noting that the regular expression
^$
matches any line that contains no characters (such a line can be created in ed by simply pressing
Enter while in insert mode). This regular expression is to be distinguished from one such as
^ $
which matches any line that consists of a single space character.

Matching a Choice of Characters: The [...] Construct
Suppose that you are editing a file and want to search for the first occurrence of the characters the.
In ed, this is easy: You simply type the command
/the/
This causes ed to search forward in its buffer until it finds a line containing the indicated string of
characters. The first line that matches will be displayed by ed:
$ ed intro
248
/the/ Find line containing the
Notice that the first line of the file also contains the word the, except it starts a sentence and so
begins with a capital T. You can tell ed to search for the first occurrence of the or The by using a
regular expression. Just as in filename substitution, the characters [ and ] can be used in a regular
expression to specify that one of the enclosed characters is to be matched. So, the regular
expression
[tT]he
would match a lower- or uppercase t followed immediately by the characters he:
$ ed intro
248
/[tT]he/ Look for the or The

/ Continue the search
/ Once again

1,$s/[aeiouAEIOU]//g Delete all vowels
1,$p
Th nx prtng systm ws pnrd by Kn

Thmpsn nd Dnns Rtch t Bll Lbrtrs
n th lt 1960s. n f th prmry gls n
th dsgn f th nx systm ws t crt n
nvrnmnt tht prmtd ffcnt prgrm
dvlpmnt.
A range of characters can be specified inside the brackets. This can be done by separating the
starting and ending characters of the range by a dash (-). So, to match any digit character 0 through
9, you could use the regular expression
[0123456789]
or, more succinctly, you could simply write
[0-9]
To match an uppercase letter, you write
[A-Z]
And to match an upper- or lowercase letter, you write

[A-Za-z]
Here are some examples with ed:
$ ed intro
248
/[0-9]/ Find a line containing a digit
/^[A-Z]/ Find a line that starts with an uppercase letter
/ Again
1,$s/[A-Z]/*/g Change all uppercase letters to *s
1,$p
*he *nix operating system was pioneered by *en
*hompson and *ennis *itchie at *ell *aboratories
in the late 1960s. *ne of the primary goals in
the design of the *nix system was to create an
development.
As you'll learn shortly, the asterisk is a special character in regular expressions. However, you don't
need to put a backslash before the asterisk in the replacement string of the substitute command. In
general, regular expression characters such as *, ., [...], $, and ^ are only meaningful in the
search string and have no special meaning when they appear in the replacement string.
If a caret (^) appears as the first character after the left bracket, the sense of the match is
inverted.[1] For example, the regular expression
[1] Recall that the shell uses the ! for this purpose.
[Â-Z]

matches any character except an uppercase letter. Similarly,
[Â-Za-z]
matches any nonalphabetic character.
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/[â-zA-Z]//g Delete all nonalphabetic characters
1,$p
TheUnixoperatingsystemwaspioneeredbyKen
ThompsonandDennisRitchieatBellLaboratories
InthelatesOneoftheprimarygoalsin
ThedesignoftheUnixsystemwastocreatean
Environmentthatpromotedefficientprogram
development
Matching Zero or More Characters: The Asterisk (*)

You know that the asterisk is used by the shell in filename substitution to match zero or more
characters. In forming regular expressions, the asterisk is used to match zero or more occurrences of
the preceding character in the regular expression (which may itself be another regular expression).
So, for example, the regular expression

X*
matches zero, one, two, three, … capital X's. The expression
XX*
matches one or more capital X's, because the expression specifies a single X followed by zero or
more X's. A similar type of pattern is frequently used to match the occurrence of one or more blank
spaces.
$ ed lotsaspaces
85
1,$p
This is an example of a
file that contains a lot
of blank spaces Change multiple blanks to single blanks
1,$s/ */ /g
1,$p
of blank spaces
The ed command
1,$s/ */ /g
told ed to substitute all occurrences of a space followed by zero or more spaces with a single space.

.*
is often used to specify zero or more occurrences of any characters. Bear in mind that a regular
expression matches OF CHM
the longest TOofPDF
string CONVERTER
characters PRO
that match the BY THETA-SOFTWARE
pattern. Therefore, used by itself,
this regular expression always matches the entire line of text.
As another example of the combination of . and *, the regular expression

e.*e
matches all the characters from the first e on a line to the last one.
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/e.*e/+++/
1,$p
Th+++n
Thompson and D+++S
in th+++ primary goals in
th+++ an
+++nt program
d+++nt.
Here's an interesting regular expression. What do you think it matches?
[A-Za-z][A-Za-z]*
That's right, this matches any alphabetic character followed by zero or more alphabetic characters.
This is pretty close to a regular expression that matches words.
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/[A-Za-z][A-Za-z]*/X/g
1,$p
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X 1960X. X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X
X.
The only thing it didn't match in this example was 1960. You can change the regular expression to
also consider a sequence of digits as a word:
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/[A-Za-z0-9][A-Za-z0-9]*/X/g
1,$p
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X X X X. X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X
X.
We could expand on this somewhat to consider hyphenated words and contracted words (for
example, don't), but we'll leave that as an exercise for you. As a point of note, if you want to match a
dash character inside a bracketed choice of characters, you must put the dash immediately after the
left bracket (and after the inversion character ^ if present) or immediately before the right bracket ].
So the expression

[-0-9]
matches a single
UNREGISTERED dash or OF
VERSION digitCHM
character.
TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
If you want to match a right bracket character, it must appear after the opening left bracket (and
after the ^ if present). So
[]a-z]
matches a right bracket or a lowercase letter.
Matching a Precise Number of Characters: \{...\}
In the preceding examples, you saw how to use the asterisk to specify that one or more occurrences
of the preceding regular expression are to be matched. For instance, the regular expression
XX*
means match at least one consecutive X. Similarly,
XXX*
means match at least two consecutive X's. There is a more general way to specify a precise number
of characters to be matched: by using the construct
\{min,max\}
where min specifies the minimum number of occurrences of the preceding regular expression to be
matched, and max specifies the maximum. For example, the regular expression
X\{1,10\}
matches from one to ten consecutive X's. As stated before, whenever there is a choice, the largest
pattern is matched; so if the input text contains eight consecutive X's at the beginning of the line,
that is how many will be matched by the preceding regular expression. As another example, the
regular expression
[A-Za-z]\{4,7\}
matches a sequence of alphabetic letters from four to seven characters long.
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/[A-Za-z]\{4,7\}/X/q
1,$p
The X Xng X was Xed by Ken
Xn and X X at X XX
in the X 1960s. One of the X X in
the X of the X X was to X an
XX X Xd Xnt X
XX.
A few special cases of this special construct are worth noting. If only one number is enclosed between
the braces, as in
\{10\}
that number specifies that the preceding regular expression must be matched exactly that many
times. So

[a-zA-Z]\{7\}
matches exactly seven alphabetic characters; and

.\{10\}
matches exactly ten characters (no matter what they are):
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/^.\{10\}// Delete the first 10 chars from each line
1,$p
perating system was pioneered by Ken
nd Dennis Ritchie at Bell Laboratories
e 1960s. One of the primary goals in
of the Unix system was to create an
t that promoted efficient program
t.
1,$s/.\{5\}$// Delete the last 5 chars from each line
1,$p
perating system was pioneered b
nd Dennis Ritchie at Bell Laborat

e 1960s. One of the primary goa
of the Unix system was to crea
t that promoted efficient pr
t.
Note that the last line of the file didn't have five characters when the last substitute command was
executed; therefore, the match failed on that line and thus was left alone (recall that we specified
that exactly five characters were to be deleted).
If a single number is enclosed in the braces, followed immediately by a comma, then at least that
many occurrences of the previous regular expression must be matched. So
+\{5,\}
matches at least five consecutive plus signs. Once again, if more than five exist, the largest number
is matched.
$ ed intro
248
1,$s/[a-zA-Z]\{6,\}/X/g Change words at least 6 letters long to X
1,$p
The Unix X X was X by Ken
X and X X at Bell X
in the late 1960s. One of the X goals in
the X of the Unix X was to X an
X that X X X
X.
Saving Matched Characters: $...$

It is possible to capture the characters matched within a regular expression by enclosing the
characters inside backslashed parentheses. These captured characters are stored in "registers"
numbered 1 through 9.
For example, the regular expression
UNREGISTERED
^$.$
matches the first character on the line, whatever it is, and stores it into register 1. To retrieve the
characters stored in a particular register, the construct \n is used, where n is from 1–9.
So the regular expression
^$.$\1
matches the first character on the line and stores it in register 1. Then the expression matches
whatever is stored in register 1, as specified by the \1. The net effect of this regular expression is to
match the first two characters on a line if they are both the same character. Go over this example if
it doesn't seem clear.
^$.$.*\1$
matches all lines in which the first character on the line (^.) is the same as the last character on the
line (\1$). The .* matches all the characters in-between.
Successive occurrences of the $...$ construct get assigned to successive registers. So when the
following regular expression is used to match some text
^$...$$...$
the first three characters on the line will be stored into register 1, and the next three characters into
register 2.
When using the substitute command in ed, a register can also be referenced as part of the
replacement string:
$ ed phonebook
114
1,$p
Alice Chebba 973-555-2015
Barbara Swingle 201-555-9257
Liz Stachiw 212-555-2298
Susan Goldberg 201-555-7776
Tony Iannino 973-555-1295
1,$s/$.*$ $.*$/\2 \1/ Switch the two fields
1,$p
973-555-2015 Alice Chebba
201-555-9257 Barbara Swingle
212-555-2298 Liz Stachiw
201-555-7776 Susan Goldberg
973-555-1295 Tony Iannino
The names and the phone numbers are separated from each other in the phonebook file by a single
tab character. The regular expression
$.*$ $.*$
says to match all the characters up to the first tab (that's the character between the ) and the \) and
assign them to register 1, and to match all the characters that follow the tab character and assign
them to register 2. The replacement string
\2 \1
specifies the contents of register 2, followed by a space, followed by the contents of register 1.
So when ed applies the substitute command to the first line of the file:

it matches everything up to the tab (Alice Chebba) and stores it into register 1, and everything
after the tab (973-555-2015) and stores it into register 2. Then it substitutes the characters that
were matched (the entire line) with the contents of register 2 (973-555-2015) followed by a space,
followed by the contents of register 1 (Alice Chebba):
973-555-2015 Alice Chebba
As you can see, regular expressions are powerful tools that enable you to match complex patterns.
Table 4.1 summarizes the special characters recognized in regular expressions.
Table 4.1. Regular Expression Characters
Notation Meaning Example Matches

. any character a.. a followed by any two
characters
^ beginning of line ^wood wood only if it appears at the
beginning of the line
$ end of line x only if it is the last character
x$ on the line
ÎNSERT$ a line containing just the
characters INSERT
a line that contains no

^$ characters
* zero or more occurrences of previous zero or more consecutive x' s
regular expression x*
one or more consecutive x's
xx*
zero or more characters

.*
Notation Meaning Example Matches
w.*s w followed by zero or more
characters followed by an s
[chars] any character in chars [tT] lower- or uppercase t
[a-z] lowercase letter
[a-zA-Z] lower- or uppercase letter

[^chars] any character [^0-9] any nonnumeric character
not in chars [â-zA-Z] any nonalphabetic character

\{min,max\} at least min and at most max x\{1,5\} at least 1 and at and at most 5
occurrences of previous regular x's
expressions [0-
9]\{3,9\} anywhere from 3 to 9
successive digits
[0-9]\{3\}
exactly 3 digits
[0-
9]\{3,\} at least 3 digits
$...$ store characters matched between ^$.$ first character on line and
parentheses in next register (1-9) stores it in register 1
^$.$\1
first and second characters on
the line if they're the same
cut
This section teaches you about a useful command known as cut. This command comes in handy
when you need to extract (that is, "cut out") various fields of data from a data file or the output of a
command. The
UNREGISTERED general format
VERSION of the
OF CHM TOcut command
PDF is
CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
cut -cchars file

where chars specifies what characters you want to extract from each line of file. This can consist of a
single number, as in -c5 to extract character 5; a comma-separated list of numbers, as in -c1,13,50
to extract characters 1, 13, and 50; or a dash-separated range of numbers, as in -c20-50 to extract
characters 20 through 50, inclusive. To extract characters to the end of the line, you can omit the
second number of the range; so
cut -c5- data
extracts characters 5 through the end of the line from each line of data and writes the results to
standard output.
If file is not specified, cut reads its input from standard input, meaning that you can use cut as a
filter in a pipeline.
Let's take another look at the output from the who command:
$ who
root console Feb 24 08:54
steve tty02 Feb 24 12:55
george tty08 Feb 24 09:15
dawn tty10 Feb 24 15:55
As shown, currently four people are logged in. Suppose that you just want to know the names of the
logged-in users and don't care about what terminals they are on or when they logged in. You can use
the cut command to cut out just the usernames from the who command's output:
$ who | cut -c1-8 Extract the first 8 characters
root
steve
george
dawn
The -c1-8 option to cut specifies that characters 1 through 8 are to be extracted from each line of
input and written to standard output.
The following shows how you can tack a sort to the end of the preceding pipeline to get a sorted list
of the logged-in users:
$ who | cut -c1-8 | sort
dawn
george
root
steve
If you wanted to see what terminals were currently being used, you could cut out just the tty
numbers field from the who command's output:
$ who | cut -c10-16
console
tty02
tty08
tty10
How did you know that who displays the terminal identification in character positions 10 through 16?
Simple! You executed the who command at your terminal and counted out the appropriate character
positions.[2]
[2] On some versions of the Unix system, this field starts in character position 12 and not 10.
You can use cut to extract as many different characters from a line as you want. Here, cut is used
to display just the username and login time of all logged-in users:
$ who | cut -c1-8,18-
root Feb 24 08:54
steve Feb 24 12:55
george Feb 24 09:15
dawn Feb 24 15:55
The option -c1-8,18- says "extract characters 1 through 8 (the username) and also characters 18
through the end of the line (the login time)."[3]
[3] Again, on some systems the login time field starts in column 25.
The -d and -f Options

The cut command as described previously is useful when you need to extract data from a file or
command provided that file or command has a fixed format.
For example, you could use cut on the who command because you know that the usernames are
always displayed in character positions 1–8, the terminal in 10–16, and the login time in 18–29.
Unfortunately, not all your data will be so well organized! For instance, take a look at the file
/etc/passwd:
$ cat /etc/passwd
root:*:0:0:The Super User:/:/usr/bin/ksh

cron:*:1:1:Cron Daemon for periodic tasks:/:
bin:*:3:3:The owner of system files:/:
uucp:*:5:5::/usr/spool/uucp:/usr/lib/uucp/uucico
asg:*:6:6:The Owner of Assignable Devices:/:
steve:*:203:100::/users/steve:/usr/bin/ksh
other:*:4:4:Needed by secure program:/:
/etc/passwd is the master file that contains the usernames of all users on your computer system. It
also contains other information such as your user id number, your home directory, and the name of
the program to start up when you log in. Getting back to the cut command, you can see that the
data in this file does not align itself the same way who's output does. So getting a list of all the
possible users of your system cannot be done using the -c option to cut.
One nice thing about the format of /etc/passwd, however, is that fields are delimited by a colon
character. So although each field may not be the same length from one line to the next, you know
that you can "count colons" to get the same field from each line.
The -d and -f options are used with cut when you have data that is delimited by a particular
character. The format of the cut command in this case becomes
cut -ddchar –ffields file
where dchar is the character that delimits each field of the data, and fields specifies the fields to be
extracted from file. Field numbers start at 1, and the same type of formats can be used to specify
field numbers as was used to specify character positions before (for example, -f1,2,8, -f1-3, -f4-).
So to extract the names of all users of your system from /etc/passwd, you could type the following:
$ cut -d: -f1 /etc/passwd Extract field 1
root
cron
bin
uucp
asg
steve
other
$
Given that the home directory of each user is in field 6, you can associate each user of the system
with his or her home directory as shown:

$ cut -d: -f1,6 /etc/passwd Extract fields 1 and 6
root:/
cron:/
bin:/
uucp:/usr/spool/uucp
asg:/
steve:/users/steve
other:/
If the cut command is used to extract fields from a file and the -d option is not supplied, cut uses
the tab character as the default field delimiter.
The following depicts a common pitfall when using the cut command. Suppose that you have a file
called phonebook that has the following contents:
$ cat phonebook
Jeff Goldberg 201-555-3378

If you just want to get the names of the people in your phone book, your first impulse would be to
use cut as shown:
$ cut -c1-15 phonebook
Alice Chebba 97
Barbara Swingle
Jeff Goldberg 2
Liz Stachiw 212
Susan Goldberg
Tony Iannino 97
Not quite what you want! This happened because the name is separated from the phone number by a
tab character and not blank spaces in the phonebook file. And as far as cut is concerned, tabs count
as a single character when using the -c option. So cut extracts the first 15 characters from each line
in the previous example, giving the results as shown.
Given that the fields are separated by tabs, you should use the -f option to cut instead:
$ cut -f1 phonebook
Alice Chebba
Barbara Swingle
Jeff Goldberg
Liz Stachiw
Susan Goldberg
Tony Iannino
Much better! Recall that you don't have to specify the delimiter character with the -d option because
cut assumes that a tab character is the delimiter by default.
But how do you know in advance whether fields are delimited by blanks or tabs? One way to find out
is by trial and error as shown previously. Another way is to type the command

sed -n l file
at your terminal. If a tab character separates the fields, \t will be displayed instead of the tab:
$ sed -n l phonebook
Alice Chebba\t973-555-2015
Barbara Swingle\t201-555-9257
Jeff Goldberg\t201-555-3378
Liz Stachiw\t212-555-2298
Susan Goldberg\t201-555-7776
Tony Iannino\t973-555-1295
The output verifies that each name is separated from each phone number by a tab character. sed is
covered in more detail shortly.
paste
The paste command is sort of the inverse of cut: Instead of breaking lines apart, it puts them
together. The general format of the paste command is
paste files
where corresponding lines from each of the specified files are "pasted" together to form single lines
that are then written to standard output. The dash character - can be used in files to specify that
input is from standard input.
Suppose that you have a set of names in a file called names:
$ cat names
Tony
Emanuel
Lucy
Ralph
Fred
Suppose that you also have a file called numbers that contains corresponding phone numbers for
each name in names:
$ cat numbers
(307) 555-5356
(212) 555-3456
(212) 555-9959
(212) 555-7741
(212) 555-0040
You can use paste to print the names and numbers side-by-side as shown:
$ paste names numbers Paste them together
Tony (307) 555-5356

Emanuel (212) 555-3456
Lucy (212) 555-9959
Ralph (212) 555-7741
Fred (212) 555-0040
Each line from names is displayed with the corresponding line from numbers, separated by a tab.
The next example illustrates what happens when more than two files are specified:
$ cat addresses
55-23 Vine Street, Miami
39 University Place, New York
17 E. 25th Street, New York
38 Chauncey St., Bensonhurst
17 E. 25th Street, New York
$ paste names addresses numbers
Tony 55-23 Vine Street, Miami (307) 555-5356
Emanuel 39 University Place, New York (212) 555-3456
Lucy 17 E. 25th Street, New York (212) 555-9959

Ralph 38 Chauncey St., Bensonhurst (212) 555-7741
Fred 17 E. 25th Street, New York (212) 555-0040
The -d Option
If you don't want the fields separated by tab characters, you can specify the -d option with the
format
-dchars
where chars is one or more characters that will be used to separate the lines pasted together. That
is, the first character listed in chars will be used to separate lines from the first file that are pasted
with lines from the second file; the second character listed in chars will be used to separate lines from
the second file from lines from the third, and so on.
If there are more files than there are characters listed in chars, paste "wraps around" the list of
characters and starts again at the beginning.
In the simplest form of the -d option, specifying just a single delimiter character causes that
character to be used to separate all pasted fields:
$ paste -d'+' names addresses numbers
Tony+55-23 Vine Street, Miami+(307) 555-5356
Emanuel+39 University Place, New York+(212) 555-3456
Lucy+17 E. 25th Street, New York+(212) 555-9959
Ralph+38 Chauncey St., Bensonhurst+(212) 555-7741
Fred+17 E. 25th Street, New York+(212) 555-0040
It's always safest to enclose the delimiter characters in single quotes. The reason why will be
explained shortly.
The -s Option
The -s option tells paste to paste together lines from the same file, not from alternate files. If just
one file is specified, the effect is to merge all the lines from the file together, separated by tabs, or by
the delimiter characters specified with the -d option.
$ paste -s names Paste all lines from names

Tony Emanuel Lucy Ralph Fred
$ ls | paste -d' ' -s - Paste ls's output, use space as delimiter
addresses intro lotsaspaces names numbers phonebook

$
In the preceding example, the output from ls is piped to paste, which merges the lines (-s option)
from standard input (-), separating each field with a space (-d' ' option). Of course, you'll recall
from Chapter 2, "A Quick Review of the Basics," that the command
echo *
would have worked just as well (and is certainly more straightforward).

sed
sed is a program used for editing data. It stands for stream editor. Unlike ed, sed cannot be used
interactively. However, its commands are similar. The general form of the sed command is
sed command file
where command is an ed-style command applied to each line of the specified file. If no file is
specified, standard input is assumed. As sed applies the indicated command to each line of the input,
it writes the results to standard output.
Recall the file intro from previous examples:
$ cat intro
development.
Suppose that you want to change all occurrences of "Unix" in the text to "UNIX." This can be easily
done in sed as follows:
$ sed 's/Unix/UNIX/' intro Substitute Unix with UNIX
The UNIX operating system was pioneered by Ken

the design of the UNIX system was to create an
development.
$
For now, get into the habit of enclosing your sed command in a pair of single quotes. Later, you'll
know when the quotes are necessary and when to use double quotes instead.
The sed command s/Unix/UNIX/ is applied to every line of intro. Whether or not the line gets
changed by the command, it gets written to standard output all the same. Note that sed makes no
changes to the original input file. To make the changes permanent, you must redirect the output
from sed into a temporary file and then move the file back to the old one:
$ sed 's/Unix/UNIX/' intro > temp Make the changes
$ mv temp intro And now make them permanent
Always make sure that the correct changes were made to the file before you overwrite the original; a
cat of temp could have been included between the two commands shown previously to ensure that
the sed succeeded as planned.
If your text included more than one occurrence of "Unix" on a line, the preceding sed would have
changed just the first occurrence on each line to "UNIX." By appending the global option g to the end
of the s command, you can ensure that multiple occurrences of the string on a line will be changed.
In this case, the sed command would read
$ sed 's/Unix/UNIX/g' intro > temp
Suppose that you wanted to extract just the usernames from the output of who. You already know
how to do that with the cut command:
$ who | cut -c1-8
root
ruth
steve
pat
Alternatively, you can use sed to delete all the characters from the first blank space (that marks the
end of the username) through the end of the line by using a regular expression in the edit command:
$ who | sed 's/ .*$//'
root
ruth
steve
pat
The sed command says to substitute a blank space followed by any characters up to the end of the
line ( .*$) with nothing (//); that is, delete the characters from the first blank to the end of the line
from each line of the input.
The -n Option
We pointed out that sed always writes each line of input to standard output, whether or not it gets
changed. Sometimes, however, you'll want to use sed just to extract some lines from a file. For such
purposes, use the -n option. This option tells sed that you don't want it to print any lines unless
explicitly told to do so. This is done with the p command. By specifying a line number or range of line
numbers, you can use sed to selectively print lines of text. So, for example, to print just the first two
lines from a file, the following could be used:
$ sed -n '1,2p' intro Just print the first 2 lines
$
If, instead of line numbers, you precede the p command with a string of characters enclosed in
slashes, sed prints just those lines from standard input that contain those characters. The following
example shows how sed can be used to display just the lines that contain a particular string:
$ sed -n '/UNIX/p' OF CHMJust
intro TO print
PDF CONVERTER PRO UNIX
lines containing BY THETA-SOFTWARE
UNREGISTERED
Deleting Lines
To delete entire lines of text, use the d command. By specifying a line number or range of numbers,
you can delete specific lines from the input. In the following example, sed is used to delete the first
two lines of text from intro:
$ sed '1,2d' intro Delete lines 1 and 2
development.
Remembering that by default sed writes all lines of the input to standard output, the remaining lines
in text—that is, lines 3 through the end—simply get written to standard output.
By preceding the d command with a string of text, you can use sed to delete all lines that contain
that text. In the following example, sed is used to delete all lines of text containing the word UNIX:
$ sed '/UNIX/d' intro Delete all lines containing UNIX

development.
The power and flexibility of sed goes far beyond what we've shown here. sed has facilities that
enable you to loop, build text in a buffer, and combine many commands into a single editing script.
Table 4.2 shows some more examples of sed commands.
Table 4.2. sed Examples
sed Command Description

sed '5d' Delete line 5
sed '/[Tt]est/d' Delete all lines containing Test or test
sed -n '20,25p' text Print only lines 20 through 25 from text
sed '1,10s/unix/UNIX/g' Change unix to UNIX wherever it appears in the first 10 lines of intro
intro
sed '/jan/s/-1/-5/' Change the first -1 to -5 on all lines containing jan

sed 's/...//' data Delete the first three characters from each line of data
sed 's/...$//' data Delete the last 3 characters from each line of data
sed -n 'l' text Print all lines from text, showing nonprinting characters as \nn
(where nn is the octal value of the character), and tab characters as
\t
tr
The tr filter is used to translate characters from standard input. The general form of the command is

tr from-chars to-chars
where from-chars
UNREGISTERED and to-chars
VERSION OF CHM are TO
one PDF
or more single characters.
CONVERTER PRO Any
BY character in from-chars
THETA-SOFTWARE
encountered on the input will be translated into the corresponding character in to-chars. The result of
the translation is written to standard output.
In its simplest form, tr can be used to translate one character into another. Recall the file intro
from earlier in this chapter:
$ cat intro
development.
The following shows how tr can be used to translate all letter e's to x's:
$ tr e x < intro
Thx UNIX opxrating systxm was pionxxrxd by Kxn
Thompson and Dxnnis Ritchix at Bxll Laboratorixs
in thx latx 1960s. Onx of thx primary goals in

thx dxsign of thx UNIX systxm was to crxatx an
xnvironmxnt that promotxd xfficixnt program
dxvxlopmxnt.
The input to tr must be redirected from the file intro because tr always expects its input to come
from standard input. The results of the translation are written to standard output, leaving the original
file untouched. Showing a more practical example, recall the pipeline that you used to extract the
usernames and home directories of everyone on the system:
$ cut -d: -f1,6 /etc/passwd
root:/
cron:/
bin:/
uucp:/usr/spool/uucp
asg:/
steve:/users/steve
other:/
You can translate the colons into tab characters to produce a more readable output simply by tacking
an appropriate tr command to the end of the pipeline:
$ cut -d: -f1,6 /etc/passwd | tr : ' '
root /
cron /
bin /
uucp /usr/spool/uucp
asg /
steve /users/steve
other /
$
Enclosed between the single quotes is a tab character (even though you can't see it—just take our
word for it). It must be enclosed in quotes to keep it from the shell and give tr a chance to see it.
The octal representation of a character can be given to tr in the format

\nnn
where nnn is the octal value of the character. For example, the octal value of the tab character is 11.
If you are going to use this format, be sure to enclose the character in quotes. The tr command
tr : '\11'
translates all colons to tabs, just as in the preceding example. Table 4.3 lists characters that you'll
often want to specify in octal format.
Table 4.3. Octal Values of Some ASCII Characters
Character Octal Value
Bell 7
Backspace 10
Tab 11
Newline 12
Linefeed 12
Formfeed 14
Carriage Return 15
Escape 33
In the following example, tr takes the output from date and translates all spaces into newline
characters. The net result is that each field of output from date appears on a different line.
$ date | tr ' ' '\12' Translate spaces to newlines
Sun
Jul
28
19:13:46
EDT
2002
tr can also take ranges of characters to translate. For example, the following shows how to translate
all lowercase letters in intro to their uppercase equivalents:
$ tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]' < intro
THE UNIX OPERATING SYSTEM WAS PIONEERED BY KEN
THOMPSON AND DENNIS RITCHIE AT BELL LABORATORIES
IN THE LATE 1960S. ONE OF THE PRIMARY GOALS IN
THE DESIGN OF THE UNIX SYSTEM WAS TO CREATE AN
ENVIRONMENT THAT PROMOTED EFFICIENT PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT.
The character ranges [a-z] and [A-Z] are enclosed in quotes to keep the shell from replacing the
first range with all the files in your directory named a through z, and the second range with all the
files in your directory named A through Z. (What do you think happens if no such files exist?)
By reversing the two arguments to tr, you can use it to translate all uppercase letters to lowercase:
$ tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]' < intro
the unix operating system was pioneered by ken
thompson and dennis ritchie at bell laboratories
in the late VERSION

UNREGISTERED 1960s. one
OFofCHM
the TO
primary goals in
the design of the unix system was to create an
development.
$
The -s Option
You can use the -s option to tr to "squeeze" out multiple occurrences of characters in to-chars. In
other words, if more than one consecutive occurrence of a character specified in to-chars occurs after
the translation is made, the characters will be replaced by a single character.
For example, the following command translates all colons into tab characters, replacing multiple tabs
with single tabs:
tr -s ':' '\11'
So one colon or several consecutive colons on the input will be replaced by a single tab character on
the output.
Suppose that you have a file called lotsaspaces that has the contents as shown:
$ cat lotsaspaces
of blank spaces.
$
You can use tr to squeeze out the multiple spaces by using the -s option and by specifying a single
space character as the first and second argument:
$ tr –s ' ' ' ' < lotsaspaces
of blank spaces.
The options to tr in effect say "translate space characters to space characters, replacing multiple
spaces in the output by a single space."
The –d Option
tr can also be used to delete single characters from a stream of input. The general format of tr in
this case is
tr -d from-chars
where any single character listed in from-chars will be deleted from standard input. In the following
example, tr is used to delete all spaces from the file intro:
$ tr -d ' ' < intro
TheUNIXoperatingSystemwaspioneeredbyKen
inthelate1960s.Oneoftheprimarygoalsin
thedesignoftheUNIXSystemwastocreatean
environmentthatpromotedefficientprogram
development.
$
Of course, you probably realize that you could have also used sed to achieve the same results:
$ sed 's/ //g' intro OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
TheUNIXoperatingsystemwaspioneeredbyKen

inthelate1960s.Oneoftheprimarygoalsin
thedesignoftheUNIXsystemwastocreatean
environmentthatpromotedefficientprogram
development.
This is not atypical for the Unix system; there's almost always more than one approach to solving a
particular problem. In the case we just saw, either approach is satisfactory (that is, tr or sed);
however, tr is probably a better choice in this case because it is a much smaller program and likely
to execute a bit faster.
Table 4.4 summarizes how to use tr for translating and deleting characters. Bear in mind that tr
works only on single characters. So if you need to translate anything longer than a single character
(say all occurrences of unix to UNIX), you have to use a different program such as sed instead.
Table 4.4. tr Examples
tr Command Description
tr 'X' 'x' Translate all capital X's to small x's
tr '()' '{}' Translate all open parens to open braces, all closed parens to closed
braces
tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]' Translate all lowercase letters to uppercase
tr '[A-Z]' '[N-ZA- Translate uppercase letters A–M to N–Z, and N–Z to A–M, respectively
M]'
tr ' ' ' ' Translate all tabs (character in first pair of quotes) to spaces
tr Command Description
tr -s ' ' ' ' Translate multiple spaces to single spaces
tr -d '\14' Delete all formfeed (octal 14) characters
tr -d '[0-9]' Delete all digits
grep
grep allows you to search one or more files for particular character patterns. The general format of
this command is
grep pattern files

Every line of each file that contains pattern is displayed at the terminal. If more than one file is
specified to grep, each line is also immediately preceded by the name of the file, thus enabling you to
identify the particular file that the pattern was found in.
Let's say that you want to find every occurrence of the word shell in the file ed.cmd:
$ grep shell ed.cmd
files, and is independent of the shell.
to the shell, just type in a q.
This output indicates that two lines in the file ed.cmd contain the word shell.
If the pattern does not exist in the specified file(s), the grep command simply displays nothing:
$ grep cracker ed.cmd
You saw in the section on sed how you could print all lines containing the string UNIX from the file
intro with the command
sed -n '/UNIX/p' intro

But you could also use the following grep command to achieve the same result:
grep UNIX intro
Recall the phonebook file from before:
$ cat phone_book
Jeff Goldberg 201-555-3378
When you need to look up a particular phone number, the grep command comes in handy:
$ grep Susan phone_book
The grep command is useful when you have a lot of files and you want to find out which ones contain
certain words or phrases. The following example shows how the grep command can be used to
search for the word shell in all files in the current directory:
$ grep shell *
cmdfiles:shell that enables sophisticated
ed.cmd:files, and is independent of the shell.

ed.cmd:to the shell, just type in a q.
grep.cmd:occurrence of the word shell:
grep.cmd:$ grep shell *
grep.cmd:every use of the word shell.

$
As noted, when more than one file is specified to grep, each output line is preceded by the name of
the file containing OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
that line.
It's generally a good idea to enclose your grep pattern inside a pair of single quotes to "protect" it
from the shell. For instance, if you want to find all the lines containing asterisks inside the file stars,
typing
grep * stars
does not work as expected because the shell sees the asterisk and automatically substitutes the
names of all the files in your current directory!
$ ls
circles
polka.dots
squares
stars
stripes
$ grep * stars
In this case, the shell took the asterisk and substituted the list of files in your current directory. Then
it started execution of grep, which took the first argument (circles) and tried to find it in the files
specified by the remaining arguments, as shown in Figure 4.1.
Figure 4.1. grep * stars.
Enclosing the asterisk in quotes, however, removes its special meaning from the shell:
$ grep '*' stars
The asterisk (*) is a special character that
***********
5 * 4 = 20
The quotes told the shell to leave the enclosed characters alone. It then started execution of grep,
passing it the two arguments * (without the surrounding quotes; the shell removes them in the
process) and stars (see Figure 4.2).
Figure 4.2. grep '*' stars.
There are characters other than * that otherwise have a special meaning and must be quoted when
used in a pattern. The whole topic of how quotes are handled by the shell is fascinating; an entire
chapter—Chapter 6, "Can I Quote You on That?"—is devoted to it.
grep takes its input from standard input if no filename is specified. So you can use grep on the other
side of a pipe to scan through the output of a command for something. For example, suppose that
you want to find out whether the user jim is logged in. You can use grep to search through who's
output:
$ who | grep jim
jim tty16 Feb 20 10:25

$
Note that by not specifying a file to search, grep automatically scans its standard input. Naturally, if
the user jim were OF CHM
not logged TO
in, you PDFwould
simply CONVERTER
get back aPRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
new prompt because grep would not
find jim in who's output:
$ who | grep jim
Regular Expressions and grep

Let's take another look at the intro file:
$ cat intro
development.
grep allows you to specify your pattern using regular expressions as in ed. Given this information, it
means that you can specify the pattern
[tT]he
to have grep search for either a lower- or uppercase T followed by the characters he.
So here's how to grep out all the lines containing the characters the or The:
$ grep '[tT]he' intro
The -i option to grep indicates that upper- and lowercase letters are not to be distinguished in the
matching process. That is, the command
grep –i 'the' intro
tells grep to ignore case when matching the pattern against the lines in intro. Therefore, lines
containing the or The will be printed, as will lines containing THE, THe, tHE, and so on.
Table 4.5 shows other types of regular expressions that you can specify to grep and the types of
patterns they'll match.
Table 4.5. Some grep Examples
Command Prints
grep '[A-Z]' list Lines from list containing a capital letter
grep '[0-9]' data Lines from data containing a number
grep '[A-Z]...[0-9]' Lines from list containing five-character patterns that start with a
list capital letter and end with a digit
grep '\.pic$' Lines from filelist that end in .pic
filelist
The -v Option
Sometimes you're interested not in finding the lines that contain a specified pattern, but those that
don't. To do this with grep is simple: You use the -v option. In the next example, grep is used to find
all the lines in intro that don't contain the characters UNIX.
$ grep -v 'UNIX' intro Print all lines that don't contain UNIX
UNREGISTERED
in the late VERSION OF of
1960s. One CHMtheTO PDF CONVERTER
primary goals in PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
development.
The -l Option
At times, you may not want to see the actual lines that match a pattern but may be interested in
knowing only the names of the files that contain the pattern. For example, suppose that you have a
set of C programs in your current directory (these filenames end with the characters .c), and you
want to know which files use a variable called Move_history. The following example shows one way
of finding the answer:
$ grep 'Move_history' *.c Find Move_history in all C source files
exec.c:MOVE Move_history[200] = {0};
exec.c: cpymove(&Move_history[Number_half_moves -1],
exec.c: undo_move(&Move_history[Number_half_moves-1],;
exec.c: cpymove(&last_move,&Move_history[Number_half_moves-1]);
exec.c: convert_move(&Move_history[Number_half_moves-1]),
exec.c: convert_move(&Move_history[i-1]),
exec.c: convert_move(&Move_history[Number_half_moves-1]),
makemove.c:IMPORT MOVE Move_history[];

makemove.c: if ( Move_history[j].from != BOOK (i,j,from) OR
makemove.c: Move_history[j] .to != BOOK (i,j,to) )
testch.c:GLOBAL MOVE Move_history[100] = {0};
testch.c: Move_history[Number_half_moves-1].from = move.from;
testch.c: Move_history[Number_half_moves-1].to = move.to;
Sifting through the preceding output, you discover that three files—exec.c, makemove.c, and
testch.c—use the variable.
The -l option to grep gives you just a list of files that contain the specified pattern, not the matching
lines from the files:
$ grep -l 'Move_history' *.c List the files that contain Move_history
exec.c
makemove.c
testch.c
Because grep conveniently lists the files one per line, you can pipe the output from grep -l into wc
to count the number of files that contain a particular pattern:
$ grep -l 'Move_history' *.c | wc -l
So the preceding says that precisely three C program files reference the variable Move_history.
(What are you counting if you use grep without the -l option?)
The -n Option
If the -n option is used with grep, each line from the file that matches the specified pattern is
preceded by its relative line number in the file. From previous examples, you saw that the file
testch.c was one of the three files that referenced the variable Move_history; the following shows
how you can pinpoint the precise lines in the file that reference the variable:
UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM

$ grep -n 'Move_history' TO PDFPrecede
testch.c CONVERTER
matchesPRO
withBY THETA-SOFTWARE
line numbers
13:GLOBAL MOVE Move_history[100] = {0};
197: Move_history[Number_half_moves-1].from = move.from;
UNREGISTERED
198: VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER
Move_history[Number_half_moves-1].to PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
= move.to;
As you can see, Move_history is used on lines 13, 197, and 198 in testch.c.
sort
You're familiar with the basic operation of sort:
$ sort names
Charlie
Emanuel
Fred
Lucy
Ralph
Tony
Tony
By default, sort takes each line of the specified input file and sorts it into ascending order. Special
characters are sorted according to the internal encoding of the characters. For example, on a
machine that encodes characters in ASCII, the space character is represented internally as the
number 32, and the double quote as the number 34. This means that the former would be sorted
before the latter. Note that the sorting order is implementation dependent, so although you are
generally assured that sort will perform as expected on alphabetic input, the ordering of numbers,
punctuation, and special characters is not always guaranteed. We will assume we're working with the
ASCII character set in all our examples here.
sort has many options that provide more flexibility in performing your sort. We'll just describe a few
of the options here.
The -u Option
The -u option tells sort to eliminate duplicate lines from the output.
$ sort -u names
Charlie
Emanuel
Fred
Lucy
Ralph
Tony

Here you see that the duplicate line that contained Tony was eliminated from the output.
The -r Option
Use the -r option to reverse the order of the sort:
$ sort -r names Reverse sort
Tony
Tony
Ralph
Lucy
Fred
Emanuel
Charlie
The -o Option
By default, sort writes the sorted data to standard output. To have it go into a file, you can use
output redirection:
$ sort names > sorted_names

$
Alternatively, you can use the -o option to specify the output file. Simply list the name of the output
file right after the -o:
$ sort names -o sorted_names
This sorts names and writes the results to sorted_names.
Frequently, you want to sort the lines in a file and have the sorted data replace the original. Typing
$ sort names > names
won't work—it ends up wiping out the names file. However, with the -o option, it is okay to specify
the same name for the output file as the input file:
$ sort names -o names
$ cat names
Charlie
Emanuel
Fred
Lucy
Ralph
Tony
Tony
$
The -n Option
Suppose that you have a file containing pairs of (x, y) data points as shown:

$ cat data
5 27
2 12
3 33
23 2
-5 11
15 6
14 -9
Suppose that you want to feed this data into a plotting program called plotdata, but that the
program requires that the incoming data pairs be sorted in increasing value of x (the first value on
each line).
The -n option to sort specifies that the first field on the line is to be considered a number, and the
data is to be sorted arithmetically. Compare the output of sort used first without the -n option and
then with it:
$ sort data
-5 11
14 -9
15 6
2 12
23 2
3 33
5 27
$ sort -n data Sort arithmetically
-5 11
2 12
3 33
5 27
14 -9
15 6
23 2
Skipping Fields
If you had to sort your data file by the y value—that is, the second number in each line—you could
tell sort to skip past the first number on the line by using the option
+1n
instead of -n. The +1 says to skip the first field. Similarly, +5n would mean to skip the first five fields
on each line and then sort the data numerically. Fields are delimited by space or tab characters by
default. If a different delimiter is to be used, the -t option must be used.
$ sort +1n data Skip the first field in the sort
14 -9
23 2
15 6
-5 11
2 12
5 27
3 33

The -t Option
As mentioned, if you skip over fields, sort assumes that the fields being skipped are delimited by
space or tab characters. The -t option says otherwise. In this case, the character that follows the -t
is taken as the delimiter character.
Look at our sample password file again:
$ cat /etc/passwd
root:*:0:0:The super User:/:/usr/bin/ksh
george:*:75:75::/users/george:/usr/lib/rsh
uucp:*:5:5::/usr/spool/uucppublic:/usr/lib/uucp/uucico
sysinfo:*:10:10:Access to System Information:/:/usr/bin/sh
mail:*:301:301::/usr/mail:
If you wanted to sort this file by username (the first field on each line), you could just issue the
command
sort /etc/passwd
To sort the file instead by the third colon-delimited field (which contains what is known as your user
id), you would want an arithmetic sort, skipping the first two fields (+2n), specifying the colon
character as the field delimiter (-t:):
$ sort +2n -t: /etc/passwd Sort by user id
root:*:0:0:The Super User:/:/usr/bin/ksh
uucp:*:5:5::/usr/spool/uucppublic:/usr/lib/uucp/uucico
sysinfo:*:10:10:Access to System Information:/:/usr/bin/sh
george:*:75:75::/users/george:/usr/lib/rsh
mail:*:301:301::/usr/mail:
Here we've emboldened the third field of each line so that you can easily verify that the file was
sorted correctly by user id.
Other Options
Other options to sort enable you to skip characters within a field, specify the field to end the sort on,
merge sorted input files, and sort in "dictionary order" (only letters, numbers, and spaces are used
for the comparison). For more details on these options, look under sort in your Unix User's Manual.
uniq
The uniq command is useful when you need to find duplicate lines in a file. The basic format of the
command is
uniq in_file out_file

In this format, uniq copies in_file to out_file, removing any duplicate lines in the process. uniq's
definition of duplicated lines are consecutive-occurring lines that match exactly.
If out_file is not specified, the results will be written to standard output. If in_file is also not specified,
uniq acts as a filter and reads its input from standard input.
Here are some examples to see how uniq works. Suppose that you have a file called names with
contents as shown:
$ cat names
Charlie
Tony
Emanuel
Lucy
Ralph
Fred
Tony
You can see that the name Tony appears twice in the file. You can use uniq to "remove" such
duplicate entries:
$ uniq names Print unique lines

Charlie
Tony
Emanuel
Lucy
Ralph
Fred
Tony
Tony still appears twice in the preceding output because the multiple occurrences are not consecutive
in the file, and thus uniq's definition of duplicate is not satisfied. To remedy this situation, sort is
often used to get the duplicate lines adjacent to each other. The result of the sort is then run through
uniq:
$ sort names | uniq
Charlie
Emanuel
Fred
Lucy
Ralph
Tony
So the sort moves the two Tony lines together, and then uniq filters out the duplicate line (recall
that sort with the -u option performs precisely this function).
The -d Option
Frequently, you'll be interested in finding the duplicate entries in a file. The -d option to uniq should
be used for such purposes: It tells uniq to write only the duplicated lines to out_file (or standard
output). Such lines are written just once, no matter how many consecutive occurrences there are.
$ sort names | uniq -d List duplicate lines
Tony
$
As a more practical example, let's return to our /etc/passwd file. This file contains information about
each user on the system. It's conceivable that over the course of adding and removing users from
this file that perhaps the same username has been inadvertently entered more than once. You can
easily find such duplicate entries by first sorting /etc/passwd and piping the results into uniq -d as
done previously:
$ sort /etc/passwd | uniq -d Find duplicate entries in /etc/passwd
So there are no duplicate entries. But we think that you really want to find duplicate entries for the
same username. This means that you want to just look at the first field from each line of
/etc/passwd (recall that the leading characters of each line of /etc/passwd up to the colon are the
username). This can't be done directly through an option to uniq, but can be accomplished indirectly
by using cut to extract the username from each line of the password file before sending it to uniq.
$ sort /etc/passwd | cut -f1 -d: | uniq -d Find duplicates
cem
harry
So there are multiple entries in /etc/passwd for cem and harry. If you wanted more information on
the particular entries, you could grep them from /etc/passwd:
$ grep -n 'cem' /etc/passwd
20:cem:*:91:91::/users/cem:
166:cem:*:91:91::/users/cem:
$ grep -n 'harry' /etc/passwd
29:harry:*:103:103:Harry Johnson:/users/harry:
79:harry:*:90:90:Harry Johnson:/users/harry:
The -n option was used to find out where the duplicate entries occur. In the case of cem, there are
two entries on lines 20 and 166; in harry's case, the two entries are on lines 29 and 79.
If you now want to remove the second cem entry, you could use sed:
$ sed '166d' /etc/passwd > /tmp/passwd Remove duplicate
$ mv /tmp/passwd /etc/passwd
mv: /etc/passwd: 444 modey
mv: cannot unlink /etc/passwd
Naturally, /etc/passwd is one of the most important files on a Unix system. As such, only the
superuser is allowed to write to the file. That's why the mv command failed.
Other Options
The -c option to uniq behaves like uniq with no options (that is, duplicate lines are removed), except
that each output line gets preceded by a count of the number of times the line occurred in the input.
$ sort names | uniq –c Count line occurrences
1 Charlie
1 Emanuel
1 Fred
1 Lucy
1 Ralph
2 Tony
Two other options that won't be described enable you to tell uniq to ignore leading characters/fields
on a line. For more information, consult your Unix User's Manual.
We would be remiss if we neglected to mention the programs awk and perl that can be useful when
writing shell programs. However, to do justice to these programs requires more space than we can
provide in this text. We'll refer you to the document Awk—A Pattern Scanning and Processing
Language, by Aho, et al., in the Unix Programmer's Manual, Volume II for a description of awk.
UNREGISTERED
Kernighan and VERSION
Pike's TheOFUnixCHM TO PDF Environment
Programming CONVERTER PRO BY
(Prentice Hall,THETA-SOFTWARE
1984) contains a detailed
discussion of awk. Learning Perl and Programming Perl, both from O'Reilly and Associates, present a
good tutorial and reference on the language, respectively.
Exercises
1: What will be matched by the following regular expressions?
x* [0-9]\{3\}
xx* [0-9]\{3,5\}
x\{1,5\} [0-9]\{1,3\},[0-9]\{3\}
x\{5,\} ^\...
x\{10\} [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*
[0-9] $[A-Za-z0-9]\{1,\}$\1
[0-9]* ^Begin$
[0-9][0-9][0-9] ^$.$.*\1$
2: What will be the effect of the following commands?
who | grep 'mary'
who | grep '^mary'
grep '[Uu]nix' ch?/*
ls -l | sort +4n
sed '/^$/d' text > text.out
sed 's/$[Uu]nix$/\1(TM)/g' text > text.out
date | cut -c12-16
date | cut -c5-11,25- | sed 's/$[0-9]\{1,2\}$/\1,/'
3: Write the commands to
a.
a. Find all logged-in users with usernames of at least four characters.
b. Find all users on your system whose user ids are greater than 99.
c. Find the number of users on your system whose user ids are greater than 99.
d. List all the files in your directory in decreasing order of file size.

Chapter 5. And Away We Go
IN THIS CHAPTER
Command Files
Variables
Exercises
Based on the discussions in Chapter 3, "What Is the Shell?," you should realize that whenever you
type something like
who | wc -l
that you are actually programming in the shell! That's because the shell is interpreting the command
line, recognizing the pipe symbol, connecting the output of the first command to the input of the
second, and initiating execution of both commands.
In this chapter, you'll learn how to write your own commands and how to use shell variables.
Command Files
A shell program can be typed directly at the terminal, as in
$ who | wc -l

or it can be first typed into a file and then the file can be executed by the shell. For example, suppose
that you need to find out the number of logged-in users several times throughout the day. It's not
unreasonable to type in the preceding pipeline each time you want the information, but for the sake
of example, let's type this pipeline into a file. We'll call the file nu (for number of users), and its
contents will be just the pipeline shown previously:
$ cat nu
who | wc –l
To execute the commands contained inside the file nu, all you now have to do is type nu as the
command name to the shell: [1]
[1] Note that the error produced here varies between different shells.
$ nu
sh: nu: cannot execute
Oops! We forgot to mention one thing. Before you can execute a program this way, you must change
the file's permissions and make it executable. This is done with the change mode command chmod.
To add execute permission to the file nu, you simply type
chmod +x file(s)
The +x says make the file(s) that follow executable. The shell requires that a file be both readable
and executable by you before you can execute it.
$ ls -l nu
-rw-rw-r-- 1 steve steve 12 Jul 10 11:42 nu
$ chmod +x nu Make it executable
$ ls -l nu
-rwxrwxr-x 1 steve steve 12 Jul 10 11:42 nu
Now that you've made it executable, try it again:
$ nu
This time it worked.
You can put any commands at all inside a file, make the file executable, and then execute its
contents simply by typing its name to the shell. It's that simple and that powerful.
The standard shell mechanisms such as I/O redirection and pipes can be used on your own programs
as well:
$ nu > tally
$ cat tally
$
Suppose that you're working on a proposal called sys.caps and that the following command
sequence is needed every time you want to print a new copy of the proposal:
tbl sys.caps | nroff -mm –Tlp | lp

Once again, you can save yourself some typing by simply placing this command sequence into a
file—let's call it run—making it executable, and then just typing the name run whenever you want to
get a new copy of the proposal:

$ cat run
tbl sys.caps | nroff -mm -Tlp | lp
$ chmod +x run
$ run
request id is laser1-15 (standard input)
(The request id message is issued by the lp command.) For the next example, suppose that you
want to write a shell program called stats that prints the date and time, the number of users logged
in, and your current working directory. You know that the three command sequences you need to use
to get this information are date, who | wc -l, and pwd:
$ cat stats
date
who | wc –l
pwd
$ chmod +x stats
$ stats Try it out
Wed Jul 10 11:55:50 EDT 2002
13
/users/steve/documents/proposals
You can add some echo commands to stats to make the output a bit more informative:
$ cat stats
echo The current date and time is:
date
echo
echo The number of users on the system is:
who | wc –l
echo
echo Your current working directory is:
pwd
$ stats Execute it
The current date and time is:
Wed Jul 10 12:00:27 EDT 2002
The number of users on the system is:
13
Your current working directory is:
/users/steve/documents/proposals
Recall that echo without any arguments simply skips a line in the display. Shortly, you'll see how to
have the message and the data displayed on the same line, like this:
The current date and time is: Wed Jul 10 12:00:27 EDT 2002
Comments
The shell programming language would not be complete without a comment statement. A comment is
a way for you to insert remarks or comments inside the program that otherwise have no effect on its
execution.
Whenever the shell encounters the special character # at the start of a word, it takes whatever
UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE [2]
characters follow the # to the end of the line as comments and simply ignores them. If the #
starts the line, the entire line is treated as a comment by the shell. Here are examples of valid
comments:
[2]Note that the # may be your default erase character. If so, to enter the character into an editor such as ed
or vi , you'll have to "escape" it by preceding it with a \. Alternatively, you can change your erase character to
something else with the stty command.
# Here is an entire commentary line
who | wc –l # count the number of users
# Test to see if the correct arguments were supplied
Comments are useful for documenting commands or sequences of commands whose purposes may
not be obvious or are sufficiently complex so that if you were to look at the program again in a week
you might forget why they're there or what they do. Judicious use of comments can help make shell
programs easier to debug and to maintain—both by you and by someone else who may have to
support your programs.
Let's go back to the stats program and insert some comments:
$ cat stats
# stats -- prints: date, number of users logged on,

# and current working directory
echo The current date and time is:
date
echo
echo The number of users on the system is:
who | wc -l
echo
echo Your current working directory is:
pwd
The extra blank lines cost little in terms of program space yet add much in terms of program
readability. They're simply ignored by the shell.
Variables
Like virtually all programming languages, the shell allows you to store values into variables. A shell
variable begins
UNREGISTERED with an alphabetic
VERSION OF CHMorTO
underscore (_) characterPRO
PDF CONVERTER and is
BYfollowed by zero or more
THETA-SOFTWARE
alphanumeric or underscore characters.
To store a value inside a shell variable, you simply write the name of the variable, followed
immediately by the equals sign =, followed immediately by the value you want to store in the
variable:
variable=value
For example, to assign the value 1 to the shell variable count, you simply write
count=1
and to assign the value /users/steve/bin to the shell variable my_bin, you simply write
my_bin=/users/steve/bin
A few important points here. First, spaces are not permitted on either side of the equals sign. Keep
that in mind, especially if you're in the good programming habit of inserting spaces around operators.
In the shell language, you can't put those spaces in.
Second, unlike most other programming languages, the shell has no concept whatsoever of data
types. Whenever you assign a value to a shell variable, no matter what it is, the shell simply
interprets that value as a string of characters. So when you assigned 1 to the variable count
previously, the shell simply stored the character 1 inside the variable count, making no observation
whatsoever that an integer value was being stored in the variable.
If you're used to programming in a language such as C or Pascal, where all variables must be
declared, you're in for another readjustment. Because the shell has no concept of data types,
variables are not declared before they're used; they're simply assigned values when you want to use
them.
As you'll see later in this chapter, the shell does support integer operations on shell variables that
contain strings that are also valid numbers through special built-in operations.
Because the shell is an interpretive language, you can assign values to variables directly at your
terminal:
$ count=1 Assign character 1 to count
$ my_bin=/users/steve/bin Assign /users/steve/bin to my_bin
So now that you know how to assign values to variables, what good is it? Glad you asked.
Displaying the Values of Variables

The echo command is used to display the value stored inside a shell variable. To do this, you simply
write
echo $variable
The $ character is a special character to the shell. If a valid variable name follows the $, the shell
takes this as an indication that the value stored inside that variable is to be substituted at that point.
So, when you type
echo $count
the shell replaces $count with the value stored there; then it executes the echo command:
$ echo $count
Remember, the shell performs variable substitution before it executes the command (see Figure 5.1).
Figure 5.1. echo $count.

You can have the value of more than one variable substituted at a time:
$ echo $my_bin
/users/steve/bin
$ echo $my_bin $count
/users/steve/bin 1
In the second example, the shell substitutes the value of my_bin and count and then executes the
echo command (see Figure 5.2).
Figure 5.2. —echo $my_bin $count.
The values of variables can be used anywhere on the command line, as the next examples illustrate:
$ ls $my_bin
mon
nu
testx
$ pwd Where are we?
/users/steve/documents/memos
$ cd $my_bin Change to my bin directory
$ pwd
/users/steve/bin
$ number=99
$ echo There are $number bottles of beer on the wall
There are 99 bottles of beer on the wall
Here are some more examples:
$ command=sort
$ $command names
Charlie
Emanuel
Fred
Lucy
Ralph
Tony
Tony
$ command=wc
$ option=-l
$ file=names
$ $command $option $file
7 names
$
So you see, even the name of a command can be stored inside a variable. Because the shell performs
its substitution before determining the name of the program to execute and its arguments, it scans
the line
$command $option $file

and turns it into
UNREGISTERED
wc -l names VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Then it executes wc, passing the two arguments -l and names.
Variables can even be assigned to other variables, as shown in the next example:
$ value1=10
$ value2=value1
$ echo $value2
value1 Didn't do that right
$ value2=$value1
$ echo $value2
10 That's better
Remember that a dollar sign must always be placed before the variable name whenever you want to
use the value stored in that variable.
The Null Value

What do you think happens when you try to display the value of a variable that has no value assigned
to it? Try it and see:
$ echo $nosuch Never assigned it a value
You don't get an error message. Did the echo command display anything at all? Let's see whether we
can more precisely determine that:
$ echo :$nosuch: Surround its value with colons
::
So you see no characters were substituted by the shell for the value of nosuch.
A variable that contains no value is said to contain the null value. It is the default case for variables
that you never store values in. When the shell performs its variable substitution, any values that are
null are completely removed from the command line, without a trace:
$ wc $nosuch -l $nosuch $nosuch names
7 names
The shell scans the command line substituting the null value for the variable nosuch. After the scan is
completed, the line effectively looks like this:
wc -l names
which explains why it works.
Sometimes you may want to explicitly set a variable null in a program. This can be done by simply
assigning no value to the variable, as in
dataflag=
Alternatively, you can list two adjacent pairs of quotes after the =. So
UNREGISTERED
dataflag=""
and
dataflag=''
both have the same effect of assigning the null value to dataflag. Be advised that the assignment
dataflag=" "
is not equivalent to the three previous ones because it assigns a single space character to dataflag;
that's different from assigning no characters to it.
Filename Substitution and Variables

Here's a puzzle for you: If you type
x=*
will the shell store the character * into the variable x, or will it store the names of all the files in your
current directory into the variable x? Let's try it out and see:
$ ls What files do we have?
addresses
intro
lotsaspaces
names
nu
numbers
phonebook
stat
$ x=*
$ echo $x
addresses intro lotsaspaces names nu numbers phonebook stat
There's a lot to be learned from this small example. Was the list of files stored into the variable x
when
x=*
was executed, or did the shell do the substitution when
echo $x
was executed?
The answer is that the shell does not perform filename substitution when assigning values to
variables. Therefore,
x=*
assigns the single character * to x. This means that the shell did the filename substitution when
executing the echo command. In fact, the precise sequence of steps that occurred when
echo $x
was executed is as follows:

1. The shell scanned the line, substituting * as the value of x.
2. The shell rescanned the line, encountered the *, and then substituted the names of all files in
the current directory.
3. The shellVERSION
UNREGISTERED initiated execution
OF CHMofTO
echo,
PDFpassing it the file list
CONVERTER PROas arguments (see Figure 5.3).
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Figure 5.3. echo $x.
This order of evaluation is important. Remember, first the shell does variable substitution, then does
filename substitution, and then parses the line into arguments.
The ${variable} Construct
Suppose that you have the name of a file stored in the variable filename. If you wanted to rename
that file so that the new name was the same as the old, except with an X added to the end, your first
impulse would be to type
mv $filename $filenameX
When the shell scans this command line, it substitutes the value of the variable filename and also
the value of the variable filenameX. The shell thinks filenameX is the full name of the variable
because it's composed entirely of valid variable name characters. To avoid this problem, you can
delimit the end of the variable name by enclosing the entire name (but not the leading dollar sign) in
a pair of curly braces, as in
${filename}X
This removes the ambiguity, and the mv command then works as desired:
mv $filename ${filename}X
Remember that the braces are necessary only if the last character of the variable name is followed by
an alphanumeric character or an underscore.
The POSIX standard shell provides a mechanism for performing integer arithmetic on shell variables called
arithmetic expansion
UNREGISTERED VERSION . Note
OFthat
CHM some
TOolder
PDFshells do not support
CONVERTER PROthisBYfeature.
THETA-SOFTWARE
The format for arithmetic expansion is
$((expression))
where expression is an arithmetic expression using shell variables and operators. Valid shell variables are
those that contain numeric values (leading and trailing whitespace is allowed). Valid operators are taken from
the C programming language and are listed in Appendix A , "Shell Summary."
The result of computing expression is substituted on the command line. For example,
echo $((i+1))
adds one to the value in the shell variable i and prints the result. Notice that the variable i doesn't have to
be preceded by a dollar sign. That's because the shell knows that the only valid items that can appear in
arithmetic expansions are operators, numbers, and variables. If the variable is not defined or contains a NULL
string, its value is assumed to be zero. So if we have not assigned any value yet to the variable a , we can
still use it in an integer expression:
$ echo $a Variable a not set
$ echo $((a = a + 1)) Equivalent to a = 0 + 1
$ echo $a
1 Now a contains 1
$
Note that assignment is a valid operator, and the value of the assignment is substituted in the second echo
command in the preceding example.
Parentheses may be used freely inside expressions to force grouping, as in
echo $((i = (i + 10) * j))
If you want to perform an assignment without echo or some other command, you can move the assignment
before the arithmetic expansion.
So to multiply the variable i by 5 and assign the result back to i you can write
i=$(( i * 5 ))
Note that spaces are optional inside the double parentheses, but are not allowed when the assignment is
outside them.
Finally, to test to see whether i is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 100, you can write
result=$(( i >= 0 && i <= 100 ))
which assigns result 1 if the expression is true and 0 if it's false:
$ i=$(( 100 * 200 / 10 ))
$ j=$(( i < 1000 )) If i is < 1000, set j = 0; otherwise 1
$ echo $i $j
2000 0 i is 2000, so j was set to 0
That concludes our introduction to writing commands and using variables. The next chapter goes into detail
on the quoting mechanisms in the shell.
Exercises
1: WhichVERSION
UNREGISTERED of the following are valid
OF CHM TO variable names?
XxXxXx _
12345 HOMEDIR
file.name _date
file_name x0-9
file1 Slimit
2: Suppose that your HOME directory is /users/steve and that you have subdirectories as
shown in the following figure:
Assuming that you just logged in to the system and executed the following commands:
$ docs=/users/steve/documents
$ let=$docs/letters
$ prop=$docs/proposals
$
write the commands in terms of these variables to
a. List the contents of the documents directory.
b. Copy all files from the letters directory to the proposals directory.
c. Move all files whose names contain a capital letter from the letters directory to the
current directory.
d. Count the number of files in the memos directory.
What would be the effect of the following commands?
a. ls $let/..
b. cat $prop/sys.A >> $let/no.JSK
c. echo $let/*
d. cp $let/no.JSK $progs
e. cd $prop
3: Write a program called nf to display the number of files in your current directory. Type in
the program and test it out.
4: Write a program called whos to display a sorted list of the logged-in users. Just display the
usernames and no other information. Type in the program and test it out.
Chapter 6. Can I Quote You on That?
IN THIS CHAPTER
The Single Quote
The Double Quote
The Backslash
Exercises
This chapter teaches you about a unique feature of the shell programming language: the way it
interprets quote characters. Basically, the shell recognizes four different types of quote characters:
The single quote character '
The double quote character "
The backslash character \
The back quote character `
The first two and the last characters in the preceding list must occur in pairs, whereas the backslash
character is unary in nature. Each of these quotes has a distinct meaning to the shell. We'll cover
them in separate sections of this chapter.
The Single Quote
There are several reasons that you might need to use quotes in the shell. One of these is to keep
characters otherwise separated by whitespace characters together. Let's look at an example. Here's a
file called phonebook that contains names and phone numbers:
$ cat phonebook
Susan Topple 212-555-4932
To look up someone in our phonebook file—which has been kept small here for the sake of
example—you use grep:
$ grep Alice phonebook
Look what happens when you look up Susan:
$ grep Susan phonebook

$
There are two lines that contain Susan, thus explaining the two lines of output. One way to overcome
this problem would be to further qualify the name. For example, you could specify the last name as
well:
$ grep Susan Goldberg phonebook
grep: can't open Goldberg

Recalling that the shell uses one or more whitespace characters to separate the arguments on the
line, the preceding command line results in grep being passed three arguments: Susan, Goldberg,
and phonebook (see Figure 6.1).
Figure 6.1. grep Susan Goldberg phonebook.
When grep is executed, it takes the first argument as the pattern and the remaining arguments as
the names of the files to search for the pattern. In this case, grep thinks it's supposed to look for
Susan in the files Goldberg and phonebook. So it tries to open the file Goldberg, can't find it, and
issues the error message:
grep: can't open Goldberg
Then it goes to the next file, phonebook, opens it, searches for the pattern Susan, and prints the two
matching lines. The problem boils down to trying to pass whitespace characters as arguments to
programs. This can be done by enclosing the entire argument inside a pair of single quotes, as in
grep 'Susan Goldberg' phonebook
When the shell sees the first single quote, it ignores any otherwise special characters that follow until
it sees the closing quote.
$ grep 'Susan Goldberg' phonebook
In this case, the shell encountered the first ', and ignored any special characters until it found the
closing '. So the space between Susan and Goldberg, which would have normally delimited the two
arguments, was ignored by the shell. The shell therefore divided the command line into two
arguments, the first Susan Goldberg (which includes the space character) and the second
phonebook. It then executed grep, passing it these two arguments (see Figure 6.2).
Figure 6.2. grep 'Susan Goldberg' phonebook.
grep then took the first argument, Susan Goldberg, and looked for it in the file specified by the
second argument, phonebook. Note that the shell removes the quotes from the command line and
does not pass them to the program.
No matter how many space characters are enclosed between quotes, they are preserved by the shell.
$ echo one two three four
one two three four
$ echo 'one two three four'
one two three four
$
In the first case, the shell removes the extra whitespace characters from the line and passes echo
the four arguments one, two, three, and four (see Figure 6.3).
Figure 6.3. echo one two three four.
In the second case, the space characters are preserved, and the shell treats the entire string of
characters enclosed between the quotes as a single argument when executing echo (see Figure 6.4).
Figure 6.4. echo 'one two three four'.
As we mentioned, all special characters are ignored by the shell if they appear inside single quotes.
That explains the output from the following:
$ file=/users/steve/bin/prog1
$ echo $file
/users/steve/bin/progl
$ echo '$file' $ not interpreted
$file
$ echo *
$ echo '*'
$ echo '< > | ; ( ) { } >> " ` &'
< > | ; ( ) { } >> " ` &

$
Even the Enter key will be ignored by the shell if it's enclosed in quotes:
$ echo 'How are you today,
> John'
How are you today,
John
After typing the first line, the shell sees that the quote isn't matched, so it waits for you to type in the
closing quote. As an indication that the shell is waiting for you to finish typing in a command, it
changes your prompt character from $ to >. This is known as your secondary prompt character and is
displayed by the shell whenever it's waiting for you to finish typing a command.
Quotes are also needed when assigning values containing whitespace or special characters to shell
variables:
$ message='I must say, this sure is fun'
$ echo $message
I must say, this sure is fun
$ text='* means all files in the directory'
$ echo $text
names nu numbers phonebook stat means all files in the directory
The quotes are needed in the assignments made to the variables message and text because of the
embedded spaces. In the preceding example, you are reminded that the shell still does filename
substitution after variable name substitution, meaning that the * is replaced by the names of all the
files in the current directory before the echo is executed. There is a way to overcome this annoyance,
and it's through the use of double quotes.

The Double Quote
Double quotes work similarly to single quotes, except that they're not as restrictive. Whereas the
single quotes tell the shell to ignore all enclosed characters, double quotes say to ignore most. In
particular, the following three characters are not ignored inside double quotes:
Dollar signs
Back quotes
Backslashes
The fact that dollar signs are not ignored means that variable name substitution is done by the shell
inside double quotes.
$ x=*
$ echo $x
$ echo '$x'
$x
$ echo "$x"
Here you see the major differences between no quotes, single quotes, and double quotes. In the first
case, the shell sees the asterisk and substitutes all the filenames from the current directory. In the
second case, the shell leaves the characters enclosed within the single quotes alone, which results in
the display of $x. In the final case, the double quotes indicate to the shell that variable name
substitution is still to be performed inside the quotes. So the shell substitutes * for $x. Because
filename substitution is not done inside double quotes, * is then passed to echo as the value to be
displayed.
So if you want to have the value of a variable substituted, but don't want the shell to treat the
substituted characters specially, you must enclose the variable inside double quotes.
Here's another example illustrating the difference between double quotes and no quotes:
$ address="39 East 12th Street
> New York, N. Y. 10003"
$ echo $address
39 East 12th OF York,
Street New CHM TO PDF
N. Y. CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
10003
$ echo "$address"
39 East 12th Street
New York, N. Y. 10003OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
It makes no difference whether the value assigned to address is enclosed in single quotes or double
quotes. The shell displays the secondary command prompt in either case to tell you it's waiting for
the corresponding closed quote.
After assigning the two-line address to address, the value of the variable is displayed by echo. Notice
that the address is displayed on a single line. The reason is the same as what caused
echo one two three four
to be displayed as
one two three four
Recalling that the shell removes spaces, tabs, and newlines (that is, whitespace characters) from the
command line and then cuts it up into arguments, in the case of
echo $address
the shell simply removes the embedded newline character, treating it as it would a space or tab: as
an argument delimiter. Then it passes the nine arguments to echo to be displayed. echo never gets a
chance to see that newline; the shell gets to it first (see Figure 6.5).
Figure 6.5. echo $address.
When the command
echo "$address"
is used instead, the shell substitutes the value of address as before, except that the double quotes
tell it to leave any embedded whitespace characters alone. So in this case, the shell passes a single
argument to echo—an argument that contains an embedded newline. echo simply displays its single
argument at the terminal; Figure 6.6 illustrates this. The newline character is depicted by the
characters \n.
Figure 6.6. echo "$address".
Double quotes can be used to hide single quotes from the shell, and vice versa:
$ x="' Hello,' he said"
$ echo $x
'Hello,' he said
$ article=' "Keeping the Logins from Lagging," Bell Labs Record'
$ echo $article
"Keeping the Logins from Lagging," Bell Labs Record

$

The Backslash
Basically, the backslash is equivalent to placing single quotes around a single character, with a few
minor exceptions. The backslash quotes the single character that immediately follows it. The general
format is
\c
where c is the character you want to quote. Any special meaning normally attached to that character
is removed. Here is an example:
$ echo >
syntax error: 'newline or ;' unexpected
$ echo \>
>
In the first case, the shell sees the > and thinks that you want to redirect echo's output to a file. So it
expects a filename to follow. Because it doesn't, the shell issues the error message. In the next case,
the backslash removes the special meaning of the >, so it is passed along to echo to be displayed.
$ x=*
$ echo \$x
$x
In this case, the shell ignores the $ that follows the backslash, and as a result, variable substitution is
not performed.
Because a backslash removes the special meaning of the character that follows, can you guess what
happens if that character is another backslash? Right, it removes the special meaning of the
backslash:
$ echo \\
\
$
Naturally, you could have also written

$ echo '\'
Using the Backslash for Continuing Lines

As mentioned at the start of this section, \c is basically equivalent to 'c'. One exception to this rule
is when the backslash is used as the very last character on the line:
$ lines=one'
> 'two Single quotes tell shell to ignore newline
$ echo "$lines"
one
two
$ lines=one\ Try it with a \ instead
> two
$ echo "$lines"
onetwo
$
The shell treats a backslash at the end of the line as a line continuation. It removes the newline
character that follows and also does not treat the newline as an argument delimiter (it's as if it wasn't
even typed). This construct is most often used for typing long commands over multiple lines.
The Backslash Inside Double Quotes

We noted earlier that the backslash is one of the three characters interpreted by the shell inside
double quotes. This means that you can use the backslash inside these quotes to remove the
meaning of characters that otherwise would be interpreted inside double quotes (that is, other
backslashes, dollar signs, back quotes, newlines, and other double quotes). If the backslash precedes
any other character inside double quotes, the backslash is ignored by the shell and passed on to the
program:
$ echo "\$x"
$x
$ echo "\ is the backslash character"
\ is the backslash character
$ x=5
$ echo "The value of x is \"$x\""
The value of x is "5"
In the first example, the backslash precedes the dollar sign, interpreted by the shell inside double
quotes. So the shell ignores the dollar sign, removes the backslash, and executes echo. In the second
example, the backslash precedes a space, not interpreted by the shell inside double quotes. So the
shell ignores the backslash and passes it on to the echo command. The last example shows the
backslash used to enclose double quotes inside a double-quoted string.
As an exercise in the use of quotes, let's say that you want to display the following line at the
terminal:
<<< echo $x >>> displays the value of x, which is $x
The intention here is to substitute the value of x in the second instance of $x, but not in the first.
Let's first assign a value to x:
$ x=1
$
Now try displaying the line without using any quotes:
$ echo <<< echo OFdisplays
$x >>> CHM TOthe
PDF CONVERTER
value PRO
of x, which is BY
$x THETA-SOFTWARE
syntax error: '<' unexpected
The < signals input redirection to the shell; this is the reason for the error message.
If you put the entire message inside single quotes, the value of x won't be substituted at the end. If
you enclose the entire string in double quotes, both occurrences of $x will be substituted. Here are
two different ways to do the quoting properly (realize that there are usually several different ways to
quote a string of characters to get the results you want):
$ echo "<<< echo \$x >>> displays the value of x, which is $x"
<<< echo $x >>> displays the value of x, which is 1
$ echo '<<< echo $x >>> displays the value of x, which is' $x
<<< echo $x >>> displays the value of x, which is 1
In the first case, everything is enclosed in double quotes, and the backslash is used to prevent the
shell from performing variable substitution in the first instance of $x. In the second case, everything
up to the last $x is enclosed in single quotes. If the variable x might have contained some filename
substitution or whitespace characters, a safer way of writing the echo would have been
echo '<<< echo $x >>> displays the value of x, which is' "$x"
Command substitution refers to the shell's capability to insert the standard output of a command at
any point in aVERSION
UNREGISTERED command line. There TO
OF CHM are PDF
two ways in the shell PRO
CONVERTER to perform command substitution: by
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
enclosing a shell command with back quotes and with the $(...) construct.
The Back Quote

The back quote OF of
is unlike any CHM TO PDF CONVERTER
the previously PROofBY
encountered types THETA-SOFTWARE
quotes. Its purpose is not to
protect characters from the shell but to tell the shell to execute the enclosed command and to insert
the standard output from the command at that point on the command line. The general format for
using back quotes is
`command`
where command is the name of the command to be executed and whose output is to be inserted at
that point.[1]
[1]Note that using the back quote for command substitution is no longer the preferred method; however, we
cover it here because of the large number of older, canned shell programs that still use this construct. Also, you
should know about back quotes in case you ever need to write shell programs that are portable to older Unix
systems with shells that don't support the newer $(...) construct.
Here is an example:
$ echo The date and time is: `date`
The date and time is: Wed Aug 28 14:28:43 EDT 2002
When the shell does its initial scan of the command line, it notices the back quote and expects the
name of a command to follow. In this case, the shell finds that the date command is to be executed.
So it executes date and replaces the `date` on the command line with the output from the date.
After that, it divides the command line into arguments in the normal manner and then initiates
execution of the echo command.
$ echo Your current working directory is `pwd`
Your current working directory is /users/steve/shell/ch6
$
Here the shell executes pwd, inserts its output on the command line, and then executes the echo.
Note that in the following section, back quotes can be used in all the places where the $(...)
construct is used.
The $(...) Construct

The POSIX standard shell supports the newer $(...) construct for command substitution. The
general format is
$(command)
where, as in the back quoting method, command is the name of the command whose standard
output is to be substituted on the command line. For example:
$ echo The date and time is: $(date)
The date and time is: Wed Aug 28 14:28:43 EDT 2002
This construct is better than back quotes for a couple of reasons. First, complex commands that use
combinations of forward and back quotes can be difficult to read, particularly if the typeface you're
using doesn't have visually different single quotes and back quotes; second, $(...) constructs can
be easily nested, allowing command substitution within command substitution. Although nesting can
also be performed with back quotes, it's a little trickier. You'll see an example of nested command
substitution later in this section.
You are not restricted to executing a single command between the parentheses: Several commands
can be executed if separated by semicolons. Also, pipelines can be used. Here's a modified version of
the nu program that displays the number of logged-in users:
$ cat nu
echo There are $(who | wc –l) users logged in
$ nu Execute it
There are 13 users logged in

$
Because single quotes protect everything, the following output should be clear:

$ echo '$(who | wc –l) tells how many users are logged in'
$(who | wc –l) tells how many users are logged in
$
But command substitution is interpreted inside double quotes:
$ echo "You have $(ls | wc –l) fi1es in your directory"
You have 7 files in your directory
(What causes those leading spaces before the 7?) Remember that the shell is responsible for
executing the command enclosed between the parentheses. The only thing the echo command sees
is the output that has been inserted by the shell.
Suppose that you're writing a shell program and want to assign the current date and time to a
variable called now, perhaps to display it later at the top of a report, or log it into a file. The problem
here is that you somehow want to take the output from date and assign it to the variable. Command
substitution can be used for this:
$ now=$(date) Execute date and store the output in now
$ echo $now See what got assigned
Wed Aug 28 14:47:26 EDT 2002
When you write

now=$(date)
the shell realizes that the entire output from date is to be assigned to now. Therefore, you don't need
to enclose $(date) inside double quotes.
Even commands that produce more than a single line of output can be stored inside a variable:
$ filelist=$(ls)
$ echo $filelist
What happened here? You end up with a horizontal listing of the files even though the newlines from
ls were stored inside the filelist variable (take our word for it). The newlines got eaten up when
the value of filelist was substituted by the shell in processing the echo command line. Double
quotes around the variable will preserve the newlines:
$ echo "$filelist"
addresses
intro
lotsaspaces
names
nu
numbers
phonebook
stat
To store the contents of a file into a variable, you can use cat:
$ namelist=$(cat names)
$ echo "$names"
Charlie
Emanuel
Fred
Lucy
Ralph
Tony
Tony
If you want to mail the contents of the file memo to all the people listed in the names file (who we'll
assume here are users on your system), you can do the following:
$ mail $(cat names) < memo
Here the shell executes the cat and inserts the output on the command line so it looks like this:
mail Charlie Emanuel Fred Lucy Ralph Tony Tony < memo
Then it executes mail, redirecting its standard input from the file memo and passing it the names of
seven users who are to receive the mail.
Notice that Tony receives the same mail twice because he's listed twice in the names file. You can
remove any duplicate entries from the file by using sort with the -u option (remove duplicate lines)
rather than cat to ensure that each person only receives mail once:
$ mail $(sort -u names) < memo

$
It's worth noting that the shell does filename substitution after it substitutes the output from
commands. Enclosing the commands inside double quotes prevents the shell from doing the filename
substitution on this output if desired.
Command substitution is often used to change the value stored in a shell variable. For example, if the
shell variable name contains someone's name, and you want to convert every character in that
variable to uppercase, you could use echo to get the variable to tr's input, perform the translation,
and then assign the result back to the variable:
$ name="Ralph Kramden"
$ name=$(echo $name | tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]') Translate to uppercase
$ echo $name
RALPH KRAMDEN
The technique of using echo in a pipeline to write data to the standard input of the following
command is a simple yet powerful technique; it's used often in shell programs.
The next example shows how cut is used to extract the first character from the value stored in a
variable called filename:
$ filename=/users/steve/memos
$ firstchar=$(echo $filename | cut -c1)
$ echo $firstchar
sed is also often used to "edit" the value stored in a variable. Here it is used to extract the last
character from the variable file:
$ file=exec.o
$ lastchar=$(echo $file | sed 's/.*$.$$/\1/')
$ echo $lastchar
$
The sed command says to replace all the characters on the line with the last one. The result of the
sed is stored in the variable lastchar. The single quotes around the sed command are important
because they prevent the shell from messing around with the backslashes (would double quotes also
UNREGISTERED
have worked?).VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Finally, command substitutions can be nested. Suppose that you want to change every occurrence of
the first character in a variable to something else. In a previous example, firstchar=$(echo
$filename | cut -c1) gets the first character from filename, but how do we use this character to
change every occurrence in filename? A two-step process is one way:
$ firstchar=$(echo $filename | cut -c1)
$ filename=$(echo $filename | tr "$firstchar" "^") translate / to ^
$ echo $filename
ûsers^steve^memos
Or a single, nested command substitution can perform the same operation:
$ filename=$(echo $filename | tr "$(echo $filename | cut -c1)" "^")
$ echo $filename
ûsers^steve^memos
$
If you have trouble understanding this example, compare it to the previous one: Note how the
firstchar variable in the earlier example is replaced by the nested command substitution;
otherwise, the two examples are the same.
The expr Command

Although the POSIX standard shell supports built-in integer arithmetic operations, older shells don't.
It's likely that you may see command substitution with a Unix program called expr, which evaluates
an expression given to it on the command line:
$ expr 1 + 2
Each operator and operand given to expr must be a separate argument, thus explaining the output
from the following:
$ expr 1+2
1+2
The usual arithmetic operators are recognized by expr: + for addition, - for subtraction, / for
division, * for multiplication, and % for modulus (remainder).
$ expr 10 + 20 / 2
20
Multiplication, division, and modulus have higher precedence than addition and subtraction. Thus, in
the preceding example the division was performed before the addition.
$ expr 17 * 6
expr: syntax error

What happened here? The answer: The shell saw the * and substituted the names of all the files in
your directory! It has to be quoted to keep it from the shell:
$ expr "17 * 6"

17 * 6
That's not the way to do it. Remember that expr must see each operator and operand as a separate
argument; the preceding example sends the whole expression in as a single argument.
$ expr 17 \* 6
102
Naturally, one or more of the arguments to expr can be the value stored inside a shell variable
because the shell takes care of the substitution first anyway:
$ i=1
$ expr $i + 1
This is the older method for performing arithmetic on shell variables. Do the same type of thing as
shown previously only use the command substitution mechanism to assign the output from expr
back to the variable:
$ i=1
$ i=$(expr $i + 1) Add 1 to i
$ echo $i
In legacy shell programs, you're more likely to see expr used with back quotes:
$ i=èxpr $i + 1` Add 1 to i
$ echo $i
Note that like the shell's built-in integer arithmetic, expr only evaluates integer arithmetic
expressions. You can use awk or bc if you need to do floating point calculations. Also note that expr
has other operators. One of the most frequently used ones is the : operator, which is used to match
characters in the first operand against a regular expression given as the second operand. By default,
it returns the number of characters matched.
The expr command
expr "$file" : ".*"
returns the number of characters stored in the variable file, because the regular expression .*
matches all the characters in the string. For more details on expr, consult your Unix User's Manual.
Table A.5 in Appendix A summarizes the way quotes are handled by the shell.
Exercises
1: Given VERSION
OFassignments:
CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ x=*
$ y=?
$ z='one
> two
> three'
$ now=$(date)
$ symbol='>'
and these files in your current directory:
$ echo *
names test1 u vv zebra
What will the output be from the following commands?
echo *** error *** echo 'Is 5 * 4 > 18 ?'
echo $x echo What is your name?

echo $y echo Would you like to play a game?
echo "$y" echo \*\*\*
echo $z | wc -l echo \$$symbol
echo "$z" | wc -l echo $\$symbol
echo '$z' I wc -l echo "\"
echo _$now_ echo "\\"
echo hello $symbol out echo \\
echo "\"" echo I don't understand
2: Write the commands to remove all the space characters stored in the shell variable text.
Be sure to assign the result back to text. First use tr to do it and then do the same thing
with sed.
3: Write the commands to count the number of characters stored in the shell variable text.
Then write the commands to count all the alphabetic characters. (Hint: Use sed and wc.)
What happens to special character sequences such as \n if they're stored inside text?
4: Write the commands to assign the unique lines in the file names to the shell variable
namelist.
Chapter 7. Passing Arguments
IN THIS CHAPTER
The shift Command
Exercises
Shell programs
UNREGISTERED become far
VERSION OFmore
CHM useful after CONVERTER
TO PDF you learn how toPRO
process
BY arguments passed to them. In
THETA-SOFTWARE
this chapter, you'll learn how to write shell programs that take arguments typed on the command
line. Recall the program run that you wrote in Chapter 5, "And Away We Go," to run the file
sys.caps through tbl, nroff, and lp:
$ cat run
tbl sys.caps | nroff -mm –Tlp | lp
Suppose that you need to run other files besides sys.caps through this same command sequence.
You could make a separate version of run for each such file; or, you could modify the run program
so that you could specify the name of the file to be run on the command line. That is, you could
change run so that you could type
run new.hire
for example, to specify that the file new.hire is to be run through this command sequence, or
run sys.caps
to specify the file sys.caps.
Whenever you execute a shell program, the shell automatically stores the first argument in the
special shell variable 1, the second argument in the variable 2, and so on. These special
variables—more formally known as positional parameters—are assigned after the shell has done its
normal command-line processing (that is, I/O redirection, variable substitution, filename substitution,
and so on).
To modify the run program to accept the name of the file as an argument, all you do to the program
is change the reference to the file sys.caps so that it instead references the first argument typed on
the command line:
$ cat run
tbl $1 | nroff -mm -Tlp | lp
$ run new.hire Execute it with new.hire as the argument
Each time you execute the run program, whatever word follows on the command line will be stored
inside the first positional parameter by the shell. In the example, new.hire will be stored in this
parameter. Substitution of positional parameters is identical to substitution of other types of
variables, so when the shell sees
tbl $1
it replaces the $1 with the first argument supplied to the program: new.hire.
As another example, the following program, called ison, lets you know if a specified user is logged
on:
$ cat ison
who | grep $1
$ who See who's on
root console Jul 7 08:37
barney tty03 Jul 8 12:28
fred tty04 Jul 8 13:40
joanne tty07 Jul 8 09:35
tony tty19 Jul 8 08:30

lulu tty23 Jul 8 09:55
$ ison tony
$ ison pat
$ Not logged on

The $# Variable
Whenever you execute a shell program, the special shell variable $# gets set to the number of
arguments that were typed on the command line. As you'll see in the next chapter, this variable can
be tested by the program to determine whether the correct number of arguments was typed by the
user.
The next program called args was written just to get you more familiar with the way arguments are
passed to shell programs. Study the output from each example and make sure that you understand
it:
$ cat args Look at the program
echo $# arguments passed
echo arg 1 = :$1: arg 2 = :$2: arg 3 = :$3:
$ args a b c Execute it
3 arguments passed
arg 1 = :a: arg 2 = :b: arg 3 = :c:
$ args a b Try it with two arguments
2 arguments passed
arg 1 = :a: arg 2 = :b: arg 3 = :: Unassigned args are null
$ args Try it with no arguments
0 arguments passed
arg 1 =:: arg 2 =:: arg 3 = ::
$ args "a b c" Try quotes
1 arguments passed
arg 1 = :a b c: arg 2 = :: arg 3 = ::
$ ls x* See what files start with x
xact
xtra
$ args x* Try file name substitution
2 arguments passed
arg 1 = :xact: arg 2 = :xtra: arg 3 = ::
$ my_bin=/users/steve/bin
$ args $my_bin And variable substitution
1 arguments passed
arg 1 = :/users/steve/bin:
UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM argTO
2 = :: CONVERTER
PDF arg 3 = :: PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ args $(cat names) Pass the contents of names
7 arguments passed
arg 1 = :Charlie: arg 2 = :Emanuel: arg3 = :Fred:
As you can see, the shell does its normal command-line processing even when it's executing your
shell programs. This means that you can take advantage of the normal niceties such as filename
substitution and variable substitution when specifying arguments to your programs.
The $* Variable
The special variable $* references all the arguments passed to the program. This is often useful in
programs that take an indeterminate or variable number of arguments. You'll see some more
practical examples later. Here's a program that illustrates its use:
$ cat args2
echo $# arguments passed
echo they are :$*:
$ args2 a b c
3 arguments passed
they are :a b c:
$ args2 one two
2 arguments passed
they are :one two:
$ args2
0 arguments passed
they are ::
$ args2 *
8 arguments passed
they are :args args2 names nu phonebook stat xact xtra:
$
A Program to Look Up Someone in the Phone Book
Here's the phonebook file from previous examples:
$ cat phonebook

You know how to look up someone in the file by using grep:
$ grep Cheb phonebook
And you know that if you want to look up someone by the full name, you'd better put quotes around
it to keep the argument together:
$ grep "Susan T" phonebook
$
It would be nice to write a shell program that you could use to look up someone. Let's call the
program lu and have it take as its argument the name of the person to look up:
$ cat lu
# Look someone up in the phone book
grep $1 phonebook
Here's a sample use of lu:
$ lu Alice
$ lu Susan
$ lu "Susan T"
grep: can't open T
phonebook:Susan Goldberg 201-555-7776
phonebook:Susan Topple 212-555-4932
In the preceding example, you were careful to enclose Susan T in double quotes; so what happened?
Look again at the grep executed in the lu program:
grep $1 phonebook
Even though enclosing Susan T inside double quotes results in its getting passed to lu as a single
argument, when the shell substitutes this value for $1 on grep's command line, it then passes it as
two arguments to grep. (Remember we had this same sort of discussion when we talked about
variable substitution—first the shell substitutes the value of the variable; then it divides the line into
arguments.)
You can alleviate this problem by enclosing $1 inside double quotes (why not single?) in the lu
program:

$ cat lu
# Look someone up in the phone book -- version 2
grep "$1" phonebook
Now let's try it again:
$ lu Tony
Tony Iannino 973-555-1295 This still works
$ lu "Susan T" Now try this again
$
A Program to Add Someone to the Phone Book
Let's continue with the development of programs that work with the phonebook file. You'll probably
want to add someone to the file, particularly because our phonebook file is so small. You can write a
program called add that takes two arguments: the name of the person to be added and the number.
Then you can simply write the name and number, separated from each other by a tab character,
onto the end of the phonebook file:
$ cat add
# Add someone to the phone book
echo "$1 $2" >> phonebook
Although you can't tell, there's a tab character that separates the $1 from the $2 in the preceding
echo command. This tab must be quoted to make it to echo without getting gobbled up by the shell.
Let's try out the program:
$ add 'Stromboli Pizza' 973-555-9478
$ lu Pizza See if we can find the new entry
Stromboli Pizza 973-555-9478 So far, so good
$ cat phonebook See what happened

Stromboli Pizza 973-555-9478
$
Stromboli Pizza was quoted so that the shell passed it along to add as a single argument (what
would have happened if it wasn't quoted?). After add finished executing, lu was run to see whether it
could find the new entry, and it did. The cat command was executed to see what the modified
phonebook file
UNREGISTERED looked like.
VERSION OF The newTO
CHM entry
PDFwasCONVERTER
added to the end,
PRO as BY
intended. Unfortunately, the new
THETA-SOFTWARE
file is no longer sorted. This won't affect the operation of the lu program, but you can add a sort to
the add program to keep the file sorted after new entries are added:
$ cat add
# Add someone to the phonebook file -- version 2
echo "$1 $2" >> phonebook
sort -o phonebook phonebook
Recall that the -o option to sort specifies where the sorted output is to be written, and that this can
be the same as the input file:
$ add 'Billy Bach' 201-555-7618
$ cat phonebook
Billy Bach 201-555-7618

Stromboli Pizza 973-555-9478
So each time a new entry is added, the phonebook file will get re-sorted.
A Program to Remove Someone from the Phone Book
No set of programs that enable you to look up or add someone to the phone book would be complete
without a program
UNREGISTERED to remove
VERSION someone
OF CHM from the
TO PDF phone book. PRO
CONVERTER We'll call
BY the program rem and have it
THETA-SOFTWARE
take as its argument the name of the person to be removed. What should the strategy be for
developing the program? Essentially, you want to remove the line from the file that contains the
specified name. The -v option to grep can be used here because it prints lines from a file that don't
match a pattern:

$ cat rem
# Remove someone from the phone book
grep -v "$1" phonebook > /tmp/phonebook
mv /tmp/phonebook phonebook
The grep writes all lines that don't match into the file /tmp/phonebook. [1] After the grep is done,
the old phonebook file is replaced by the new one from /tmp.
[1]/tmp is a directory on all Unix systems that anyone can write to. It's used by programs to create
"temporary" files. Each time the system gets rebooted, all the files in /tmp are usually removed.
$ rem 'Stromboli Pizza' Remove this entry
$ cat phonebook
Billy Bach 201-555-7618

$ rem Susan
$ cat phonebook
Billy Bach 201-555-7618
The first case, where Stromboli Pizza was removed, worked fine. In the second case, however,
both Susan entries were removed because they both matched the pattern. You can use the add
program to add them back to the phone book:
$ add 'Susan Goldberg' 201-555-7776
$ add 'Susan Topple' 212-555-4932
In Chapter 8, "Decisions, Decisions," you'll learn how to determine whether more than one matching
entry is found and take some other action if that's the case. For example, you might want to alert the
user that more than one match has been found and further qualification of the name is required.
(This can be very helpful, because most implementations of grep will match everything if an empty
string is passed as the pattern.)
Incidentally, before leaving this program, note that sed could have also been used to delete the
matching entry. In such a case, the grep could be replaced with
sed "/$1/d" phonebook > /tmp/phonebook

to achieve the same result. The double quotes are needed around the sed command to ensure that
the value of $1 is substituted, while at the same time ensuring that the shell doesn't see a command
line like
sed /Stromboli Pizza/d phonebook > /tmp/phonebook

and pass three arguments to sed rather than two.

${ n}
If you supply more than nine arguments to a program, you cannot access the tenth and greater
arguments with $10, $11, and so on. If you try to access the tenth argument by writing
$10
the shell actually substitutes the value of $1 followed by a 0. Instead, the format
${n}
must be used. So to directly access argument 10, you must write
${10}
in your program.
The shift Command
The shift command allows you to effectively left shift your positional parameters. If you execute the
command
shift

whatever was previously stored inside $2 will be assigned to $1, whatever was previously stored in
$3 will be assigned to $2, and so on. The old value of $1 will be irretrievably lost.
When this command is executed, $# (the number of arguments variable) is also automatically
decremented by one:
$ cat tshift Program to test the shift
echo $# $*
shift
echo $# $*
shift
echo $# $*
shift
echo $# $*
shift
echo $# $*
shift
echo $# $*
$ tshift a b c d e
5 a b c d e
4 b c d e
3 c d e
2 d e
1 e
If you try to shift when there are no variables to shift (that is, when $# already equals zero), you'll
get an error message from the shell (the error will vary from one shell to the next):
prog: shift: bad number
where prog is the name of the program that executed the offending shift.
You can shift more than one "place" at once by writing a count immediately after shift, as in
shift 3
This command has the same effect as performing three separate shifts:
shift
shift
shift
The shift command is useful when processing a variable number of arguments. You'll see it put to
use when you learn about loops in Chapter 9, "'Round and 'Round She Goes."
Exercises
1: ModifyVERSION
UNREGISTERED lu so that it
OF ignores
CHM case whenCONVERTER
TO PDF doing the lookup.
PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
2: What happens if you forget to supply an argument to the lu program? What happens if the
argument is null (as in, lu "")?
3: The program ison from this chapter has a shortcoming as shown in the following example:
$ ison ed
fred tty03 Sep 4 14:53
The output indicates that fred is logged on, while we were checking to see whether ed was
logged on.
Modify ison to correct this problem.
4: Write a program called twice that takes a single integer argument and doubles its value:
$ twice 15
30
$ twice 0
What happens if a noninteger value is typed? What if the argument is omitted?
5: Write a program called home that takes the name of a user as its single argument and prints
that user's home directory. So
home steve
would print
/users/steve
if /users/steve is steve's home directory. (Hint: Recall that the home directory is the
sixth field stored in the file /etc/passwd.)
6: Write a program called suffix that renames a file by adding the characters given as the
second argument to the end of the name of the file given as the first argument. So
suffix memo1 .sv
should rename memo1 to memo1.sv.
7: Write a program called unsuffix that removes the characters given as the second
argument from the end of the name of the file given as the first argument. So
unsuffix memo1.sv .sv
should rename memo1.sv to memo1. Be sure that the characters are removed from the end,
so
unsuffix test1test test
should result in test1test being renamed to test1. (Hint: Use sed and command
substitution.)
Chapter 8. Decisions, Decisions
IN THIS CHAPTER
Exit Status
The test Command
The else
UNREGISTERED Construct OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
VERSION
The exit Command
The elif Construct
The case Command
The Null Command :
Exercises
This chapter introduces a statement that is present in almost all programming languages: if. It
enables you to test a condition and then change the flow of program execution based on the result of
the test.
The general format of the if command is
if commandt
then
command
command
...
fi
where commandt is executed and its exit status is tested. If the exit status is zero, the commands
that follow between the then and the fi are executed; otherwise, they are skipped.
Exit Status
Whenever any program completes execution under the Unix system, it returns an exit status back to
the system. This status is a number that usually indicates whether the program successfully ran. By
convention, an exit status of zero indicates that a program succeeded, and nonzero indicates that it
failed. Failures can be caused by invalid arguments passed to the program, or by an error condition
detected by the program. For example, the cp command returns a nonzero exit status if the copy
fails for some reason (for example, if it can't create the destination file), or if the arguments aren't
correctly specified (for example, wrong number of arguments, or more than two arguments and the
last one isn't a directory). In the case of grep, an exit status of zero (success) is returned if it finds
the specified pattern in at least one of the files; a nonzero value is returned if it can't find the pattern
or if an error occurs (the arguments aren't correctly specified, or it can't open one of the files).
In a pipeline, the exit status is that of the last command in the pipe. So in
who | grep fred
the exit status of the grep is used by the shell as the exit status for the pipeline. In this case, an exit
status of zero means that fred was found in who's output (that is, fred was logged on at the time
that this command was executed).
The $? Variable
The shell variable $? is automatically set by the shell to the exit status of the last command
executed. Naturally, you can use echo to display its value at the terminal.
$ cp phonebook phone2
$ echo $?
0 Copy "succeeded"
$ cp nosuch backup
cp: cannot access nosuch
$ echo $?
2 Copy "failed"
$ who See who's logged on
wilma tty03 Jul 8 12:36

betty tty15 Jul 8 15:03
$ who | grep barney

$ echo $? Print exit status of last command (grep)
0 grep "succeeded"
$ who | grep fred
$ echo $?
1 grep "failed"
$ echo $?
0 Exit status of last echo
Note that the numeric result of a "failure" for some commands can vary from one Unix version to the
next, but success is always signified by a zero exit status.
Let's now write a shell program called on that tells us whether a specified user is logged on to the
system. The name of the user to check will be passed to the program on the command line. If the
user is logged on, we'll print a message to that effect; otherwise we'll say nothing. Here is the
program:
$ cat on
# determine if someone is logged on
#
user="$1"
if who | grep "$user"
then
echo "$user is logged on"
fi
This first argument typed on the command line is stored in the shell variable user. Then the if
command executes the pipeline
who | grep "$user"
and tests the exit status returned by grep. If the exit status is zero, grep found user in who's output.
In that case, the echo command that follows is executed. If the exit status is nonzero, the specified
user is not logged on, and the echo command is skipped. The echo command is indented from the
left margin for aesthetic reasons only (tab characters are usually used for such purposes because it's
easier to type a tab character than an equivalent number of spaces). In this case, just a single
command is enclosed between the then and fi. When more commands are included, and when the
nesting gets deeper, indentation can have a dramatic effect on the program's readability. Later
examples will help illustrate this point.
Here are some sample uses of on:
$ who

$ on tony We know he's on
tony tty19 Jul 8 08:30 Where did this come from?
tony is logged on
$ on steve We know he's not on

$ on ann Try this one
ann is logged on
$
We seem to have uncovered a couple of problems with the program. When the specified user is
logged on, the corresponding line from who's output is also displayed. This may not be such a bad
thing, but the program requirements called for only a message to be displayed and nothing else.
This line is displayed because not only does grep return an exit status in the pipeline
who | grep "$user"
but it also goes about its normal function of writing any matching lines to standard output, even
though we're really not interested in that. We can dispose of grep's output by redirecting it to the
system's "garbage can," /dev/null. This is a special file on the system that anyone can read from
(and get an immediate end of file) or write to. When you write to it, the bits go to that great bit
bucket in the sky!
who | grep "$user" > /dev/null
The second problem with on appears when the program is executed with the argument ann. Even
though ann is not logged on, grep matches the characters ann for the user joanne. What you need
here is a more restrictive pattern specification, which you learned how to do in Chapter 4, "Tools of
the Trade," where we talked about regular expressions. Because who lists each username in column
one of each output line, we can anchor the pattern to match the beginning of the line by preceding
the pattern with the character ^:
who | grep "^$user" > /dev/null

But that's not enough. grep still matches a line like
bobby tty07 Jul 8 09:35
if you ask it to search for the pattern bob. What you need to do is also anchor the pattern on the
right. Realizing that who ends each username with one or more spaces, the pattern
"^$user "
now only matches lines for the specified user.
Let's try the new and improved version of on:
$ cat on
# determine if someone is logged on -- version 2
user="$1"
if who | grep "^$user " > /dev/null
then
fi
$ who Who's on now?

$ on lulu
lulu is logged on
$ on ann Try this again
$ on What happens if we don't give any arguments?

$
If no arguments are specified, user will be null. grep will then look through who's output for lines that
start with a blank (why?). It won't find any, and so just a command prompt will be returned. In the
next section, you'll see how to test whether the correct number of arguments has been supplied to a
program and, if not, take some action.
The test Command
A built-in shell command called test is most often used for testing one or more conditions in an if
command. Its general format is
test expression
where expression represents the condition you're testing. test evaluates expression, and if the result
is true, it returns an exit status of zero; otherwise, the result is false, and it returns a nonzero exit
status.
String Operators
As an example of the use of test, the following command returns a zero exit status if the shell
variable name contains the characters julio:
test "$name" = julio
The = operator is used to test whether two values are identical. In this case, we're testing to see
whether the contents of the shell variable name are identical to the characters julio. If it is, test
returns an exit status of zero; nonzero otherwise.
Note that test must see all operands ($name and julio) and operators (=) as separate arguments,
meaning that they must be delimited by one or more whitespace characters.
Getting back to the if command, to echo the message "Would you like to play a game?" if name
contains the characters julio, you would write your if command like this:
if test "$name" = julio
then
echo "Would you like to play a game?"
fi
(Why is it better to play it safe and enclose the message that is displayed by echo inside quotes?)
When the if command gets executed, the command that follows the if is executed, and its exit
status is tested. The test command is passed the three arguments $name (with its value substituted,
of course), =, and julio. test then tests to see whether the first argument is identical to the third
argument and returns a zero exit status if it is and a nonzero exit status if it is not.
The exit status returned by test is then tested. If it's zero, the commands between then and fi are
executed; in this OF
case, the CHM
single TOcommand
echo PDF CONVERTER
is executed.PRO
If theBY
exitTHETA-SOFTWARE
status is nonzero, the echo
command is skipped.
It's good programming practice to enclose shell variables that are arguments to test inside a pair of
double quotes (to allow variable substitution). This ensures that test sees the argument in the case
where its value is null. For example, consider the following example:
$ name= Set name null
$ test $name = julio
sh: test: argument expected
Because name was null, only two arguments were passed to test: = and julio because the shell
substituted the value of name before parsing the command line into arguments. In fact, after $name
was substituted by the shell, it was as if you typed the following:
test = julio
When test executed, it saw only two arguments (see Figure 8.1) and therefore issued the error
message.
Figure 8.1. test $name = julio with name null.
By placing double quotes around the variable, you ensure that test sees the argument because
quotes act as a "placeholder" when the argument is null.
$ test "$name" = julio
$ echo $? Print the exit status
Even if name is null, the shell still passes three arguments to test, the first one null (see Figure 8.2).
Figure 8.2. test "$name" = julio with name null.
Other operators can be used to test character strings. These operators are summarized in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1. test String Operators
Operator Returns TRUE (exit status of 0) if

string1 = string 2 string1 is identical to string2.
string1 != string 2 string1 is not identical to string2.
string string is not null.

-n string string is not null (and string must be seen by test).
-z string string is null (and string must be seen by test).
You've seen how the = operator is used. The != operator is similar, only it tests two strings for
inequality. That is, the exit status from test is zero if the two strings are not equal, and nonzero if
they are.
Let's look at three similar examples.
$ day="monday"
$ test "$day" = monday

$ echo $?
0 True

The test command returns an exit status of 0 because the value of day is equal to the characters
monday. Now look at the following:
$ day="monday
UNREGISTERED "
$ test "$day" = monday
$ echo $?
1 False
Here we assigned the characters monday—including the space character that immediately
followed—to day. Therefore, when the previous test was made, test returned false because the
characters "monday " were not identical to the characters "monday".
If you wanted these two values to be considered equal, omitting the double quotes would have
caused the shell to "eat up" the trailing space character, and test would have never seen it:
$ day="monday "
$ test $day = monday
$ echo $?
$ True
Although this seems to violate our rule about always quoting shell variables that are arguments to
test, it's okay to omit the quotes if you're sure that the variable is not null (and not composed
entirely of whitespace characters).
You can test to see whether a shell variable has a null value with the third operator listed in Table
8.1:
test "$day"
This returns true if day is not null and false if it is. Quotes are not necessary here because test
doesn't care whether it sees an argument in this case. Nevertheless, you are better off using them
here as well because if the variable consists entirely of whitespace characters, the shell will get rid of
the argument if not enclosed in quotes.
$ blanks=" "
$ test $blanks Is it not null?
$ echo $?
1 False—it's null
$ test "$blanks" And now?
$ echo $?
0 True—it's not null
In the first case, test was not passed any arguments because the shell ate up the four spaces in
blanks. In the second case, test got one argument consisting of four space characters; obviously
not null.
In case we seem to be belaboring the point about blanks and quotes, realize that this is a sticky area
that is a frequent source of shell programming errors. It's good to really understand the principles
here to save yourself a lot of programming headaches in the future.
There is another way to test whether a string is null, and that's with either of the last two operators
listed previously in Table 8.1. The -n operator returns an exit status of zero if the argument that
follows is not null. Think of this operator as testing for nonzero length.
The -z operator tests the argument that follows to see whether it is null and returns an exit status of
zero if it is. Think of this operator as testing to see whether the following argument has zero length.
So the command
test -n "$day"
returns an exit status of 0 if day contains at least one character. The command

test -z "$dataflag"
returns an exit status of 0 if dataflag doesn't contain any characters.
Be forewarned OFthe
that both of CHM TO PDF
preceding CONVERTER
operators expect anPRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
argument to follow; therefore, get into
the habit of enclosing that argument inside double quotes.
$ nullvar=
$ nonnullvar=abc
$ test -n "$nullvar" Does nullvar have nonzero length?
$ echo $?
1 No
$ test -n "$nonnullvar" And what about nonnullvar?
$ echo $?
0 Yes
$ test -z "$nullvar" Does nullvar have zero length?
$ echo $?
0 Yes
$ test -z "$nonnullvar" And nonnullvar?
$ echo $?
1 No
Note that test can be picky about its arguments. For example, if the shell variable symbol contains
an equals sign, look at what happens if you try to test it for zero length:
$ echo $symbol
$ test -z "$symbol"
sh: test: argument expected
The = operator has higher precedence than the -z operator, so test expects an argument to follow.
To avoid this sort of problem, you can write your command as
test X"$symbol" = X
which will be true if symbol is null, and false if it's not. The X in front of symbol prevents test from
interpreting the characters stored in symbol as an operator.
An Alternative Format for test

The test command is used so often by shell programmers that an alternative format of the
command is recognized. This format improves the readability of the command, especially when used
in if commands.
You'll recall that the general format of the test command is
test expression
This can also be expressed in the alternative format as
[ expression ]
The [ is actually the name of the command (who said anything about command names having to be
alphanumeric characters?). It still initiates execution of the same test command, only in this format,
test expects to see a closing ] at the end of the expression. Naturally, spaces must appear after the
[ and before the ].
You can rewrite the test command shown in a previous example with this alternative format as
shown:

$ [ -z "$nonnullvar" ]
$ echo $?
1
$
When used in an if command, this alternative format looks like this:
if [ "$name" = julio ]
then
echo "Would you like to play a game?"
fi
Which format of the if command you use is up to you; we prefer the [...] format, so that's what
we'll use throughout the remainder of the book.
Integer Operators
test has an assortment of operators for performing integer comparisons. Table 8.2 summarizes
these operators.
Table 8.2. test Integer Operators

int1 -eq int2 int1 is equal to int2.
int1 -ge int2 int1 is greater than or equal to int2.
int1 -gt int2 int1 is greater than int2.
int1 -le int2 int1 is less than or equal to int2.
int1 -lt int2 int1 is less than int2.
int1 -ne int2 int1 is not equal to int2.
For example, the operator -eq tests to see whether two integers are equal. So if you had a shell
variable called count and you wanted to see whether its value was equal to zero, you would write
[ "$count" -eq 0 ]
Other integer operators behave similarly, so
[ "$choice" -lt 5 ]
tests to see whether the variable choice is less than 5; the command
[ "$index" -ne "$max" ]
tests to see whether the value of index is not equal to the value of max; and, finally
[ "$#" -ne 0 ]
tests to see whether the number of arguments passed to the command is not equal to zero.
The test command interprets the value as an integer when an integer operator is used, and not the
shell, so these comparisons work regardless of the shell variable's type.
Let's reinforce the difference between test's string and integer operators by taking a look at a few
examples.
$ x1="005"
$ x2=" 10"
$ [ "$x1" = 5 ] String comparison
$ echo $?
1 False
$ [ "$x1" -eq 5 ] Integer comparison
$ echo $?
0 True
$ [ "$x2" = 10 ] String comparison
$ echo $?
1 False
$ [ "$x2" -eq 10 ] Integer comparison
$ echo $?
0 True
The first test
[ "$x1" = 5 ]
uses the string comparison operator = to test whether the two strings are identical. They're not,
because the first string is composed of the three characters 005, and the second the single character
5.
In the second test, the integer comparison operator -eq is used. Treating the two values as integers,
005 is equal to 5, as verified by the exit status returned by test.
The third and fourth tests are similar, only in this case you can see how even a leading space stored
in the variable x2 can influence a test made with a string operator versus one made with an integer
operator.
File Operators
Virtually every shell program deals with one or more files. For this reason, a wide assortment of
operators is provided by test to enable you to ask various questions about files. Each of these
operators is unary in nature, meaning that they expect a single argument to follow. In all cases, this
argument is the name of a file (and that includes a directory file, of course).
Table 8.3 lists the commonly used file operators.
Table 8.3. Commonly Used test File Operators

-d file file is a directory.
-e file file exists.
-f file file is an ordinary file.
-r file file is readable by the process.
-s file file has nonzero length.
-w file file is writable by the process.
-x file file is executable.
-L file file is a symbolic link.
The command
[ -f /users/steve/phonebook ]
tests whether the file /users/steve/phonebook exists and is an ordinary file (that is, not a directory
and not a special file).
The command
[ -r /users/steve/phonebook ]
tests whether the indicated file exists and is also readable by you.
The command
[ -s /users/steve/phonebook ]
tests whether the indicated file contains at least one byte of information in it. This is useful, for
example, if you create an error log file in your program and you want to see whether anything was
written to it:

if [ -s $ERRFILE ]
then
echo "Errors found:"

cat $ERRFILE
fi
A few more test operators, when combined with the previously described operators, enable you to
make more complex types of tests.
The Logical Negation Operator !

The unary logical negation operator ! can be placed in front of any other test expression to negate
the result of the evaluation of that expression. For example,
[ ! -r /users/steve/phonebook ]
returns a zero exit status (true) if /users/steve/phonebook is not readable; and
[ ! -f "$mailfile" ]
returns true if the file specified by $mailfile does not exist or is not an ordinary file. Finally,
[ ! "$x1" = "$x2" ]
returns true if $x1 is not identical to $x2 and is obviously equivalent to
[ "$x1" != "$x2" ]
The Logical AND Operator –a

The operator -a performs a logical AND of two expressions and returns true only if the two joined
expressions are both true. So
[ -f "$mailfile" -a -r "$mailfile" ]
returns true if the file specified by $mailfile is an ordinary file and is readable by you. An extra
space was placed around the -a operator to aid in the expression's readability and obviously has no
effect on its execution.
The command
[ "$count" -ge 0 -a "$count" -lt 10 ]
will be true if the variable count contains an integer value greater than or equal to zero but less than
10. The -a operator has lower precedence than the integer comparison operators (and the string and
file operators, for that matter), meaning that the preceding expression gets evaluated as
("$count" -ge 0) -a ("$count" -lt 10)
as you would expect.
Parentheses
Incidentally, you can use parentheses in a test expression to alter the order of evaluation; just
make sure that the parentheses are quoted because they have a special meaning to the shell. So to
translate the preceding example into a test command, you would write
[ $ "$count" -ge 0 $ -a $ "$count" -lt 10 $ ]
As is typical, spaces must surround the parentheses because test expects to see them as separate
arguments.

The Logical OR Operator –o
The -o operator is similar to the -a operator, only it forms a logical OR of two expressions. That is,
evaluation of the expression will be true if either the first expression is true or the second expression
is true.
[ -n "$mailopt" -o -r $HOME/mailfile ]
This command will be true if the variable mailopt is not null or if the file $HOME/mailfile is readable
by you.
The -o operator has lower precedence than the -a operator, meaning that the expression
"$a" -eq 0 -o "$b" -eq 2 -a "$c" -eq 10
gets evaluated by test as
"$a" -eq 0 -o ("$b" -eq 2 -a "$c" -eq 10)
Naturally, you can use parentheses to change this order if necessary:
$ "$a" -eq 0 -o "$b" -eq 2 $ -a "$c" -eq 10
You will see many uses of the test command throughout the book. Table A.11 in Appendix A, "Shell
Summary," summarizes all available test operators.
The else Construct
A construct known as the else can be added to the if command, with the general format as shown:
if commandt
then
command
command
...
else
command
command
...
fi
Execution of this form of the command starts as before; commandt is executed and its exit status
tested. If it's zero, the commands that follow between the then and the else are executed, and the
commands between the else and fi are skipped. Otherwise, the exit status is nonzero and the
commands between the then and else are skipped and the commands between the else and fi are
executed. In either case, only one set of commands gets executed: the first set if the exit status is
zero, and the second set if it's nonzero.
Let's now write a modified version of on. Instead of printing nothing if the requested user is not
logged on, we'll have the program print a message to that effect. Here is version 3 of the program:
$ cat on
#
user="$1"
UNREGISTERED
then VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
else
echo OFnot
"$user is CHM TO PDF
logged on" CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
fi
If the user specified as the first argument to on is logged on, the grep will succeed and the message
$user is logged on will be displayed; otherwise, the message $user is not logged on will be
displayed.
$ who Who's on?
barney tty03 Ju1 8 12:38
$ on pat
pat is not logged on
$ on tony
tony is logged on
$
Another nice touch when writing shell programs is to make sure that the correct number of
arguments is passed to the program. If an incorrect number is supplied, an error message to that
effect can be displayed, together with information on the proper usage of the program.
$ cat on
# see if the correct number of arguments were supplied
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Incorrect number of arguments"
echo "Usage: on user"
else
user="$1"
then
else
echo "$user is not logged on"
fi
fi
$
Compare this program with the previous version and note the changes that were made. An additional
if command was added to test whether the correct number of arguments was supplied. If $# is not
equal to 1, the program prints two messages; otherwise, the commands after the else clause are
executed. These commands are the same as appeared in the last version of on: They assign $1 to
user and then see whether user is logged on, printing a message in either case. Note that two fis
are required because twoOF CHM TO PDF
if commands CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
are used.
The indentation used goes a long way toward aiding the program's readability. Make sure that you
get into the habit of setting and following indentation rules in your programs.

$ on No arguments
Incorrect number of arguments
Usage: on user
$ on priscilla One argument
priscilla is not logged on
$ on jo anne Two arguments
Usage: on user
$
The exit Command
A built-in shell command called exit enables you to immediately terminate execution of your shell
program. The general format of this command is
exit n
where n is the exit status that you want returned. If none is specified, the exit status used is that of
the last command executed before the exit.
Be advised that executing the exit command directly from your terminal will log you off the system
because it will have the effect of terminating execution of your login shell.
A Second Look at the rem Program

exit is frequently used as a convenient way to terminate execution of a shell program. For example,
let's take another look at the rem program, which removes an entry from the phonebook file:
$ cat rem
This program has the potential to do unintended things to the phonebook file. For example, suppose
that you type
rem Susan Topple
Here the shell will pass two arguments to rem. The rem program will end up removing all Susan
entries, as specified by $1.
It's always best to take precautions with a potentially destructive program like rem and to be certain
as possible that the action intended by the user is consistent with the action that the program is
taking.
One of the first checks that can be made in rem is for the correct number of arguments, as was done
before with the on program. This time, we'll use the exit command to terminate the program if the
correct number of arguments isn't supplied:
$ cat rem
# Remove someone from the phone book -- version 2
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Incorrect number of arguments."
echo "Usage: rem name"
exit 1
fi
$ rem Susan Goldberg Try it out
Incorrect number of arguments.
Usage: rem name
$
The exit command returns an exit status of 1, to signal "failure," in case some other program wants
to check it. How could you have written the preceding program with an if-else instead of using the
exit (hint: look at the last version of on)?
Whether you use the exit or an if-else is up to you. Sometimes the exit is a more convenient way
to get out of the program quickly, particularly if it's done early in the program.
The elif Construct
As your programs become more complex, you may find yourself needing to write nested if
statements ofVERSION
OFform:
if command1
then
command
command
...
else
if command2
then
command
command
...
else
...
if command n
then
command
command
...
else
command
command
...
fi
...
fi
fi
This type of command sequence is useful when you need to make more than just a two-way decision
as afforded by the if-else construct. In this case, a multiway decision is made, with the last else
clause executed if none of the preceding conditions is satisfied.
As an example, suppose that you wanted to write a program called greetings that would print a
friendly "Good morning," "Good afternoon," or "Good evening" whenever you logged on to the
system. For purposes of the example, consider any time from midnight to noon to be the morning,
noon to 6:00 p.m. the afternoon, and 6:00 p.m. to midnight the evening.
To write this program, you have to find out what time it is. date serves just fine for this purpose.
Take another look at the output from this command:
$ date
Wed Aug 29 10:42:01 EDT 2002
The format of date's output is fixed, a fact that you can use to your advantage when writing
greetings because this means that the time will always appear in character positions 12 through 19.
Actually, for this program, you really only need the hour displayed in positions 12 and 13. So to get
the hour from date, you can write
$ date | cut -c12-13
10
Now the task of writing the greetings program is straightforward:

$ cat greetings
# Program to print a greeting
UNREGISTERED
# VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
hour=$(date | cut -c12-13)
if [ "$hour" -ge 0 -a "$hour" -le 11 ]
then
echo "Good morning"
else
then
echo "Good afternoon"
else
echo "Good evening"
fi
fi
If hour is greater than or equal to 0 (midnight) and less than or equal to 11 (up to 11:59:59), "Good
morning" is displayed. If hour is greater than or equal to 12 (noon) and less than or equal to 17 (up
to 5:59:59 p.m.), "Good afternoon" is displayed. If neither of the preceding two conditions is
satisfied, "Good evening" is displayed.
$ greetings
Good morning
$
As noted, the nested if command sequence used in greetings is so common that a special elif
construct is available to more easily express this sequence. The general format of this construct is
if commandl
then
command
command
...
elif command 2
then
command
command
...
elif command n
then
command
command
...
else
command
command
...
fi
command1, command2, ..., commandn are executed in turn and their exit statuses tested. As soon as
one returns an exit status of zero, the commands listed after the then that follows are executed up to
another elif, else, or fi. If none of the commands returns a zero exit status, the commands listed
after the optional else are executed.
You could rewrite the greetings program using this new format as shown:

$ cat greetings
# Program to print a greeting -- version 2

#
hour=$(date | cut -c12-13)
then
echo "Good morning"
elif [ "$hour" -ge 12 -a "$hour" -le 17 ]
then
echo "Good afternoon"
else
echo "Good evening"
fi
This version is easier to read, and it doesn't have the tendency to disappear off the right margin due
to excessive indentation. Incidentally, you should note that date provides a wide assortment of
options. One of these, %H, can be used to get the hour directly from date:
$ date +%H
10
As an exercise, you should change greetings to make use of this fact.
Yet Another Version of rem

Another way to add some robustness to the rem program would be to check the number of entries
that matched before doing the removal. If there's more than one match, you could issue a message
to the effect and then terminate execution of the program. But how do you determine the number of
matching entries? One approach is to do a normal grep on the phonebook file and then count the
number of matches that come out with wc. If the number of matches is greater than one, the
appropriate message can be issued.
$ cat rem
# Remove someone from the phone book -- version 3
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Incorrect number of arguments."
exit 1
fi
name=$1
# Find number of matching entries

#
matches=$(grep "$name" phonebook | wc –l)

#
# If more than one match, issue message, else remove it
#
if [ "$matches" -gt 1 ]
then
echo "More than one match; please qualify further"
elif [ "$matches" -eq 1 ]
then
grep -v "$name" phonebook > /tmp/phonebook
else
echo "I couldn't find $name in the phone book"
fi
The positional parameter $1 is assigned to the variable name after the number of arguments check is
performed to add readability to the program. Subsequently using $name is a lot clearer than using $1.
The if...elif...else command first checks to see whether the number of matches is greater than
one. If it is, the "More than one match" message is printed. If it's not, a test is made to see whether
the number of matches is equal to one. If it is, the entry is removed from the phone book. If it's not,
the number of matches must be zero, in which case a message is displayed to alert the user of this
fact.
Note that the grep command is used twice in this program: first to determine the number of matches
and then with the -v option to remove the single matching entry.
Here are some sample runs of the third version of rem:
$ rem
Incorrect number of arguments.
Usage: rem name
$ rem Susan
More than one match; please qualify further
$ rem 'Susan Topple'
$ rem 'Susan Topple'
I couldn't find Susan Topple in the phone book She's history
Now you have a fairly robust rem program: It checks for the correct number of arguments, printing
the proper usage if the correct number isn't supplied; it also checks to make sure that precisely one
entry is removed from the phonebook file.
The case Command
The case command allows you to compare a single value against other values and to execute one or
more commands
UNREGISTERED when a OF
VERSION match
CHMis found.
TO PDFThe CONVERTER
general format of
PROthisBY
command is
THETA-SOFTWARE
case value in
pat1) command
command
...
command;;
pat2) command
command
...
command;;
...
patn) command
command
...
command;;
esac
The word value is successively compared against the values pat1, pat2, ..., patn, until a match is
found. When a match is found, the commands listed after the matching value, up to the double
semicolons, are executed. After the double semicolons are reached, execution of the case is
terminated. If a match is not found, none of the commands listed in the case is executed.
As an example of the use of the case, the following program called number takes a single digit and
translates it to its English equivalent:
$ cat number
# Translate a digit to English
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Usage: number digit"
exit 1
fi
case "$1"
in
0) echo zero;;
1) echo one;;
2) echo two;;
3) echo three;;
4) echo four;;
5) echo five;;
6) echo six;;
7) echo seven;;
8) echo eight;;
9) echo nine;;
esac
$
Now to test it:
$ number 0
zero
$ number 3
three
$ number Try no arguments

Usage: number digit
$ number 17 Try a two-digit number
The last case shows what happens when you type in more than one digit: $1 doesn't match any of
the values listed in the case, so none of the echo commands is executed.
Special Pattern Matching Characters

The shell lets you use the same special characters for specifying the patterns in a case as you can
with filename substitution. That is, ? can be used to specify any single character; * can be used to
specify zero or more occurrences of any character; and [...] can be used to specify any single
character enclosed between the brackets.
Because the pattern * matches anything (just as when it's used for filename substitution it matches
all the files in your directory), it's frequently used at the end of the case as the "catchall" value. That
is, if none of the previous values in the case match, this one is guaranteed to match. Here's a second
version of the number program that has such a catchall case.
$ cat number
# Translate a digit to English -- version 2
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Usage: number digit"
exit 1
fi
case "$1"
in
0) echo zero;;
1) echo one;;
2) echo two;;
3) echo three;;
4) echo four;;
5) echo five;;
6) echo six;;
7) echo seven;;
8) echo eight;;
9) echo nine;;
*) echo "Bad argument; please specify a single digit";;
esac
$ number 9
nine
$ number 99
Bad argument; please specify a single digit
Here's another program called ctype that prints the type of the single character given as an
argument. Character types recognized are digits, uppercase letters, lowercase letters, and special
characters (anything not in the first three categories). As an added check, the program makes sure
that just a single character is given as the argument.
$ cat ctype
#
# Classify character given as argument

if [ $# -ne 1 ]
then
echo Usage: ctype char
exit 1
fi
# Ensure that only one character was typed
char="$1"
numchars=$(echo "$char" | wc –c)
if [ "$numchars" -ne 1 ]
then
echo Please type a single character
exit 1
fi
#
# Now classify it
case "$char"
in
[0-9] ) echo digit;;
[a-z] ) echo lowercase letter;;
[A-Z] ) echo uppercase letter;;
* ) echo special character;;
esac
Some sample runs:
$ ctype a
Please type a single character
$ ctype 7
The -x Option for Debugging Programs

Something seems to be amiss. The counting portion of our program doesn't seem to be working
properly. This seems like a good point to introduce the shell's -x option. You can trace the execution
of any program by typing sh -x followed by the name of the program and its arguments. This starts
up a new shell to execute the indicated program with the -x option enabled. In this mode, commands
are printed at the terminal as they are executed, preceded by a plus sign. Let's try it out.
$ sh -x ctype a Trace execution
+ [ 1 -ne 1 ] $# equals 1
+ char=a Assignment of $1 to char
+ echo a
+ wc –c
+ numchars= 2 wc returned 2???
+ [
UNREGISTERED2VERSION
-ne 1 ] OF CHM TO PDF
That's why this test
CONVERTER PROsucceeded
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
+ echo please type a single character
please type a single character
+ exit 1
The trace output indicates that wc returned 2 when
echo "$char" | wc -c
was executed. But why? There seemed to be only one character in wc's input. The truth of the matter
is that two characters were actually given to wc: the single character a and the "invisible" newline
character that echo automatically prints at the end of each line. So the program really should be
testing for the number of characters equal to two: the character typed plus the newline added by
echo.
Go back to the ctype program and replace the if command that reads
then
exit 1
fi
with
then
exit 1
fi
and try it again.
$ ctype a
lowercase letter
$ ctype abc
$ ctype 9
digit
$ ctype K
uppercase letter
$ ctype :
special character
$ ctype
Usage: ctype char
Now it seems to work just fine. (What do you think happens if you use ctype * without enclosing the
* in quotes?)
In Chapter 12, "More on Parameters," you'll learn how you can turn this trace feature on and off at
will from inside your program.
Before leaving the ctype program, here's a version that avoids the use of wc and handles everything
with the case:
UNREGISTERED
$ cat ctypeVERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
# Classify character given as argument -- version 2
UNREGISTERED
# VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
if [ $# -ne 1 ]
then
echo Usage: ctype char
exit 1
fi
# Now classify char, making sure only one was typed
char=$1
case "$char"
in
[0-9] ) echo digit;;
[a-z] ) echo lowercase letter;;
[A-Z] ) echo uppercase letter;;

? ) echo special character;;
* ) echo Please type a single character;;
esac
The ? matches any single character. If this pattern is matched, the character is a special character. If
this pattern isn't matched, more than one character was typed, so the catchall case is executed to
print the message.
$ ctype u
lowercase letter
$ ctype '>'
special character
$ ctype xx
Back to the case

The symbol | has the effect of a logical OR when used between two patterns. That is, the pattern
pat1 | pat2
specifies that either pat1 or pat2 is to be matched. For example,
-l | -list
matches either the value -l or -list, and

dmd | 5620 | tty5620
matches either dmd or 5620 or tty5620.
The greetings OF CHM
program that TOearlier
you saw PDF CONVERTER PRO
in this chapter can be BY THETA-SOFTWARE
rewritten to use a case
statement rather than the if-elif. Here is such a version of the program. This time, we took
advantage of the fact that date with the +%H option writes a two-digit hour to standard output.

$ cat greetings
# Program to print a greeting -- case version
hour=$(date +%H)
case "$hour"
in
0? | 1[01] ) echo "Good morning";;
1[2-7] ) echo "Good afternoon";;
* ) echo "Good evening";;
esac
The two-digit hour obtained from date is assigned to the shell variable hour. Then the case
statement is executed. The value of hour is compared against the first pattern:
0? | 1[01]
which matches any value that starts with a zero followed by any character (midnight through 9:00
a.m.), or any value that starts with a one and is followed by a zero or one (10:00 or 11:00 a.m.).
The second pattern
1[2-7]
matches a value that starts with a one and is followed by any one of the digits two through seven
(noon through 5:00 p.m.).
The last case, the catchall, matches anything else (6:00 p.m. through 11:00 p.m.).
$ date
Wed Aug 28 15:45:12 EDT 2002
$ greetings
Good afternoon
$
The Null Command :
This seems about as good a time as any to talk about the shell's built-in null command. The format of
this commandVERSION
UNREGISTERED is simply OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

and the purpose of it is—you guessed it—to do nothing. So what good is it? Well, in most cases it's
used to satisfy the requirement that a command appear, particularly in if commands. Suppose that
you want to make sure that the value stored in the variable system exists in the file
/users/steve/mail/systems, and if it doesn't, you want to issue an error message and exit from
the program. So you start by writing something like
if grep "^$system" /users/steve/mail/systems > /dev/null
then
but you don't know what to write after the then because you want to test for the nonexistence of the
system in the file and don't want to do anything special if the grep succeeds. Unfortunately, the shell
requires that you write a command after the then. Here's where the null command comes to the
rescue:
if grep "^$system" /users/steve/mail/systems > /dev/null
then
else
echo "$system is not a valid system"
exit 1
fi
So if the system is valid, nothing is done. If it's not valid, the error message is issued and the
program exited.
Remember this simple command when these types of situations arise.

The shell has two special constructs that enable you to execute a command based on whether the
preceding command
UNREGISTERED VERSION succeeds or fails.
OF CHM TOInPDF
caseCONVERTER
you think this sounds
PRO BYsimilar to the if command, well
THETA-SOFTWARE
it is. It's sort of a shorthand form of the if.
If you write

command && command
l 2
anywhere where the shell expects to see a command, commandl will be executed, and if it returns an
exit status of zero, command2 will be executed. If commandl returns an exit status of nonzero,
command2 gets skipped.
For example, if you write
sort bigdata > /tmp/sortout && mv /tmp/sortout bigdata
then the mv command will be executed only if the sort is successful. Note that this is equivalent to
writing
if sort bigdata > /tmp/sortout
then
mv /tmp/sortout bigdata
fi
The command
[ -z "$EDITOR" ] && EDITOR=/bin/ed

tests the value of the variable EDITOR. If it's null, /bin/ed is assigned to it.
The || construct works similarly, except that the second command gets executed only if the exit
status of the first is nonzero. So if you write
grep "$name" phonebook || echo "Couldn't find $name"
the echo command will get executed only if the grep fails (that is, if it can't find $name in phonebook,
or if it can't open the file phonebook). In this case, the equivalent if command would look like
if grep "$name" phonebook
then
else
echo "Couldn't find $name"
fi
You can write a pipeline on either the left- or right-hand sides of these constructs. On the left, the
exit status tested is that of the last command in the pipeline; thus
who | grep "^$name " > /dev/null || echo "$name's not logged on"
causes execution of the echo if the grep fails.
The && and || can also be combined on the same command line:
who | grep "^$name " > /dev/null && echo "$name's not logged on" \
|| echo "$name is logged on"
(Recall that when \is used at the end of the line, it signals line continuation to the shell.) The first
echo gets executed if the grep succeeds; the second if it fails.
These constructs are also often used in if commands:
if validsys "$sys" && timeok
then
sendmail "$user@$sys" < $message
fi

If validsys returns an exit status of zero, timeok is executed. The exit status from this program is
then tested for the if. If it's zero, then the sendmail program is executed. If validsys returns a
nonzero exit status, timeok is not executed, and this is used as the exit status that is tested by the
if. In that case, sendmail won't be executed.
The use of the && operator in the preceding case is like a "logical AND"; both programs must return
an exit status of zero for the sendmail program to be executed. In fact, you could have even written
the preceding if as
validsys "$sys" && timeok && sendmail "$user@$sys" < $message
When the || is used in an if, the effect is like a "logical OR":
if endofmonth || specialrequest
then
sendreports
fi
If endofmonth returns a zero exit status, sendreports is executed; otherwise, specialrequest is

executed and if its exit status is zero, sendreports is executed. The net effect is that sendreports is
executed if endofmonth or specialrequest return an exit status of zero.
In Chapter 9, "'Round and 'Round She Goes," you'll learn about how to write loops in your programs.
However, before proceeding to that chapter, try the exercises that follow.
Exercises
1: Write a program called valid that prints "yes" if its argument is a valid shell variable name
and "no" otherwise:
$ valid foo_bar
yes
$ valid 123
no
(Hint: Define a regular expression for a valid variable name and then enlist the aid of grep
or sed.)
2: Write a program called t that displays the time of day in a.m. or p.m. notation rather than
in 24-hour clock time. Here's an example showing t run at night:
$ date
Wed Aug 28 19:34:01 EDT 2002
$ t
7:21 pm
Use the shell's built-in integer arithmetic to convert from 24-hour clock time. Then rewrite
the program to use a case command instead. Rewrite it again to perform arithmetic with
the expr command.
3: Write a program called mysed that applies the sed script given as the first argument against
the file given as the second. If the sed succeeds (that is, exit status of zero), replace the
original file with the modified one. So
mysed '1,10d' text
will use sed to delete the first 10 lines from text, and, if successful, will replace text with
the modified file.
4: Write a program called isyes that returns an exit status of 0 if its argument is "yes," and 1
otherwise. For purposes of this exercise, consider y, yes, Yes, YES, and Y all to be valid
"yes" arguments:

$ isyes yes
$ echo $?
$ isyes no
$ echo $?
Write the program using an if command and then rewrite it using a case command. This
program can be useful when reading yes/no responses from the terminal (which you'll learn
about in Chapter 10, "Reading and Printing Data").
5: Use the date and who commands to write a program called conntime that prints the
number of hours and minutes that a user has been logged on to the system (assume that
this is less than 24 hours).
Chapter 9. 'Round and 'Round She Goes
IN THIS CHAPTER
The for Command
The until Command
More on Loops
The getopts Command
Exercises
In this chapter you'll learn how to set up program loops. These loops will enable you to execute
repeatedly a set of commands either a specified number of times or until some condition is met. The
three built-in looping commands are
for
while
until
You'll learn about each one of these loops in separate sections of this chapter.
The for Command
The for command is used to execute a set of commands a specified number of times. Its basic
format is as shown:
for var in word 1 word2 ... wordn
do
command
command
...
done
The commands enclosed between the do and the done form what's known as the body of the loop.
These commands are executed for as many words as you have listed after the in. When the loop is
executed, the first word, word1, is assigned to the variable var, and the body of the loop is then
executed. Next, the second word in the list, word2, is assigned to var, and the body of the loop is
executed. This process continues with successive words in the list being assigned to var and the
commands in the loop body being executed until the last word in the list, wordn, is assigned to var
and the body of the loop executed. At that point, no words are left in the list, and execution of the
for command is then finished. Execution then continues with the command that immediately follows
the done. So if there are n words listed after the in, the body of the loop will have been executed a
total of n times after the loop has finished.
Here's a loop that will be executed a total of three times:
for i in 1 2 3
do
echo $i
done
To try it out, you can type this in directly at the terminal, just like any other shell command:
$ for i in 1 2 3
> do
> echo $i
> done
While the shell is waiting for the done to be typed to close off the for command, it displays your
secondary command prompt. When it gets the done, the shell then proceeds to execute the loop.
Because three words are listed after the in (1, 2, and 3), the body of the loop—in this case a single
echo command—will be executed a total of three times.
The first time through the loop, the first word in the list, 1, is assigned to the variable i. Then the
body of the loop is executed. This displays the value of i at the terminal. Then the next word in the
list, 2, is assigned to i and the echo command re-executed, resulting in the display of 2 at the
terminal. The third word in the list, 3, is assigned to i the third time through the loop and the echo
command executed. This results in 3 being displayed at the terminal. At that point, no more words
are left in the list, so execution of the for command is then complete, and the shell displays your
command prompt to let you know it's done.
Recall the run program from Chapter 7, "Passing Arguments," that enabled you to run a file through
tbl, nroff, and lp:
$ cat run
tbl $1 | nroff -mm -Tlp | lp
If you wanted to run the files memo1 through memo4 through this program, you could type the
following at the terminal:
$ for file in memo1 memo2 memo3 memo4

> do
> run $file
> done


$
The four words memo1, memo2, memo3, and memo4 will be assigned to the variable file in order, and
the run program will be executed with the value of this variable as the argument. Execution will be
just as if you typed in the four commands:
$ run memo1
$ run memo2
$ run memo3
$ run memo4
Incidentally, the shell permits filename substitution in the list of words in the for, meaning that the
previous loop could have also been written this way:
for file in memo[1-4]
do
run $file
done
And if you wanted to run all the files in your current directory through run, you could type
for file in *
do
run $file
done
If the file filelist contains a list of the files that you want to run through run, you can type
files=$(cat filelist)
for file in $files
do
run $file
done
to run each of the files, or, more succinctly,
for file in $(cat filelist)
do
run $file
done
If you found that you were using the run program often to process several files at once, you could go
inside the run program and modify it to allow any number of files to be passed as arguments to the
program.
$ cat run
#
# process files through nroff -- version 2
for file in $*
do
tbl $file | nroff -rom -Tlp | lp
done
Recall that the special shell variable $* stands for all the arguments typed on the command line. So if
you executed the new version of run by typing
run memo1 memo2 memo3 memo4
the $* in the for's list would be replaced by the four arguments memo1, memo2, memo3, and memo4. Of
course, you could also type
run memo[1-4]
to achieve the same results.
The $@ Variable
While we're on the subject of $*, let's look at it in a bit more detail. We'll write a program called args
that displays all the arguments typed on the command line, one per line.
$ cat args
echo Number of arguments passed is $#
for arg in $*
do
echo $arg
done
Now to try it:
$ args a b c
Number of arguments passed is 3
$ args 'a b' c
In the second case, even though a b was passed as a single argument to args, the $* in the for
command was replaced by the shell with a b c, which is three words. Thus the loop was executed
three times.
Whereas the shell replaces the value of $* with $1, $2, ..., if you instead use the special shell
variable "$@" it will be replaced with "$1", "$2", ... . The double quotes are necessary around $@
because without them this variable behaves just like $*.
Go back to the args program and replace the $* with "$@":
$ cat args
UNREGISTERED
echo Number VERSION OF CHM
of arguments TOisPDF
passed $# CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
for arg in "$@"
UNREGISTERED
do VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
echo $arg
done
Now try it:
$ args a b c
$ args 'a b' c
a b
$ args Try it with no arguments
$
In the last case, no arguments were passed to the program. So the variable "$@" was replaced by
nothing. The net result is that the body of the loop was not executed at all.
The for Without the List

A special notation is recognized by the shell when writing for commands. If you write
for var
do
command
command
...
done
(note the absence of the in), the shell automatically sequences through all the arguments typed on
the command line, just as if you had written
for var in "$@"
do
command
command
...
done
Here's the third and last version of the args program:
$ cat args
echo Number of arguments passed is $#

for arg
do
echo $arg
done
$ args a b c

a
$ args 'a b' c
a b
The while Command

The second type of looping command to be described in this chapter is the while. The format of this
command is
while command t
do
command
command
...
done
commandt is executed and its exit status tested. If it's zero, the commands enclosed between the do
and done are executed. Then command t is executed again and its exit status tested. If it's zero, the
commands enclosed between the do and done are once again executed. This process continues until
commandt returns a nonzero exit status. At that point, execution of the loop is terminated. Execution
then proceeds with the command that follows the done.
Note that the commands between the do and done might never be executed if commandt returns a
nonzero exit status the first time it's executed.
Here's a program called twhile that simply counts to 5:
$ cat twhile
i=1
while [ "$i" -le 5 ]
do
echo $i
i=$((i + 1))
done
$ twhile Run it
The variable i is used as the counting variable and is initially set equal to 1. Then the while loop is
entered. It continues execution as long as i is less than or equal to 5. Inside the loop, the value of i
is displayed at the terminal. Then it is incremented by one.
The while loop is often used in conjunction with the shift command to process a variable number of
arguments typed on the command line. The next program, called prargs, prints each of the
command-line arguments one per line.
$ cat prargs
#
# Print command line arguments one per line

while [ "$#" -ne 0 ]
do
echo "$1"
shift
done
$ prargs a b c
$ prargs 'a b' c
a b
$ prargs *
addresses
intro
lotsaspaces
names
nu
numbers
phonebook
stat
$ prargs No arguments
While the number of arguments is not equal to zero, the value of $1 is displayed and then a shift
executed. Recall that this shifts down the variables (that is, $2 to $1, $3 to $2, and so on) and also
decrements $#. When the last argument has been displayed and shifted out, $# will equal zero, at
which point execution of the while will be terminated. Note that if no arguments are given to prargs
(as was done in the last case), the echo and shift are never executed because $# is equal to zero as
soon as the loop is entered.
The until Command
The while command continues execution as long as the command listed after the while returns a
zero exit status.
UNREGISTERED The until
VERSION OFcommand
CHM TOisPDFsimilar to the while, PRO
CONVERTER only itBY
continues execution as long as
THETA-SOFTWARE
the command that follows the until returns a nonzero exit status. As soon as a zero exit status is
returned, the loop is terminated. Here is the general format of the until:
until command t
do
command
command
...
done
Like the while, the commands between the do and done might never be executed if commandt
returns a zero exit status the first time it's executed.
The until command is useful for writing programs that wait for a particular event to occur. For
example, suppose that you want to see whether sandy is logged on because you have to give her
something important. You could send her electronic mail, but you know that she usually doesn't get
around to reading her mail until late in the day. One approach is to use the on program from Chapter
8, "Decisions, Decisions," to see whether sandy's logged on:
$ on sandy
sandy is not logged on
You could execute this program periodically throughout the day, until sandy eventually logs on, or
you could write your own program to continually check until she does. Let's call the program mon and
have it take a single argument: the name of the user you want to monitor. Instead of having the
program continually check for that user logging on, we'll have it check only once every minute. To do
this, you have to know about a command called sleep that suspends execution of a program for a
specified number of seconds. So the Unix command (this isn't a shell built-in)
sleep n
suspends execution of the program for n seconds. At the end of that interval, the program resumes
execution where it left off—with the command that immediately follows the sleep.
$ cat mon
# Wait until a specified user logs on
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Usage: mon user"
exit 1
fi
user="$1"
# Check every minute for user logging on
until who | grep "^$user " > /dev/null
do
sleep 60
done
#
# When we reach this point, the user has logged on
#
echo "$user has logged on"

After checking that one argument was provided, the program assigns $1 to user. Then an until loop
is entered. This loop will be executed until the exit status returned by grep is zero; that is, until the
specified user logs on. As long as the user isn't logged on, the body of the loop—the sleep
command—is executed. This command suspends execution of the program for one minute (60
seconds). At the end of the minute, the pipeline listed after the until is re-executed and the process
repeated.
When the until loop is exited—signaling that the monitored user has logged on—a message is
displayed at the terminal to that effect.
$ mon sandy Time passes
sandy has logged on
Using the program as shown here is not very practical because it ties up your terminal until sandy
logs on. A better idea is to run mon in the background so that you can use your terminal for other
work:
$ mon sandy & Run it in the background
[1] 4392 Job number and process id
$ nroff newmemo Do other work
...
sandy has logged on Happens sometime later

So now you can do other work and the mon program continues executing in the background until
sandy logs on, or until you log off the system. [1]
[1]All your processes are automatically terminated when you log off the system. If you want a program to
continue executing after you've logged off, you can run it with the nohup command, or schedule it to run with
at or from the cron. Consult your Unix User's Manual for more details.
Because mon only checks once per minute for the user's logging on, it won't hog the system's
resources while it's running (an important consideration when submitting programs to the
background for execution).
Unfortunately, after the specified user logs on, there's a chance you might miss that one-line
message (you may be cating a file and might not even notice it come and go right off your screen).
Also if you're editing a file with a screen editor such as vi when the message comes, it may turn your
screen into a mess, and you still might miss the message. A better alternative to writing the message
to the terminal might be to mail it instead. Actually, you can let the user select his or her preference
by adding an option to the program that, if selected, indicates that the message is to be mailed. If
the option is not selected, the message can be displayed at the terminal.
In the version of mon that follows, a -m option has been added for this purpose:
$ cat mon
# Wait until a specified user logs on -- version 2
if [ "$1" = -m ]
then
mailopt=TRUE
shift
else
mailopt=FALSE
fi
if [ "$#" -eq 0 -o "$#" -gt 1 ]
then
echo "Usage: mon [-m] user"
echo" -m means to be informed by mail"
exit 1
fi
user="$1"

#
# Check every minute for user logging on
do
sleep 60
done
if [ "$mailopt" = FALSE ]
then
else
echo "$user has logged on" | mail steve
fi
$
The first test checks to see whether the -m option was supplied. If it was, the characters TRUE are
assigned to the variable mailopt, and shift is executed to "shift out" the first argument (moving the
name of the user to be monitored to $1 and decrementing $#). If the -m option wasn't specified as
the first argument, the characters FALSE are assigned to mailopt.
Execution then proceeds as in the previous version. However, this time when the loop is exited a test
is made to see whether the -m option was selected. If it wasn't, the message is written to standard
output; otherwise, it's mailed to steve.
$ mon sandy -m
Usage: mon [-m] user
-m means to be informed by mail
$ mon -m sandy &
[1] 5435
$ vi newmemo Work continues
...
you have mail
$ mail
From steve Wed Aug 28 17:44:46 EDT 2002
sandy has logged on
?d
Of course, we could have written mon to accept the -m option as either the first or second argument,
but that goes against the recommended command syntax standard, which specifies that all options
should precede any other types of arguments on the command line.[2]
[2]The command syntax standard consists of a set of rules as outlined in the Utility Argument Syntax section of
the POSIX standard.
Also note that the old version of mon could have been executed as follows:
$ mon sandy | mail steve &
[1] 5522
$
to achieve the same net result as adding the -m option.
Two last points before leaving the discussion of mon: First, you'll probably always want to run this
program in the
UNREGISTERED background.
VERSION OF ItCHM
would
TObePDF
nice if mon itself couldPRO
CONVERTER take BY
careTHETA-SOFTWARE
of that. Later you'll see how
to do it.
Second, the program always sends mail to steve; not very nice if someone else wants to run it. A
better way is to determine the user running the program and then send him or her the mail if the -m
option is selected. But how do you do that? One way is to execute the who command with the am i
options and get the user name that comes back. This tells you who's logged on to the terminal that
the program was run from. You can then use cut to extract the username from who's output and use
that name as the recipient of the mail. All this can be done in the last if command of mon if it's
changed to read as shown:
if [ "$#" -eq 1 ]
then
else
runner=$(who am i | cut -c1-8)
echo "$user has logged on" | mail $runner
fi
Now the program can be run by anyone, and the mail will be properly sent.
More on Loops
Breaking Out of a Loop

Sometimes you may want to make an immediate exit from a loop. To just exit from the loop (and not
from the program), you can use the break command, whose format is simply
break
When the break is executed, control is sent immediately out of the loop, where execution then
continues as normal with the command that follows the done.
The Unix command true serves no purpose but to return an exit status of zero. The command false
also does nothing but return a nonzero exit status. If you write
while true
do
...
done
the while loop will theoretically be executed forever because true always returns a zero exit status.
By the way, the : command also does nothing but return a zero exit status, so an "infinite" loop can
also be set up with
while :
do
...
done
Because false always returns a nonzero exit status, the loop
until false
do
UNREGISTERED
...
done

will theoretically execute forever.
The break command is often used to exit from these sorts of infinite loops, usually when some error
condition or the end of processing is detected:
while true
do
cmd=$(getcmd)
if [ "$cmd" = quit ]
then
break
else
processcmd "$cmd"
fi
done
Here the while loop will continue to execute the getcmd and processcmd programs until cmd is equal
to quit. At that point, the break command will be executed, thus causing the loop to be exited.
If the break command is used in the form
break n
the n innermost loops are immediately exited, so in
for file
do
...
while [ "$count" -lt 10 ]
do
...
if [ -n "$error" ]
then
break 2
fi
...
done
...
done
both the while and the for loops will be exited if error is nonnull.
Skipping the Remaining Commands in a Loop

The continue command is similar to break, only it doesn't cause the loop to be exited, merely the
remaining commands in the loop to be skipped. Execution of the loop then continues as normal. Like
the break, an optional number can follow the continue, so
continue n
causes the commands in the innermost n loops to be skipped; but execution of the loops then
continues as normal.
for file
do
if [ ! -e "$file" ]
then
echo "$file not found!"

continue
fi
# Process the file
...
done
Each value of file is checked to make sure that the file exists. If it doesn't, a message is printed,
and further processing of the file is skipped. Execution of the loop then continues with the next value
in the list. Note that the preceding example is equivalent to writing
for file
do
if [ ! -e "$file" ]
then
echo "$file not found!"
else
#
# Process the file
...
fi
done
Executing a Loop in the Background

An entire loop can be sent to the background for execution simply by placing an ampersand after the
done:
$ for file in memo[1-4]
> do
> run $file
> done & Send it to the background
[1] 9932
I/O Redirection on a Loop

You can also perform I/O redirection on the entire loop. Input redirected into the loop applies to all
commands in the loop that read their data from standard input. Output redirected from the loop to a
file applies to all commands in the loop that write to standard output:
$ for i in 1 2 3 4
> do
> echo $i
> done > loopout Redirect loop's output to loopout
$ cat loopout
1
2
You can override redirection of the entire loop's input or output by explicitly redirecting the input
and/or output of commands inside the loop. To force input or output of a command to come from or
go to the terminal, use the fact that /dev/tty always refers to your terminal. In the following loop,
the echo command's output is explicitly redirected to the terminal to override the global output
redirection applied to the loop:
for file
do
echo "Processing file $file" > /dev/tty
...
done > output
echo's output is redirected to the terminal while the rest goes to the file output.
Naturally, you can also redirect the standard error output from a loop, simply by tacking on a 2> file
after the done:
while [ "$endofdata" -ne TRUE ]

do
...
done 2> errors
Here output from all commands in the loop writing to standard error will be redirected to the file
errors.
Piping Data Into and Out of a Loop

A command's output can be piped into a loop, and the entire output from a loop can be piped into
another command in the expected manner. Here's a highly manufactured example of the output from
a for command piped into wc:
$ for i in 1 2 3 4
> do
> echo $i
> done | wc –l
Typing a Loop on One Line

If you find yourself frequently executing loops directly at the terminal, you'll want to use the following
shorthand notation to type the entire loop on a single line: Put a semicolon after the last item in the
list and one after each command in the loop. Don't put a semicolon after the do.
Following these rules, the loop
for i in 1 2 3 4
do
echo $i
done
becomes
for i in 1 2 3 4; do OF
echoCHM
$i; TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
done
And you can type it in directly this way:
$ for i in 1 2 3 4; do echo $i; done
The same rules apply to while and until loops.
if commands can also be typed on the same line using a similar format:
$ if [ 1 = 1 ]; then echo yes; fi
yes
$ if [ 1 = 2 ]; then echo yes; else echo no; fi
no
Note that no semicolons appear after the then and the else.
The getopts Command
Let's extend our mon program further. We'll add a -t option to it that specifies the time interval, in
seconds, to perform the check. Now our mon program takes both -m and -t options. We'll allow it to
take these options in any order on the command line, provided that if they are used, they appear
before the name of the user that we're monitoring. So valid mon command lines look like this:
mon ann
mon -m ann
mon -t 600 ann
mon -m -t 600 ann
mon -t 600 -m ann
and invalid ones look like this:
mon Missing user name
mon -t600 ann Need a space after -t
mon ann -m Options must appear first
mon -t ann Missing argument after -t
If you start writing the code to allow this sort of flexibility on the command line, you will soon
discover that it can start to get a bit complex. Luckily, the shell provides a built-in command called
getopts that exists for the express purpose of processing command-line arguments. The general
format of the command is
getopts options variable
The getopts command is designed to be executed inside a loop. Each time through the loop,
getopts examines the next command line argument and determines whether it is a valid option. This
determination is made by checking to see whether the argument begins with a minus sign and is
followed by any single letter contained inside options. If it does, getopts stores the matching option
letter inside the specified variable and returns a zero exit status.
If the letter that follows the minus sign is not listed in options, getopts stores a question mark inside
variable before returning with a zero exit status. It also writes an error message to standard error.
If no more arguments are left on the command line or if the next argument doesn't begin with a
minus sign, getopts OF aCHM
returns TO PDF
nonzero CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
exit status.
Suppose that you want getopts to recognize the options -a, -i, and -r for a command called foo.
Your getopts call might look like this:

getopts air option
Here the first argument—air—specifies the three acceptable options to the command, and option
specifies the variable that getopts will use as previously described.
The getopts command permits options to be "stacked" together on the command line. This is done
by following a single minus sign with one or more consecutive options letters. For example, our foo
command can be executed like this:
foo -a -r -i
or like this:
foo -ari
using this stacking feature.
The getopts command also handles the case where an option must be followed by an argument. For
example, the new -t option to be added to the mon command requires a following argument. To
handle options that take arguments, getopts requires that at least one whitespace character
separate the option from the argument. Furthermore, such options cannot be stacked.
To indicate to getopts that an option takes a following argument, you write a colon character after
the option letter on the getopts command line. So our mon program, which takes -m and -t options,
should call getopts like this:
getopts mt: option
If getopts doesn't find an argument after an option that requires one, it stores a question mark
inside the specified variable and writes an error message to standard error. Otherwise, it stores the
actual argument inside a special variable called OPTARG.
One final note about getopts: Another special variable called OPTIND is used by the command. This
variable is initially set to one and is updated each time getopts returns to reflect the number of the
next command-line argument to be processed.
Here is the third version of mon that uses the getopts command to process the command-line
arguments. It also incorporates the previously noted change to send mail to the user running the
program.
$ cat mon
# Set up default values
mailopt=FALSE
interval=60
# process command options
while getopts mt: option
do
case "$option"
in
m) mailopt=TRUE;;
t) interval=$OPTARG;;
\?) echo "Usage: mon [-m] [-t n] user"
echo " -m means to be informed by mail"
echo " -t means check every n secs."

exit 1;;
esac
done
# Make sure a user name was specified
if [ "$OPTIND" -gt "$#" ]
then
echo "Missing user name!"
exit 2
fi
shiftcount=$((OPTIND – 1))
shift $shiftcount
user=$1
# Check for user logging on
do
sleep $interval
done
if [ "$mailopt" = FALSE]
then
else
fi
$ mon -m
Missing user name!
$ mon -x fred Illegal option
mon: illegal option -- x
Usage: mon [-m] [-t n] user
-m means to be informed by mail
-t means check every n secs.
$ mon -m -t 600 ann & Check every 10 min. for ann
[1] 5792
$
When the line
mon -m -t 600 ann &
is executed, the following occurs inside the while loop in mon: getopts is executed, and it stores the
character m inside the variable option, sets OPTIND to two, and returns a zero exit status. The case
command is then executed to determine what was stored inside option. A match on the character m
indicates that the "send mail" option was selected, so mailopt is set to TRUE. (Note that the ? inside
the case is quoted. This isOF
to CHM TO
remove itsPDF CONVERTER
special meaning as a PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
pattern-matching character from the
shell.)
The second time getopts is executed, getopts stores the character t inside option, stores the next
command-line argument (600) inside OPTARG, sets OPTIND to three, and returns a zero exit status.
The case command then matches the character t stored inside option. The code associated with
that case copies the value of 600 that was stored in OPTARG into the variable interval.
The third time getopts is executed, getopts returns a nonzero exit status, indicating the end of
options. The program then checks the value of OPTIND against $# to make sure that the username
was typed on the command line. If OPTIND is greater than $#, then no more arguments remain on
the command line and the user forgot the username argument. Otherwise, the shift command is
executed to move the username argument into $1. The actual number of places to shift is one less
than the value of OPTIND.
The rest of the mon program remains as before; the only change is the use of the interval variable
to specify the number of seconds to sleep.
Exercises
1: Modify the prargs program to precede each argument by its number. So typing
prargs a 'b c' d
should give the following output:
1: a
2: b c
3: d
2: Modify the mon program to also print the tty number that the user logs on to. That is, the
output should say
sandy logged onto tty13
if sandy logs on to tty13.
3: Add a -f option to mon to have it periodically check for the existence of a file (ordinary file
or directory) instead of for a user logging on. So typing
mon -f /usr/spool/uucppublic/steve/newmemo &
should cause mon to periodically check for the existence of the indicated file and inform you
when it does (by displaying a message or by mail if the -m option is also selected).
4: Add a -n option to mon that inverts the monitoring function. So

mon -n sandy
checks for sandy logging off the system, and

mon -n -f /tmp/dataout &
periodically checks for the removal of the specified file.

5: Write a program called collect that runs in the background and counts the number of
users logged in at the end of each interval and also the number of processes run during
that interval. Allow the interval to be specified with a -t option (see the previous exercise),
with the default 10 minutes. Use the fact that the special shell variable $! is set to the
process number of the last command executed in the background and that
: &
runs a null command in the background. Also make sure that the program correctly handles
the case where the process number loops back around to 1 after the maximum is reached.
So
collect -t 900 > stats &
should start up collect to gather the desired statistics every 15 minutes and write them
into the file stats.
6: Write a shell program called wgrep that searches a file for a given pattern, just as grep
does. For each line in the file that matches, print a "window" around the matching line. That
is, print the line preceding the match, the matching line, and the line following the match.
Be sure to properly handle the special cases where the pattern matches the first line of the
file and where the pattern matches the last line of the file.
7: Modify wgrep to take an optional -w option that specifies the window size; so
wgrep -w 3 UNIX text

should print three lines before and after each line from text that contains the pattern UNIX.
8: Modify wgrep to take a variable number of filenames as arguments. Precede each output
line with the name of the file in which the match occurs (as grep does).
Chapter 10. Reading and Printing Data
IN THIS CHAPTER
The read Command
The printf Command
Exercises
In this chapter you'll learn how to read data from the terminal or from a file using the read command
and how to print formatted data to standard output using the printf command.
The read Command
The general format of the read command is
read variables
When this command is executed, the shell reads a line from standard input and assigns the first word
read to the first variable listed in variables, the second word read to the second variable, and so on.
If there are more words on the line than there are variables listed, the excess words get assigned to
the last variable. So for example, the command
read x y
reads a line from standard input, storing the first word read in the variable x, and the remainder of
the line in the variable y. It follows from this that the command
read text
reads and stores an entire line into the shell variable text.
A Program to Copy Files

Let's put the read command to work. We'll write a simplified version of the cp command that will be
a bit more user friendly than the standard Unix one. We'll call it mycp, and we'll have it take two
arguments: the source file and the destination file. If the destination file already exists, we'll tell the
user and then ask him (or her) if he wants to proceed with the copy. If the answer is "yes," we'll go
ahead with it; otherwise, we won't.
$ cat mycp
# Copy a file
#
if [ "$#" -ne 2 ]
then
echo "Usage: mycp from to"
exit 1
fi
from="$1"
to="$2"
# See if the destination file already exists
if [ -e "$to" ]
then
echo "$to already exists; overwrite (yes/no)?"
read answer
if [ "$answer" != yes ]
then
echo "Copy not performed"
exit 0
fi
fi
#
# Either destination doesn't exist or "yes" was typed
cp $from $to # proceed with the copy
And now for the test:
$ ls What files are around?
addresses
intro
lotsaspaces
mycp
names
nu
numbers
phonebook
stat
$ mycp No arguments
Usage: mycp from to
$ mycp names names2 Make a copy of names
$ ls -l names* Did it work?
-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 43 Jul 20 11:12 names
-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 43 Jul 21 14:16 names2

$ mycp names numbers Try to overwrite an existing file
numbers already exists; overwrite (yes/no)?
no
Copy not performed

$
To complete the test cases, try answering yes and ensuring that the program proceeds with the copy.
There are a few things worthy of mention with the mycp program. First, if the file already exists, the
echo command that prompts for the yes/no response is executed. The read command that follows
causes the shell to wait for you to type something in. Note that the shell does not prompt you when
it's waiting for you to enter data; it's up to you to add your own prompt message to the program.
The data that is typed is stored in the variable answer and is then tested against the characters "yes"
to determine whether the copy is to proceed. The quotes around answer in the test
[ "$answer" != yes]
are necessary in case the user just presses the Enter key without typing any data. In that case, the
shell would store a null value in answer, and test would issue an error message if the quotes were
omitted.
Special echo Escape Characters

A slight annoyance with mycp is that after the echo command is executed to alert the user that the
file already exists, the response that is typed by the user appears on the next line. This happens
because the echo command always automatically displays a terminating newline character after the
last argument.
This can be suppressed if the last two characters given to echo are the special escape characters \c.
This tells echo to leave the cursor right where it is after displaying the last argument and not to go to
the next line. So if you changed the echo command in mycp to read like this:
echo "$to already exists; overwrite (yes/no)? \c"
the user's input would be typed right after the message on the same line. Bear in mind that the \c is
interpreted by echo and not by the shell, meaning that it must be quoted so that the backslash
makes it to echo.
echo interprets other special characters. These must each be preceded by a backslash. They're
summarized in Table 10.1.
Table 10.1. echo Escape Characters
Character Prints
\b Backspace
\c The line without a terminating newline
\f Formfeed
\n Newline
\r Carriage return
\t Tab character
\\ Backslash character
\0nnn The character whose ASCII value is nnn, where nnn is a one- to three-digit octal
number
An Improved Version of mycp

Suppose that you have a program called prog1 in your current directory and you want to copy it into
your bin directory directly below. Take another look at the mycp program and determine what
happens if you type in
mycp prog1 bin
The -e test on bin will succeed (because –e tests for existence of a file), and mycp will display the
"already exists" message and wait for a yes/no answer.
If the second argument is a directory, mycp should check to see whether the from file exists inside
this directory. The next version of mycp performs this check. It also has the modified echo command
that includes the \c to suppress the terminating newline.
$ cat mycp
# Copy a file -- version 2

#
if [ "$#" -ne 2 ]
then
echo "Usage: mycp from to"
exit 1
fi
from="$1"
to="$2"
# See if destination file is a directory
if [ -d "$to" ]
then
to="$to/$(basename $from)"
fi
# See if the destination file already exists
if [ -e "$to" ]
then
echo "$to already exists; overwrite (yes/no)? \c"
read answer
if [ "$answer" != yes ]
then
echo "Copy not performed"
exit 0
fi
fi
# Either destination doesn't exist or ''yes'' was typed
cp $from $to # proceed with the copy
If the destination file is a directory, the program changes the variable to to more precisely identify
the file inside the directory as $to/$(basename $from). This ensures that the following test on the
existence of the ordinary file $to will be done on the file in the directory, not on the directory itself as
the previous version of mycp did. The basename command gives the base filename of its argument
(for example, basename /usr/bin/troff gives troff; basename troff gives troff). This ensures
that the copy is made to the correct place. (For example, if mycp /tmp/data bin is typed, where bin
is a directory, you want to copy /tmp/data into bin/data and not into bin/tmp/data.)
Here's some sample output. Note the effect of the \c escape characters.
$ ls Check out current directory
bin
prog1
$ ls bin Look inside bin

lu
nu
prog1
$ mycp prog1 prog2 Simple case

$ mycp prog1 bin Copy into directory
bin/prog1 already exists; overwrite (yes/no)? yes
$
A Final Version of mycp

The last modification to mycp makes the program virtually equivalent to the standard Unix cp
command by allowing a variable number of arguments. Recall that any number of files can precede
the name of a directory, as in
cp prog1 prog2 greetings bin
To modify mycp to accept any number of files, you can use this approach:
1. Get each argument but the last from the command line and store it in the shell variable
filelist.
2. Store the last argument in the variable to.
3. If $to is not a directory, there must be exactly two arguments.
4. For each file in $filelist, check whether the file already exists. If it does, ask the user
whether the file should be overwritten. If the answer is "yes," or if the file doesn't already exist,
add the file to the variable copylist.
5. If copylist is nonnull, copy the files in it to $to.
If this algorithm seems a bit fuzzy, perhaps the program, followed by a detailed explanation, will help
clear things up. Note the modified command usage message.
$ cat mycp
#
# Copy a file -- final version
numargs=$# # save this for later use
filelist=
copylist=
# Process the arguments, storing all but the last in filelist
while [ "$#" -gt 1 ]
do
filelist="$filelist $1"
shift
done
to="$1"
# If less than two args, or if more than two args and last arg
# is not a directory, then issue an error message
if [ "$numargs" -lt 2 -o "$numargs" -gt 2 -a ! -d "$to" ]

then
echo "Usage: mycp file1 file2"
echo " mycp file(s) dir"
exit 1
fi
#
# Sequence through each file in filelist
for from in $filelist
do
# See if destination file is a directory
if [ -d "$to" ]
then
tofile="$to/$(basename $from)"
else
tofile="$to"
fi
# Add file to copylist if file doesn't already exist
# or if user says it's okay to overwrite

#
if [ -e "$tofile" ]
then
echo "$tofile already exists; overwrite (yes/no)? \c"
read answer
if [ "$answer" = yes ]
then
copylist="$copylist $from"
fi
else
copylist="$copylist $from"
fi
done
# Now do the copy -- first make sure there's something to copy
if [ -n "$copylist" ]
then
cp $copylist $to # proceed with the copy
fi
Let's look at some sample output before getting into the explanation.
$ ls See what's around
bin
lu
UNREGISTERED
names VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
prog1
prog2
UNREGISTERED
$ ls bin VERSION OF CHM TO PDFAnd
what's in bin?
lu
nu
prog1
$ mycp No arguments
Usage: mycp file1 file2
mycp file(s) dir
$ mycp names prog1 prog2 Last arg isn't a directory
Usage: mycp file1 file2
mycp file(s) dir
$ mycp names prog1 prog2 lu bin Legitimate use
bin/prog1 already exists; overwrite (yes/no)? yes
bin/lu already exists; overwrite (yes/no)? no
$ ls -l bin See what happened
total 5
-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 543 Jul 19 14:10 lu
-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 949 Jul 21 17:11 names
-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 38 Jul 19 09:55 nu
-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 498 Jul 21 17:11 prog1

-rw-r--r-- 1 steve steve 498 Jul 21 17:11 prog2
In the last case, prog1 was overwritten and lu wasn't, as per the user's request.
When the program starts execution, it saves the number of arguments in the variable numargs. This
is done because it's changed later in the program by the shift command.
Next a loop is entered that is executed as long as the number of arguments is greater than one. The
purpose of this loop is to get the last argument on the line. While doing this, the loop stashes away
the first argument into the shell variable filelist, which contains a list of all the files to be copied.
The statement
filelist="$filelist $1"
says to take the previous value of filelist, add on a space followed by the value of $1, and then
store the result back into filelist. Then the shift command is executed to "move" all the
arguments over by one. Eventually, $# will be equal to one, and the loop will be exited. At that point,
filelist will contain a space-delimited list of all the files to be copied, and $1 will contain the last
argument, which is the destination file (or directory). To see how this works, consider execution of
the while loop when the command is executed as
mycp names prog1 prog2 lu bin
Figure 10.1 depicts the changing values of the variables through each iteration of the loop. The first
line shows the state of the variables before the loop is entered.
Figure 10.1. Processing command-line arguments.
After the loop is exited, the last argument contained in $1 is stored in the variable to. Next, a test is
made to ensure that at least two arguments were typed on the command line and if more than two
were typed, that the last argument is a directory. If either condition isn't satisfied, usage information
is displayed to the user, and the program exits with a status of 1.
Following this, a for loop is entered for the purpose of individually examining each file in the list to
see whether it already exists. If it does, the user is prompted as before. If the user wants to
overwrite the file, or if the file doesn't already exist, the file is added to the shell variable copylist.
The technique used here is the same used to accumulate the arguments inside filelist.
When the for loop is exited, copylist contains a list of all the files to be copied. This list can be null
if each of the destination files exists and the user types "no" for each one. So a test is made to
ensure copylist is nonnull, and if it is, the copy is performed.
Take some time to review the logic of the final version of mycp; it does a good job at illustrating many
of the features OF CHM
you've learned so farTO PDFbook.
in this CONVERTER PROatBY
Some exercises theTHETA-SOFTWARE
end of this chapter will help
test your understanding of this program.
A Menu-Driven Phone Program

One nice thing about the read command is that it enables you to write menu-driven shell programs.
As an example, we'll return to our phone book programs add, lu, and rem and gather their execution
together under one program, which we'll call rolo (for rolodex program). rolo will display a list of
choices to the user and then execute the appropriate program depending on the selection. It will also
prompt for the proper arguments to the program. Here, then, is the program:
$ cat rolo
# rolo - rolodex program to look up, add, and
# remove people from the phone book
# Display menu
echo '
Would you like to:

1. Look someone up
2. Add someone to the phone book
3. Remove someone from the phone book
Please select one of the above (1-3): \c'
# Read and process selection
read choice
echo
case "$choice"
in
1) echo "Enter name to look up: \c"
read name
lu "$name";;
2) echo "Enter name to be added: \c"
read name
echo "Enter number: \c"
read number
add "$name" "$number";;
3) echo "Enter name to be removed: \c"
read name
rem "$name";;
*) echo "Bad choice";;
esac

A single echo command is used to display the menu at the terminal, taking advantage of the fact that
the quotes preserve the embedded newline characters. Then the read command is executed to get
the selection from the user and store it in the variable choice.
A case statement is next entered to determine what choice was made. If choice 1 was selected, the
user wants to look up someone in the phone book. In that case, the user is asked to enter the name
to be looked up, and the OF CHM TO
lu program is PDF
called,CONVERTER PRO typed
passing it the name BY THETA-SOFTWARE
in by the user as the
argument. Note that the double quotes around name in
lu "$name"
are necessary to ensure that two or more words typed in by the user are handed over to lu as a
single argument.
A similar sequence occurs if the user selects menu items 2 or 3.
The programs lu, rem, and add are from earlier chapters (lu is from page 137 rem from page 167,
and add from page 138).
Here are some sample runs of rolo:
$ rolo
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up
Please select one of the above (1-3): 2

Enter name to be added: El Coyote
Enter number: 212-555-3232
$ rolo Try it again
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up
Enter name to look up: Coyote
El Coyote 212-555-3232
$ rolo Once again
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up
Bad choice
$
When an invalid choice is entered, the program simply displays Bad choice and then terminates. A
friendlier approach would be to reprompt the user until a proper choice is made. This can be done by
enclosing the entire program inside an until loop that will be executed until a valid selection is
made. To determine when a valid choice has been made, we can test a variable in the until that
won't be assigned a value in the program until either 1, 2, or 3 is selected by the user.
Another change to make to rolo involves the way it will be used. Because the most common
operation performed will be one of lookup, there will probably be a tendency on the part of the user
to avoid typing rolo, then making selection 1, and then typing the name to be found when instead he
or she can still type in
lu name
directly. Given all this, it might be a good idea to allow rolo to take command-line arguments. If any
arguments are typed, rolo can assume that a lookup is being requested and just call lu directly. So
if the user wants to perform a quick lookup, he or she can type rolo followed by the name. On the
other hand, if the user wants to see the menu, typing just rolo causes the program to display its
menu and prompt for a choice.
The preceding two changes (looping until a valid choice is selected and doing a quick lookup) were
added to version 2 of rolo that is shown next.
$ cat rolo
# remove people from the phone book -- version 2
# If arguments are supplied, then do a lookup
if [ "$#" -ne 0 ]
then
lu "$@"
exit
fi
validchoice="" # set it null
# Loop until a valid selection is made
until [ -n "$validchoice" ]
do
# Display menu
echo '
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up

#
read choice
echo
case "$choice"
in
read name
lu "$name"
validchoice=TRUE;;
read name
read number
add "$name" "$number"
validchoice=TRUE;;
read name
rem "$name"
validchoice=TRUE;;
esac
done
$
If $# is nonzero, lu is called directly with the arguments typed on the command line. Then the
program exits. Otherwise, the until loop is executed until the variable validchoice is nonnull. The
only way it can ever become nonnull is if the command
validchoice=TRUE
is executed inside the case on selection of either 1, 2, or 3. Otherwise, the program continues to loop
until one of these three choices is made.
$ rolo Bill Quick lookup
Billy Bach 201-555-7618
$ rolo Let's have the menu this time
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up
Bad choice
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up

Bad choice
Would you like to:

1. Look someone up
Enter name to look up: Tony
The $$ Variable and Temporary Files

If two or more people on your system use the rolo program at the same time, a potential problem
may occur. Look at the rem program and see whether you can spot it. The problem occurs with the
temporary file /tmp/phonebook that is used to create a new version of the phone book file.
grep -v "$name" phonebook > /tmp/phonebook
If more than one person uses rolo to remove an entry at the same time, there's a chance that the
phone book file can get messed up because the same temporary file will be used by all rolo users.[1]
Naturally, the chances of this happening (that is, the preceding two commands being executed at the
same time by more than one user) are rather small, but, nevertheless there still is that chance.
Anyway, it brings up an important point when dealing with temporary files in general.
[1]
Actually, it depends on the users' default file creation mask (known as umask). If one person has created
/tmp/phonebook and it's not writable by anyone else, the next person who comes along and tries to create it
will get an error message from the shell. The net result is that the first user's file will get properly updated, and
the second user's won't; neither file will get corrupted.
When writing shell programs to be run by more than one person, make your temporary files unique.
One way is to create the temporary file in the user's home directory, for example. Another way is to
choose a temporary filename that will be unique for that particular process. To do this, you can use
the special $$ shell variable, which contains the process id number (PID) of the current process:
$ echo $$
4668
$ ps
4668 co 0:09 sh
6470 co 0:03 ps
As you can see, $$ is equal to the process id number of your login shell. Because each process on the
Unix system is given a unique process id number, using the value of $$ in the name of a file
minimizes the possibility of another process using the same file. So you can replace the two lines
from rem with these
grep -v "$name" phonebook > /tmp/phonebook$$
mv /tmp/phonebook$$ phonebook
to circumvent any potential problems. Each person running rolo will run it as a different process, so
the temporary file used in each case will be different.
The Exit Status from read

read always returns an exit status of zero unless an end of file condition is detected on the input. If
the data is coming from the terminal, this means that Ctrl+d has been typed. If the data is coming
from a file, it means that there's no more data to read from the file.
Knowing about the exit status returned by read makes it easy to write a loop that will read any
number of lines of data from a file or from the terminal. The next program, called addi, reads in lines
containing pairs of integers. Each pair of numbers is summed, and the result written to standard
output.

$ cat addi
# add pairs of integers on standard input

#
while read n1 n2
do
echo $((n1 + n2))
done
The while loop is executed as long as the read command returns an exit status of zero; that is, as
long as there's still data to be read. Inside the loop, the two values read from the line (presumably
integers—no error checking is done here) are summed and the result written to standard output by
echo.
$ addi
10 25
35
-5 12
123 3
126
Ctrl+d
It goes without saying that standard input for addi can be redirected, as can standard output:
$ cat data
1234 7960
593 -595
395 304
3234 999
-394 -493
$ addi < data > sums
$ cat sums
9194
-2
699
4233
-887
The following program, called number, is a simplified version of the standard Unix nl command: It
takes one or more files given as arguments and displays them preceded by line numbers. If no
arguments are supplied, it uses standard input instead.
$ cat number
# Number lines from files given as argument or from

# standard input if none supplied
lineno=1
cat $* |
while read line

do
echo "$lineno: $line"
lineno=$((lineno + 1))
done
The variable lineno—the line number count—is initially set to 1. Then the arguments typed to
number are given to cat to be collectively written to standard output. If no arguments are supplied,
$* will be null, and cat will be passed no arguments. This will cause it to read from standard input.
The output from cat is piped into the while loop. For each line read by read, the line is echoed at
the terminal, preceded by the value of lineno, whose value is then incremented by one.
$ number phonebook
1: Alice Chebba 973-555-2015
2: Barbara Swingle 201-555-9257
3: Billy Bach 201-555-7618
4: El Coyote 212-555-3232
5: Liz Stachiw 212-555-2298
6: Susan Goldberg 201-555-7776
7: Teri Zak 201-555-6000
8: Tony Iannino 973-555-1295

$ who | number Try from standard input
1: root console Jul 25 07:55
2: pat tty03 Jul 25 09:26
3: steve tty04 Jul 25 10:58
4: george tty13 Jul 25 08:05
Note that number won't work too well for lines that contain backslashes or leading whitespace
characters. The following example illustrates this point.
$ number
Here are some backslashes: \ \*
1: Here are some backslashes: *
Leading whitespace characters are removed from any line that's read. The backslash characters are
also interpreted by the shell when it reads the line. You can use the –r option to read to prevent it
from interpreting the backslash character. If we change the
while read line
in number to
while read –r line
the output will look better:
$ number
Here are some backslashes: \ \*
1: Here are some backslashes: \ \*

In Chapter 12, "More on Parameters," you'll learn how to preserve the leading whitespace characters
and also how to have some control over the parsing of the input data.

The printf Command
Although echo is adequate for displaying simple messages, sometimes you'll want to print formatted
output: for example, lining up columns of data. Unix systems provide the printf command. Those of
you familiar with the C programming language will notice many similarities.
The general format of the printf command is
printf "format" arg1 arg2 ...
where format is a string that describes how the remaining arguments are to be displayed. (Note that
the format string is a single argument, so it's a good idea to get into the habit of enclosing it in
quotes because it often contains whitespace.) Characters in the format string that are not preceded
by a percent sign (%) are written to standard output. One or more characters preceded by a percent
sign are called conversion specifications and tell printf how the corresponding argument should be
displayed. So, for each percent sign in the format string there should be a corresponding argument,
except for the special conversion specification %%, which causes a single percent sign to be displayed.
Here's a simple example of printf:
$ printf "This is a number: %d\n" 10
This is a number: 10
printf doesn't add a newline character to its output like echo; however, printf understands the
same escape characters that echo does (refer to Table 10.1 earlier in this chapter), so adding \n to
the end of the format string causes the prompt to appear on the next line.
Although this is a simple case that could easily be handled by echo, it helps to illustrate how the
conversion specification (%d) is interpreted by printf: When the format string is scanned by printf,
it outputs each character in the string without modification until it sees the percent sign; then it reads
the d and recognizes that the %d should be replaced by the next argument, which must be an integer
number. After that argument (10) is sent to standard output, printf sees the \n and outputs a
newline.
Table 10.2 summarizes the different conversion specification characters.

Table 10.2. printf Conversion Specification Characters
Character Use for Printing

d Integers
u Unsigned integers
UNREGISTERED
o VERSION
Octal OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
integers
x Hexadecimal integers, using a-f
X Hexadecimal integers, using A-F
c Single characters
s Literal strings
b Strings containing backslash escape characters
% Percent signs
The first five conversion specification characters are all used for displaying integers. %d displays
signed integers, and %u displays unsigned integers; %u can also be used to display the positive
representation of a negative number (note that the result is machine dependent). By default,
integers displayed as octal or hexadecimal numbers do not have a leading 0 or 0x, but we'll show you
how to enable this later in this section.
Strings are printed using %s or %b. %s is used to print strings literally, without any processing of
backslash escape characters; %b is used to force interpretation of the backslash escape characters in
the string argument.
Here are a few printf examples:
$ printf "The octal value for %d is %o\n" 20 20
The octal value for 20 is 24
$ printf "The hexadecimal value for %d is %x\n" 30 30
The hexadecimal value for 30 is 1e
$ printf "The unsigned value for %d is %u\n" –1000 –1000
The unsigned value for -1000 is 4294966296
$ printf "This string contains a backslash escape: %s\n" "test\nstring"
This string contains a backslash escape: test\nstring
$ printf "This string contains an interpreted escape: %b\n" "test\nstring"
This string contains an interpreted escape: test string

$ printf "A string: %s and a character: %c\n" hello A
A string: hello and a character: A
In the last printf, %c is used to display a single character. If the corresponding argument is longer
than one character, only the first is displayed:
$ printf "Just the first character: %c\n" abc
The general format of a conversion specification is
%[flags][width][.precision]type
The type is the conversion specification character from Table 10.2. As you can see, only the percent
sign and type are required; the other parameters are called modifiers and are optional. Valid flags
are -, +, #, and the space character. – left justifies the value being printed; this will make more
sense when we discuss the width modifier. + causes printf to precede integers with a + or – sign
(by default, only negative integers are printed with a sign). # causes printf to precede octal integers
with 0 and hexadecimal integers with 0x or 0X for %#x or %#X, respectively. The space character
causes printf to precede positive integers with a space and negative integers with a -.
$ printf "%+d\n%+d\n%+d\n" 10 –10 20
+10
–10
+20
$ printf "% d\n% d\n% d\n" 10 –10 20
10
-10
20
$ printf "%#o %#x\n" 100 200
0144 0xc8
$
As you can see, using + or space as the flag lines up columns of positive and negative numbers
nicely.
The width modifier OF CHM
is a positive TO PDF
number CONVERTER
that specifies PRO BY
the minimum fieldTHETA-SOFTWARE
width for printing an
argument. The argument is right justified within this field unless the – flag is used:
$ printf "%20s%20s\n" string1 string2
string1 string2
$ printf "%-20s%-20s\n" string1 string2
string1 string2
$ printf "%5d%5d%5d\n" 1 10 100
1 10 100
$ printf "%5d%5d%5d\n" -1 -10 -100
-1 -10 –100
$ printf "%-5d%-5d%-5d\n" 1 10 100
1 10 100
The width modifier can be useful for lining up columns of text or numbers (note that signs for
numbers and leading 0, 0x, and 0X characters are counted as part of the argument's width). The
width specifies a minimum size for the field; if the width of an argument exceeds width, it is not
truncated.
The .precision modifier is a positive number that specifies a minimum number of digits to be
displayed for %d, %u, %o, %x, and %X. This results in zero padding on the left of the value:
$ printf "%.5d %.4X\n" 10 27
00010 001B
For strings, the .precision modifier specifies the maximum number of characters to be printed from
the string; if the string is longer than precision characters, it is truncated on the right:
$ printf "%.5s\n" abcdefg
abcde
A width can be combined with .precision to specify both a field width and zero padding (for numbers)
or truncation (for strings):
$ printf ":%#10.5x:%5.4x:%5.4d\n" 1 10 100
: 0x00001: 000a: 0100
$ printf ":%9.5s:\n" abcdefg
: abcde:
$ printf ":%-9.5s:\n" abcdefg
:abcde :
Finally, if a * is used in place of a number for width or precision, the argument preceding the value to
be printed must be a number and will be used as the width or precision, respectively. If a * is used in
place of both, two integer arguments must precede the value being printed and are used for the
width and precision:
$ printf "%*s%*.*s\n" 12 "test one" 10 2 "test two"
test one te
$ printf "%12s%10.2s\n" "test one" "test two"
test one te

As you can see, the two printfs in this example produce the same results. In the first printf, 12 is
used as the width for the first string, 10 as the width for the second string, and 2 as the precision for
the second string. In the second printf, these numbers are specified as part of the conversion
specification.
Table 10.3 summarizes the various conversion specification modifiers.

Table 10.3. printf Conversion Specification Modifiers
Modifier Meaning
flags
- Left justify value.

+ Precede integer with + or -.
(space) Precede positive integer with space character.

# Precede octal integer with 0, hexadecimal integer with 0x or 0X.
width Minimum width of field; * means use next argument as width.
precision Minimum number of digits to display for integers; maximum number of characters to
display for strings; * means use next argument as precision.
Here's a simple example that uses printf to align two columns of numbers from a file:
$ cat align
# Align two columns of numbers
# (works for numbers up to 12 digits long, including sign)
cat $* |
while read number1 number2

do
printf "%12d %12d\n" $number1 $number2
done
$ cat data
1234 7960
593 -595
395 304
3234 999
-394 -493
$ align data
1234 7960
593 -595
395 304
3234 999
-394 -493
In Chapters 12, 14, and 15 you'll see more uses for printf. But first try your hand at the following
exercises.
Exercises
1: WhatVERSION
UNREGISTERED happens toOF
mycp
CHMif one
TOorPDF
moreCONVERTER
of the files to be copied
PRO BYdoesn't exist? Can you make
THETA-SOFTWARE
any suggestions to better handle the situation?
2: What happens to mycp if one of the filenames contains a character that has a special
meaning to the shell such as ; or |?
3: WriteVERSION
UNREGISTERED a program OF
called
CHMmymv
TOthat
PDFdoes with the mv command
CONVERTER PRO BYwhat mycp does with the cp
THETA-SOFTWARE
command. How many changes did you have to make to mycp to produce this new
program?
4: Modify mycp to prompt for arguments if none are supplied. A typical execution of the
modified version should look like this:
$ mycp
Source file name? voucher
Destination file name? voucher.sv
Make sure that the program allows one or both of the files to be specified with filename
substitution characters.
5: Add a -n option to mycp that suppresses the normal check for the existence of the
destination files.
6: Modify mycp to use sed instead of the while loop to process the arguments typed on the
command line.
7: Modify the rem program used by rolo so that if multiple entries are found, the program
will prompt the user for the entry to be removed.
Here's a sample session:
$ rolo
...
Enter name to be removed: Susan
More than one match; please select the one to remove:
Susan Goldberg Remove (y/n)? n
Susan Topple Remove (y/n)? y
8: Modify rolo so that the menu is redisplayed after each selection is made and processed.
To allow the user to get out of this, add another selection to the menu to exit from the
program.
9: What happens to the rolo program if just an Enter is given as the name for the add, look
up, or remove options?
10: Modify lu to use printf to print the name and phone number so that they line up in
columns for names up to 40 characters in length (Hint: use cut –f and the fact that the
fields in the phonebook are separated by tabs).
Chapter 11. Your Environment
IN THIS CHAPTER
Local Variables
Exported Variables
PS1 andVERSION
UNREGISTERED PS2 OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
HOME, James
Your PATH
More on Subshells
Your .profile File
The TERM Variable
The TZ Variable
Exercises
When you log on to the system, you're effectively given your own copy of the shell program. This
shell maintains what's known as your environment—an environment that is distinct from other users
on the system. This environment is maintained from the moment you log on until the moment you
log off. In this chapter you'll learn about this environment in detail, and you'll see how it relates to
writing and running programs.
Local Variables
Type the following program called vartest into your computer:
$ cat vartest
echo :$x:
vartest consists of a solitary echo command that displays the value of the variable x, surrounded by
colons. Now assign any value you want to the variable x from your terminal:
$ x=100
Here we chose 100. Question: What do you think will be displayed when vartest is now executed?
Answer:
$ vartest
::
vartest doesn't know about the value of x. Therefore, its value is null. The variable x that was
assigned the value 100 in the login shell is known as a local variable. The reason why it has this
name will become clear shortly.
Here's another example. This program is called vartest2:
$ cat vartest2
x=50
echo :$x:
$ x=100
$ vartest2 Execute it
:50:
$
Now the question is: What's the value of x?

$ echo $x
100
So you see that vartest2 didn't change the value of x that you set equal to 100 in your login shell.
Subshells
The behavior exhibited by vartest and vartest2 is due to the fact that these two programs are run
as subshells by your login shell. A subshell is, for all intents and purposes, an entirely new shell
executed by your login shell to run the desired program. So when you ask your login shell to execute
vartest, it starts up a new shell to execute the program. Whenever a new shell runs, it runs in its
own environment, with its own set of local variables. A subshell has no knowledge of local variables
that were assigned values by the login shell (the "parent" shell). Furthermore, a subshell cannot
change the value of a variable in the parent shell, as evidenced by vartest2.
Let's review the process that goes on here. Before executing vartest2, your login shell has a
variable called x that has been assigned the value 100 (assume for now that this is the only variable
defined in the shell). This is depicted in Figure 11.1.
Figure 11.1. Login shell with x=100.

When you ask to have vartest2 executed, your login shell starts up a subshell to run it, giving it an
empty list of local variables to start with (see Figure 11.2).
Figure 11.2. Login shell executes vartest2.
After the first command in vartest2 is executed (that assigns 50 to x), the local variable x that
exists in the subshell's environment will have the value 50 (see Figure 11.3). Note that this has no
relation whatsoever to the variable x that still maintains its value of 100 in the login shell.
Figure 11.3. vartest2 executes x=50.

When vartest2 finishes execution, the subshell goes away, together with any variables assigned
values.
Exported Variables
There is a way to make the value of a variable known to a subshell, and that's by exporting it with
the export command. The format of this command is simply
export variables
where variables is the list of variable names that you want exported. For any subshells that get
executed from that point on, the value of the exported variables will be passed down to the subshell.
Here's a program called vartest3 to help illustrate the difference between local and exported
variables:
$ cat vartest3
echo x = $x
echo y = $y
Assign values to the variables x and y in the login shell, and then run vartest3:
$ x=100
$ y=10
$ vartest3
x =
y =
x and y are both local variables, so their values aren't passed down to the subshell that runs
vartest3. Now let's export the variable y and try it again:
$ export y Make y known to subshells
$ vartest3
x =
y = 10

This time, vartest3 knew about y because it is an exported variable. Conceptually, whenever a
subshell is executed, the list of exported variables gets "copied down" to the subshell, whereas the
list of local variables does not (see Figure 11.4).
Figure 11.4. Execution of vartest3.
Now it's time for another question: What do you think happens if a subshell changes the value of an
exported variable? Will the parent shell know about it after the subshell has finished? To answer this
question, here's a program called vartest4:
$ cat vartest4
x=50
y=5
$
We'll assume that you haven't changed the values of x and y, and that y is still exported.
$ vartest4
$ echo $x $y
100 10
So the subshell couldn't even change the value of the exported variable y; it merely changed the
copy of y that was passed to its environment when it was executed (see Figure 11.5). Just as with
local variables, when a subshell goes away, so do the values of the exported variables. There is no
way to change the value of a variable in a parent shell from within a subshell.
Figure 11.5. Execution of vartest4.
In the case of a subshell executing another subshell (for example, the rolo program executing the lu
program), the process is repeated: The exported variables from the subshell are copied to the new
subshell. These exported variables may have been exported from above, or newly exported from
within the subshell.
After a variable is exported, it remains exported to all subshells subsequently executed.
Consider a modified version of vartest4:
$ cat vartest4
x=50
y=5
z=1
export z
vartest5

and also consider vartest5:
$ cat vartest5
echo x = $x
echo y = $y
echo z = $z
When vartest4 gets executed, the exported variable y will be copied into the subshell's
environment. vartest4 sets the value of x to 50, changes the value of y to 5, and sets the value of z
to 1. Then it exports z. This makes the value of z accessible to any subshell subsequently run by
vartest4. vartest5 is such a subshell, and when it is executed, the shell copies into its environment
the exported variables from vartest4: y and z. This should explain the following output:
$ vartest4
x =
y = 5
z = 1
This entire operation is depicted in Figure 11.6.

Figure 11.6. Subshell execution.
To summarize the way local and exported variables work:
1. Any variable that is not exported is a local variable whose existence will not be known to
subshells.
2. Exported variables and their values are copied into a subshell's environment, where they may
be accessed and changed. However, such changes have no effect on the variables in the parent
shell.
3. Exported variables retain this characteristic not only for directly spawned subshells, but also for
subshells spawned by those subshells (and so on down the line).
4. A variable can be exported any time before or after it is assigned a value.
export -p
If you simply type export -p, you'll get a list of the variables and their values exported by your
shell:
$ export –p
export LOGNAME=steve
export PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:.
export TIMEOUT=600
export TZ=EST5EDT
export y=10
$
As you can see, there are actually more exported variables here than you were initially led to believe.
Note that y shows up on the list, together with other variables that were exported when you logged
on.
Note that the variables listed include those that have been inherited from a parent shell.
PS1 and PS2
The characters that the shell displays as your command prompt are stored in the variable PS1. You
can change this variable to be anything you want. As soon as you change it, it'll be used by the shell
from that point on.
$ echo :$PS1:
:$ :
$ PS1="==> "
==> pwd
/users/steve
==> PS1="I await your next command, master: "
I await your next command, master: date
Wed Sep 18 14:46:28 EDT 2002
I await your next command, master: PS1="$ "
$ Back to normal
Your secondary command prompt, normally >, is kept in the variable PS2, where you can change it to
your heart's content:
$ echo :$PS2:
:> :
$ PS2="=======> "
$ for x in 1 2 3
=======> do
=======> echo $x
=======> done
1
$
Like any other shell variables, after you log off the system, the values of those variables go with it.
So if you change PS1, the shell will use the new value for the remainder of your login session. Next
time you log in, however, you'll get the old value again. You can make the change yourself every
time you log in,
UNREGISTERED or you can
VERSION OFhave
CHM theTO
change
PDF made automatically
CONVERTER PRO byBY
adding it to your .profile file
THETA-SOFTWARE
(discussed later in this chapter).
HOME, James
Your home directory is where you're placed whenever you log on to the system. A special shell
variable called HOME is also automatically set to this directory when you log on:
$ echo $HOME
/users/steve
This variable can be used by your programs to identify your home directory. It's also used by the cd
command whenever you type just cd with no arguments:
$ pwd Where am I?
/usr/src/lib/libc/port/stdio
$ cd
$ pwd
/users/steve There's no place like home
You can change your HOME variable to anything you want, but be warned that doing so may affect the
operation of any programs that rely on it:
$ HOME=/users/steve/book Change it
$ pwd
/users/steve
$ cd
$ pwd See what happened

/users/steve/book

Your PATH
Return for a moment to the rolo program from Chapter 10, "Reading and Printing Data":
$ rolo Liz
Let's see what directory this program was created in:
$ pwd
/users/steve/bin
Okay, now change directory to anywhere you want:
$ cd Go home
And now try to look up Liz in the phone book:
$ rolo Liz
sh: rolo: not found
Unless you already know where this discussion is leading, you are likely to get the preceding results.
Whenever you type in the name of a program to be executed, the shell searches a list of directories
until it finds the requested program.[1] When found, it initiates its execution. This list of directories is
contained in a special shell variable called PATH. This variable is automatically set for you when you
log on to the system. See what it's set to now:
[1]
Actually, the shell is a bit more intelligent, because it keeps track of where it finds each command you
execute. When you re-execute one of these commands, the shell remembers where it was found and doesn't go
searchingVERSION
UNREGISTERED for it again. This
OF feature
CHM isTO known
PDFasCONVERTER
hashing. PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ echo $PATH
/bin:/usr/bin:.
$
Chances are that your PATH has a slightly different value. As noted, the PATH specifies the directories
that the shell searches to execute a command. These directories are separated from one another by
colons (:). In the preceding example, three directories are listed: /bin, /usr/bin, and . (which,
you'll recall, stands for the current directory). So whenever you type in the name of a program, say
for example rolo, the shell searches the directories listed in PATH from left to right until it finds an
executable file called rolo. First it looks in /bin, then in /usr/bin, and finally in the current directory
for an executable file called rolo. As soon as it finds rolo, the shell executes it; if the shell doesn't
find rolo, the shell issues a "not found" message.
The path
/bin:.:/usr/bin
specifies to search /bin, followed by the current directory, followed by /usr/bin. To have the
current directory searched first, you put the period at the start of the path:
.:/bin:/usr/bin
For security reasons, it's generally not a good idea to have your current directory searched before the
system ones.[2]
This is to avoid the so-called Trojan horse problem: Someone stores her own version of a command
such as su (the command that changes you to another user) in a directory she can write into and
waits for another user to change to that directory and run su. If the PATH specifies that the current
directory be searched first, then the horsed version of su will be executed. This version will get the
password that is typed and then print out Sorry. The user will think he just typed the wrong
password.
The period for specifying the current directory is optional; for example, the path
:/bin:/usr/bin
is equivalent to the previous one; however, throughout this text we'll specify the current directory
with a period for clarity.
You can always override the PATH variable by specifying a path to the file to be executed. For
example, if you type
/bin/date
the shell goes directly to /bin to execute date. The PATH in this case is ignored, as it is if you type in
../bin/lu
or
./rolo
This last case says to execute the program rolo in the current directory.
So now you understand why you couldn't execute rolo from your HOME directory: /users/steve/bin
wasn't included in your PATH, and so the shell couldn't find rolo. This is a simple matter to rectify.
You can simply add this directory to your PATH:
$ PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:.:/users/steve/bin
Now any program in /users/steve/bin can be executed by you from anywhere:

$ pwd Where am I?
/users/steve
$ rolo Liz
grep: can't open phonebook

This time the shell finds rolo and executes it, but grep can't find the phonebook file. Look back at
the rolo program, and you'll see that the grep error message must be coming from lu. Take
another look at lu:
$ cat /users/steve/bin/lu
# Look someone up in the phone book -- version 3
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Usage: lu name"
exit 1
fi
grep "$name" phonebook
grep is trying to open the phonebook file in the current directory, which is /users/steve (that's
where the program is being executed from—the current directory has no relation to the directory in
which the program itself resides).
The PATH only specifies the directories to be searched for programs to be executed, and not for any
other types of files. So phonebook must be precisely located for lu. There are several ways to fix this
problem—a problem which, by the way, exists with the rem and add programs as well. One approach
is to have the lu program change directory to /users/steve/bin before it does the grep. That way,
grep finds phonebook because it exists in the current directory:
...
cd /users/steve/bin
grep "$1" phonebook
This approach is a good one to take when you're doing a lot of work with different files in a particular
directory: simply cd to the directory first and then you can directly reference all the files you need.
A second approach is to simply list a full path to phonebook in the grep command:
...
grep "$1" /users/steve/bin/phonebook
But suppose that you want to let others use your rolo program (and associated lu, add, and rem
programs). You can give them each their own copy, and then you'll have several copies of the
identical program on the system—programs that you'll probably have to maintain. And what happens
if you make a small change to rolo? Are you going to update all their copies as well? A better
solution might be to keep just one copy of rolo but to give other users access to it.[3]
[3]
This can be done by giving them execute permission on all the directories leading to rolo, as well as read
and execute permissions on the programs themselves. They can always copy your programs at that point, but
you won't have to maintain them.
If you change all the references of phonebook to explicitly reference your phone book, everyone else
who uses your rolo program will be using your phone book, and not his own. One way to solve the
problem is to require that everyone have a phonebook file in his home directory; this way, if the
program references the file as $HOME/phonebookw, it will be relative to the home directory of the
person running the program.
Let's try this approach: Define a variable inside rolo called PHONEBOOK and set it to
$HOME/phonebook. If you then export this variable, lu, rem, and add (which are executed as
subshells by rolo) can use the value of PHONEBOOK to reference the file. One advantage of this is if in
the future you change the location of the phonebook file, all you'll have to do is change this one
variable in rolo; the other three programs can remain untouched.
Here is the new rolo program, followed by modified lu, add, and rem programs.
$ cd /users/steve/bin
$ cat rolo
UNREGISTERED
#

UNREGISTERED
#
# Set PHONEBOOK to point to the phone book file
# and export it so other progs know about it
PHONEBOOK=$HOME/phonebook
export PHONEBOOK
if [ ! -f "$PHONEBOOK" ]
then
echo "No phone book file in $HOME!"
exit 1
fi
#
if [ "$#" -ne 0 ]
then
lu "$@"
exit
fi
validchoice="" # set it null
# Loop until a valid selection is made
until [ -n "$validchoice" ]
do
# Display menu
echo '
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up

#

read choice
echo

case "$choice"
in
read name
lu "$name"
validchoice=TRUE;;
read name
read number
add "$name" "$number"
validchoice=TRUE;;
read name
rem "$name"
validchoice=TRUE;;
esac
done
$ cat add
# Program to add someone to the phone book file
if [ "$#" -ne 2 ]
then
echo "Usage: add name number"
exit 1
fi
echo "$1 $2" >> $PHONEBOOK
sort -o $PHONEBOOK $PHONEBOOK
$ cat lu
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
exit 1
fi
name=$1
grep "$name" $PHONEBOOK
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
fi
$ cat rem
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
exit 1
fi
name=$1
matches=$(grep "$name" $PHONEBOOK | wc –l)

#
then
then
grep -v "$name" $PHONEBOOK > /tmp/phonebook$$
mv /tmp/phonebook$$ $PHONEBOOK
else
fi
(In an effort to be more user-friendly, a test was added to the end of lu to see whether the grep
succeeds; if it doesn't, a message is displayed to the user.)
Now to test it:
$ cd Return home
$ rolo Liz Quick lookup
No phonebook file in /users/steve! Forgot to move it
$ mv /users/steve/bin/phonebook .
$ rolo Liz Try again

$ rolo Try menu selection
Would you like to:
UNREGISTERED 1. Look someone up


Enter name to be added: Teri Zak
Enter number: 201-555-6000
$ rolo Teri
Teri Zak 201-555-6000
rolo, lu, and add seem to be working fine. rem should also be tested to make sure that it's okay as
well.
If you still want to run lu, rem, or add standalone, you can do it provided that you first define
PHONEBOOK and export it:
$ PHONEBOOK=$HOME/phonebook
$ export PHONEBOOK
$ lu Harmon
I couldn't find Harmon in the phone book
If you do intend to run these programs standalone, you'd better put checks in the individual
programs to ensure that PHONEBOOK is set to some value.
Your current directory is also part of your environment. Take a look at this small shell program called
cdtest:
$ cat cdtest
cd /users/steve/bin
pwd
The program does a cd to /users/steve/bin and then executes a pwd to verify that the change was
made. Let's run it:
$ pwd Get my bearings
/users/steve
$ cdtest
/users/steve/bin
Now for the $64,000 question: If you execute a pwd command now, will you be in /users/steve or
/users/steve/bin?
$ pwd
/users/steve
The cd executed in cdtest had no effect on your current directory. Because the current directory is
part of the environment, when a cd is executed from a subshell, the current directory of that subshell
is altered. There is no way to change the current directory of a parent shell from a subshell.
When cd is invoked, it sets the PWD shell variable to the full pathname of the new current directory,
so the command
echo $PWD
produces the same output as the pwd command:
$ pwd
/users/steve
$ echo $PWD
/users/steve
$ cd bin
$ echo $PWD
/users/steve/bin
cd also sets OLDPWD to the full pathname of the previous current directory.
Incidentally, cd is a shell built-in command.
CDPATH
The CDPATH variable works like the PATH variable: It specifies a list of directories to be searched by
the shell whenever you execute a cd command. This search is done only if the specified directory is
not given by a full pathname and if CDPATH is not null (obviously). So if you type in
cd /users/steve
the shell changes your directory directly to /users/steve; but if you type
cd memos
the shell looks at your CDPATH variable to find the memos directory. And if your CDPATH looks like this:

$ echo $CDPATH
.:/users/steve:/users/steve/docs
$
the shell first looks in your current directory for a memos directory, and if not found then looks in
/users/steve for a memos directory, and if not found there tries /users/steve/docs in a last ditch
effort to find the directory. If the directory that it finds is not relative to your current one, the cd
command prints the full path to the directory to let you know where it's taking you:
$ cd /users/steve
$ cd memos
/users/steve/docs/memos
$ cd bin
/users/steve/bin
Like the PATH variable, use of the period for specifying the current directory is optional, so
:/users/steve:/users/steve/docs
is equivalent to
.:/users/steve:/users/steve/docs
Judicious use of the CDPATH variable can save you a lot of typing, especially if your directory
hierarchy is fairly deep and you find yourself frequently moving around in it (or if you're frequently
moving around into other directory hierarchies as well).
Unlike the PATH, you'll probably want to put your current directory first in the CDPATH list. This gives
you the most natural use of CDPATH (because you're used to doing a cd x to switch to the
subdirectory x). If the current directory isn't listed first, you may end up in an unexpected directory.
More on Subshells
It's important for you to understand the way subshells work and how they interact with your
environment.VERSION
UNREGISTERED You know nowOF that
CHMa TO
subshell
PDFcan't change the PRO
CONVERTER value BY
of aTHETA-SOFTWARE
variable in a parent shell, nor
can it change its current directory. Suppose that you want to write a program to set values for some
variables that you like to use whenever you log on. For example, assume that you have the following
file called vars:
UNREGISTERED
$ cat vars
BOOK=/users/steve/book
UUPUB=/usr/spool/uucppublic
DOCS=/users/steve/docs/memos
DB=/usr2/data
You know that if you execute vars, the values assigned to these variables will not be accessible by
you after this program has finished executing because vars will be run in a subshell:
$ vars
$ echo $BOOK
The . Command
Luckily, there is a shell built-in command called . (pronounced "dot") whose general format is
. file
and whose purpose is to execute the contents of file in the current shell. That is, commands from file
are executed by the current shell just as if they were typed at that point. A subshell is not spawned
to execute the program. The shell uses your PATH variable to find file, just like it does when executing
other programs.
$ . vars Execute vars in the current shell
$ echo $BOOK
/users/steve/book Hoorah!
Because a subshell isn't spawned to execute the program, any variable that gets assigned a value
stays even after execution of the program is completed. It follows then that if you have a program
called db that has the following commands in it:
$ cat db
DATA=/usr2/data
RPTS=$DATA/rpts
BIN=$DATA/bin
cd $DATA
executing db with the "dot" command
$ . db
defines the three variables DATA, RPTS, and BIN in the current shell and then changes you to the
$DATA directory.
$ pwd
/usr2/data
$
This last example brings up an interesting point of discussion. If you're one of those Unix users who
have to support a few different directory hierarchies, you can create programs like db to execute
whenever you have to work on one of your directories. In that program, you can also include
definitions for other variables; for example, you might want to change your prompt in PS1 to
UNREGISTERED
something like VERSION
DB—to let OF
you CHM
know TOthatPDF
your CONVERTER PRO
database variables BYbeen
have THETA-SOFTWARE
set up. You may also
want to change your PATH to include a directory that has programs related to the database and your
CDPATH variable so that directories in the database will be easily accessible with the cd command.
You can even change HOME so that a cd without any arguments returns you directly to your database
directory.
If you make these sorts of changes, you'll probably want to execute db in a subshell and not in the
current shell because doing the latter leaves all the modified variables around after you've finished
your work on the database. The trick to doing it right is to start up a new shell from inside the
subshell, with all the modified variables exported to it. Then, when you're finished working with the
database, you can "log off" the new shell by pressing Ctrl+d. Let's take a look at how this works.
Here is a new version of db:
$ cat db
# Set up and export variables related to the data base
HOME=/usr2/data
BIN=$HOME/bin
RPTS=$HOME/rpts
DATA=$HOME/rawdata
PATH=$PATH$BIN
CDPATH=:$HOME:$RPTS
PS1="DB: "
export HOME BIN RPTS DATA PATH CDPATH PS1
# Start up a new shell
/usr/bin/sh
The HOME directory is set to /usr2/data, and then the variables BIN, RPTS, and DATA are defined
relative to this HOME (a good idea in case you ever have to move the directory structure somewhere
else: all you'd have to change in the program is the variable HOME).
Next, the PATH is modified to include the database bin directory, and the CDPATH variable is set to
search the current directory, the HOME directory, and the RPTS directory (which presumably contains
subdirectories).
After exporting these variables (which as you recall must be done to put the values of these variables
into the environment of subsequently spawned subshells), the standard shell, /usr/bin/sh, is
started. From that point on, this new shell processes commands typed in from the terminal. When
Ctrl+d is typed to this shell, control returns to db, which in turn returns control to your login shell.
$ db Run it
DB: echo $HOME
/usr2/data
DB: cd rpts Try out CDPATH
/usr2/data/rpts It works
DB: ps See what processes are running

123 13 0:40 sh Your login shell
761 13 0:01 sh Subshell running db
765 13 0:01 sh New shell run from db
769 13 0:03 ps
DB: Ctrl+d Done for now
$ echo $HOME
/users/steve Back to normal

$
The execution of db is depicted in Figure 11.7 (where we've shown only the exported variables of
interest, not necessarily all that exist in the environment).
Figure 11.7. Executing db.

The exec Command
After you started up the new shell from db, you weren't interested in doing anything further after the
shell finished, as evidenced by the fact that no commands followed /usr/bin/sh in the program.
Instead of having db wait around for the new shell to finish, you can use the exec command to
replace the current program (db) with the new one (/usr/bin/sh). The general format of exec is
exec program
where program is the name of the program to be executed. Because the exec'ed program replaces
the current one, there's one less process hanging around; also, startup time of an exec'ed program is
quicker, due to the way the Unix system executes processes.
To use exec in the db program, you simply replace the last line with
exec /usr/bin/sh
As noted, after this gets executed, db will be replaced by /usr/bin/sh. This means that it's pointless
to have any commands follow the exec because they'll never be executed.
exec can be used to close standard input and reopen it with any file that you want to read. To change
standard input to file, youOF
useCHM TO PDF
the exec CONVERTER
command in the formPRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
exec < file
Any commands that subsequently read data from standard input will read from file.
Redirection of standard output is done similarly. The command
exec > report
redirects all subsequent output written to standard output to the file report. Note here that exec is
not used to start up execution of a new program as previously described; here it is used to reassign
standard input or standard output.
If you use exec to reassign standard input and later want to reassign it someplace else, you can
simply execute another exec. To reassign standard input back to the terminal, you would write
exec < /dev/tty
The same discussion applies to reassignment of standard output.
The (...) and { ...; } Constructs

Sometimes you may want to group a set of commands together for some reason. For example, you
may want to send a sort followed by execution of your plotdata program into the background for
execution. You can group a set of commands together by enclosing them in a set of parentheses or
braces. The first form causes the commands to be executed by a subshell, the latter form by the
current shell.
Here are some examples to illustrate how they work:

$ x=50
$ (x=100) Execute this in a subshell
$ echo $x
50 Didn't change
$ { x=100; } Execute this in the current shell
$ echo $x
100
$ pwd Where am I?
/users/steve
$ (cd bin; ls) Change to bin and do an ls
add
greetings
lu
number
phonebook
rem
rolo
$ pwd
/users/steve No change
$ { cd bin; } This should change me
$ pwd
/users/steve/bin
If the commands enclosed in the braces are all to be typed on the same line, a space must follow the
left brace, and a semicolon must appear after the last command.
As the example
(cd bin; ls)

shows, the parentheses are useful for doing some commands without affecting your current
environment. You can also use them for other purposes:
$ (sort 2002data -o 2002data; plotdata 2002data) &

[1] 3421
The parentheses group the sort and plotdata commands together so that they can both be sent to
the background for execution, with their order of execution preserved.
Input and output can be piped to and from these constructs, and I/O can be redirected. In the next
example, a
.ls 2
nroff command (for double-spaced output) is effectively tacked to the beginning of the file memo
before being sent to nroff.
$ { echo ".ls 2"; cat memo; } | nroff -Tlp | lp
In the command sequence
$ { prog1; prog2; prog3; } 2> errors
all messages written to standard error by the three programs are collected into the file errors.
As a final example, let's return to the mon program from Chapter 9, "'Round and 'Round She Goes."
As you'll recall, this program periodically checked for a user logging on to the system. One of the
comments we made back then is that it would be nice if the program could somehow automatically
"send itself" to the background for execution because that's how it's really meant to be run. Now you
know how to do it: You simply enclose the until loop and the commands that follow inside
parentheses and send it into the background:
$ cat mon
# Set up default values
mailopt=FALSE
interval=60
# process command options
while getopts mt: option
do
case "$option"
in
m) mailopt=TRUE;;
t) interval=$OPTARG;;
\?) echo "Usage: mon [-m] [-t n] user"
echo" -m means to be informed by mail"
echo" -t means check every n secs."
exit 1;;
esac
done
# Make sure a user name was specified

if [ "$OPTIND" -gt "$#" ]
then
echo "Missing user name!"

exit 2
fi
shiftcount=$(( OPTIND – 1 ))
shift $shiftcount
user=$1
# Send everything that follows into the background
# Check for user logging on
do
sleep $interval
done
if [ "$mailopt" = FALSE]
then
else
fi
) &
The entire program could have been enclosed in parentheses, but we arbitrarily decided to do the
argument checking and parsing first before sending the remainder to the background.
$ mon fred
$ Prompt comes back so you can continue working
...
fred has logged on
Note that a process id number is not printed by the shell when a command is sent to the background
within a shell program.
Another Way to Pass Variables to a Subshell

If you want to send the value of a variable to a subshell, there's another way to do it besides setting
the variable and then exporting it. On the command line, you can precede the name of the command
with the assignment of as many variables as you want. For example,
DBHOME=/uxn2/data DBID=452 dbrun

places the variables DBHOME and DBID, and their indicated values, into the environment of dbrun and
then dbrun gets executed. These variables will not be known to the current shell; they're created
only for the execution of dbrun. In fact, execution of the preceding command behaves identically to
typing
(DBHOME=/uxn2/data; DBID=452; export DBHOME DBID; dbrun)
Here's a short example:
$ cat foo1
echo :$x:
foo2
$ cat foo2
echo :$x:
$ foo1
::
:: x not known to foo1 or foo2
$ x=100 foo1 Try it this way
:100: x is known to foo1
:100: and to its subshells
$ echo :$x:
:: Still not known to current shell
$
So variables defined this way otherwise behave as normal exported variables to the subshell.
Your .profile File
In Chapter 3, "What Is the Shell?," you learned about the login sequence. This sequence is completed
when your shell
UNREGISTERED displays your
VERSION OF CHMcommand prompt
TO PDF and waits forPRO
CONVERTER you toBY type your first command. Just
THETA-SOFTWARE
before it does that, however, your login shell executes two special files on the system. The first is
/etc/profile. This file is set up by the system administrator and usually does things like checking to
see whether you have mail (Where do you think the "You have mail." message comes from?),
setting your default file creation mask (your umask), assigning values to some standard exported
variables, and anything else that the administrator wants to have executed whenever a user logs in.
The second file that gets automatically executed is .profile in your home directory. Your system
administrator may have given you a default .profile file when you got your account. See what's in
it now:
$ cat $HOME/.profile
PATH="/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lbin:.:"
export PATH
Here you see a small .profile file that simply sets the PATH and exports it.
You can change your .profile file to include any commands that you want executed whenever you
log in. You can even put commands in your .profile file that override settings (usually environment
variables) made in /etc/profile. Note that the commands in /etc/profile and .profile are
executed by your login shell (as if you typed in
$ . /etc/profile
$ . .profile
as soon as you logged in), which means that changes made to your environment remain after the
programs are executed.
Here's a sample .profile that sets your PATH to include your own bin, sets your CDPATH, changes
your primary and secondary command prompts, changes your erase character to a backspace
(Ctrl+h) with the stty command, and prints a friendly message using the greetings program from
Chapter 8, "Decisions, Decisions":
$ cat $HOME/.profile
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lbin:$HOME/bin:.:
CDPATH=.:$HOME:$HOME/misc:$HOME/documents
PS1="=> "
PS2="====> "
export PATH CDPATH PS1 PS2
stty echoe erase CTRL+h
echo
greetings
Here's what a login sequence would look like with this .profile:
login: steve
Password:
Good morning Output from greetings
=> New PS1

The TERM Variable
If you tend to use more than one type of terminal, the .profile is a good place to put some code to
prompt for the
UNREGISTERED terminal type
VERSION and then
OF CHM TOset
PDFtheCONVERTER
TERM variable accordingly. This variable is used by
PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
screen editors such as vi and other screen-based programs.
A sample section of code from a .profile file to prompt for the terminal type might look like this:
UNREGISTERED VERSIONare
echo "What terminal OF you
CHMusing
TO PDF CONVERTER
(xterm PRO BY\c"
is the default)? THETA-SOFTWARE
read TERM
if [ -z "$TERM" ]
then
TERM=xterm
fi
export TERM
Based on the terminal type entered, you may also want to do things such as set up the function keys
or the tabs on the terminal.
Even if you always use the same terminal type, you should set the TERM variable in your .profile
file.
The TZ Variable
The TZ variable is used by the date command and some Standard C library functions to determine
time zone information. The simplest setting for TZ is a time zone name of three or more alphabetic
characters followed by a number that specifies the number of hours that must be added to the local
time to arrive at Coordinated Universal Time, also known as Greenwich Mean Time. This number can
be positive (local time zone is west of 0 longitude) or negative (local time zone is east of 0 longitude).
For example, Eastern Standard Time can be specified as
TZ=EST5
The date command calculates the correct time based on this information and also uses the time zone
name in its output:
$ TZ=EST5 date
Wed Sep 18 15:24:09 EST 2002
$ TZ=xyz3 date
Wed Sep 18 17:24:28 xyz 2002
A second time zone name can follow the number; if this time zone is specified, daylight savings time
is assumed to apply (date automatically adjusts the time in this case when daylight saving is in
effect) and is assumed to be one hour earlier than standard time. If a number follows the daylight
saving time zone name, this value is used to compute the daylight savings time from the Coordinated
Universal Time in the same way as the number previously described.
So, the following TZ settings are quivalent:
TZ=EST5EDT
TZ=EST5EDT6
The TZ variable is usually set in either the /etc/profile file or your .profile file. If not set, an
implementation-specific default time zone is used, typically Coordinated Universal Time.

Exercises
1: Write a program called myrm that takes as arguments the names of files to be removed. If
the global variable MAXFILES is set, take it as the maximum number of files to remove
without question. If the variable is not set, use 10 as the maximum. If the number of files
to be removed exceeds this count, ask the user for confirmation before removing the files:
$ ls | wc -l
25
$ myrm * Remove them all
Remove 25 files (y/n)? n
files not removed
$ MAXFILES=100 myrm *
$ ls
$ All files removed
If MAXFILES is set to zero, the check should be suppressed.
2: Here are two programs called prog1 and prog2:
$ cat prog1
e1=100
export e1
e2=200
e3=300 prog2
$ cat prog2
echo $e1 $e2 $e3 $e4

$
What output would you expect after typing the following:
$ e2=20; exportOF
e2 CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ e4=40 prog1

3: Modify rolo from this chapter so that a person running the program can keep his or her
phone book file in any directory and not just in the home directory. This can be done by
requiring that the user set an exported variable called PHONEBOOK to the name of the phone
book file before executing rolo. Check to make sure that this variable is set to a valid file.
If the variable is not set, have the program assume that the phone book file is in the user's
home directory as before.
Here are some examples:
$ PHONEBOOK=/users/steve/personal lu Gregory
Gregory 973-555-0370
$ PHONEBOOK=/users/pat/phonebook lu Toritos
El Toritos 973-555-2236
In the preceding example, we assume that the user steve has been granted read access to
pat's phone book file.
Chapter 12. More on Parameters
IN THIS CHAPTER
Parameter Substitution
The $0 Variable
The set Command
The IFS Variable
The unset Command
Exercises
In this chapter, you'll learn some more about parameters. Technically, parameters include the
arguments passed to a program (the positional parameters), the special shell variables such as $#
and $?, and ordinary variables, also known as keyword parameters.
Positional parameters cannot be assigned values directly; however, they can be reassigned values
with the set command. Keyword parameters are assigned values simply by writing
variable=value
The format is a bit more general than that shown; actually, you can assign several keyword
parameters at once using the format
variable=value variable=value ...
as the following example illustrates:
$ x=100 y=200 z=50
$ echo $x $y $z
100 200 50

In the simplest form, to have the value of a parameter substituted, you simply precede the
parameter with a dollar sign, as in $i or $9.
${parameter}
If there's a potential conflict caused by the characters that follow the parameter name, you can
enclose the name inside curly braces, as in
mv $file ${file}x
This command would add an x to the end of the filename specified by $file and could not be written
as
mv $file $filex
because the shell would substitute the value of filex for the second argument.
As mentioned in Chapter 7, "Passing Arguments," to access positional parameters 10 and above, you
must enclose the number inside the curly braces, as in ${11}.
${parameter:-value}
This construct says to substitute the value of parameter if it is not null, and to substitute value
otherwise. For example, in the command line
echo Using editor ${EDITOR:-/bin/vi}
the shell substitutes the value of EDITOR if it's not null, and the value /bin/vi otherwise. It has the
same effect as writing
if [ -n "$EDITOR" ]
then
echo Using editor $EDITOR
else
echo Using editor /bin/vi
fi

The command line
${EDITOR:-/bin/ed} /tmp/edfile
starts up the program stored in the variable EDITOR (presumably a text editor), or /bin/ed if EDITOR
is null.
Here's a simple test of this construct from the terminal:
$ EDITOR=/bin/ed
$ echo ${EDITOR:-/bin/vi}
/bin/ed
$ EDITOR= Set it null
$ echo ${EDITOR:-/bin/vi}
/bin/vi
${parameter:=value}
This version is similar to the last, only if parameter is null; not only is value used, but it is also
assigned to parameter as well (note the = in the construct). You can't assign values to positional
parameters this way (that means that parameter can't be a number).
A typical use of this construct would be in testing to see whether an exported variable has been set
and, if not, setting it to a default value, as in
${PHONEBOOK:=$HOME/phonebook}
This says that if PHONEBOOK is set to some value, leave it alone; otherwise, set it to
$HOME/phonebook.
Note that the preceding example could not stand alone as a command because after the substitution
was performed the shell would attempt to execute the result:
$ PHONEBOOK=
$ ${PHONEBOOK:=$HOME/phonebook}
sh: /users/steve/phonebook: cannot execute
To use this construct as a standalone command, the null command is often employed. If you write
: $ {PHONEBOOK:=$HOME/phonebook}
the shell still does the substitution (it evaluates the rest of the command line), yet executes nothing
(the null command).
$ PHONEBOOK=
$ : ${PHONEBOOK:=$HOME/phonebook}
$ echo $PHONEBOOK See if it got assigned
/users/steve/phonebook
$ : ${PHONEBOOK:=foobar} Shouldn't change it
$ echo $PHONEBOOK
/users/steve/phonebook It didn't
$
${parameter:?value}

If parameter is not null, the shell substitutes its value; otherwise, the shell writes value to standard
error and then exits (don't worry—if it's done from your login shell, you won't be logged off). If value
is omitted, the shell writes the message
prog: parameter: OF CHM
parameter TOor
null PDF
notCONVERTER
set PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Here's an example from the terminal:
$ PHONEBOOK=
$ : ${PHONEBOOK:?"No PHONEBOOK file!"}
No PHONEBOOK file!
$ : ${PHONEBOOK:?} Don't give a value
sh: PHONEBOOK: parameter null or not set
With this construct, you can easily check to see whether a set of variables needed by a program are
all set and not null, as in
: ${TOOLS:?} ${EXPTOOLS:?} ${TOOLBIN:?}
${parameter:+value}
This one substitutes value if parameter is not null; otherwise, it substitutes nothing.
$ traceopt=T
$ echo options: ${traceopt:+"trace mode"}
options: trace mode
$ traceopt=
$ echo options: ${traceopt:+"trace mode"}
options:
The value part for any of the constructs in this section can be a command substitution; it's executed
by the shell only if its value is to be used. In
WORKDIR=${DBDIR:-$(pwd)}
WORKDIR is assigned the value of DBDIR if it's not null; otherwise, the pwd command is executed and
the result assigned to WORKDIR. pwd is executed only if DBDIR is null.
Pattern Matching Constructs

The POSIX standard shell provides four parameter substitution constructs that perform pattern
matching. Note that some older shells do not support this feature.
In each case, the construct takes two arguments: a variable name (or parameter number) and a
pattern. The shell searches through the contents of the specified variable to match the supplied
pattern. If the pattern is matched, the shell substitutes the value of the variable on the command
line, with the matching portion of the pattern deleted. If the pattern is not matched, the entire
contents of the variable are substituted on the command line. In any case, the contents of the
variable remain unchanged.
The term pattern is used here because the shell allows you to use the same pattern matching
characters that it accepts in filename substitution and case values: * to match zero or more
characters, ? to match any single character, [...] to match any single character from the specified
set, and [!...] to match any single character not in the specified set.
When you write the construct
${variable%pattern}
the shell looks inside variable to see whether it ends with the specified pattern. If it does, the
contents of variable are substituted on the command line with the shortest matching pattern
removed from the right.
If you use the construct

${variable%%pattern}
the shell once again looks inside variable to see whether it ends with pattern. This time, however, it
removes the longest matching pattern from the right. This is relevant only if the * is used in pattern.
Otherwise, the % and %% behave the same way.
The # is used in a similar way to force the pattern matching to occur on the left rather than the right.
So, the construct.
${variable#pattern}
tells the shell to substitute the value of variable on the command line, with pattern removed from the
left.
Finally, the shell construct
${variable##pattern}
works like the # form, only the longest occurrence of pattern is removed from the left.
Remember that in all four cases, no permanent changes are made to the variable itself; you are
affecting only what gets substituted on the command line. Also, remember that the pattern matches
are anchored. In the case of the % and %% constructs, the variables must end with the specified
pattern; in the case of the # and ## constructs, the variable must begin with it.
Here are some simple examples to show how these constructs work:
$ var=testcase
$ echo $var
testcase
$ echo ${var%e} Remove e from right
testcas
$ echo $var Variable is unchanged
testcase
$ echo ${var%s*e} Remove smallest match from right
testca
$ echo ${var%%s*e} Remove longest match
te
$ echo ${var#?e} Remove smallest match from left
stcase
$ echo ${var#*s} Remove smallest match from left
tcase
$ echo ${var##*s} Remove longest match from left
$ echo ${var#test} Remove test from left
case
$ echo ${var#teas} No match
testcase
There are many practical uses for these constructs, even though these examples don't seem to show
it. For example, the following tests to see whether the filename stored inside the variable file ends
in the two characters .o:
if [ ${file%.o} != $file ]
then
# file ends in .o
...
fi
As another example, here's a shell program that works just like the Unix system's basename
command:
$ cat mybasename
echo ${1##*/}
$
The program displays its argument with all the characters up to the last / removed:
$ mybasename /usr/spool/uucppublic
uucppublic
$ mybasename $HOME
steve
$ mybasename memos
memos
${#variable}
This construct gives you the ability to count the number of characters stored inside a variable. For
example,
$ text='The shell'
$ echo ${#text}
9
$
Note that some older shells do not support this feature.
Each of the parameter substitution constructs described in this section is summarized in Table A.3 in
Appendix A, "Shell Summary."
The $0 Variable
Whenever you execute a shell program, the shell automatically stores the name of the program
inside the special
UNREGISTERED variableOF
VERSION This can
$0.CHM TObe used
PDF to advantage when
CONVERTER PRO you have two or more programs
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
that are linked under different names and you want to know which one was executed. It's also useful
for displaying error messages because it removes the dependency of the filename from the program.
If the name of the program is referenced by $0, subsequently renaming the program will not require
the program to be edited:

$ cat lu
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
echo "Usage: $0 name"
exit 1
fi
name=$1
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
fi
$ PHONEBOOK=$HOME/phonebook
$ export PHONEBOOK
$ lu Teri
Teri Zak 201-555-6000
$ lu Teri Zak
Usage: lu name
$ mv lu lookup Rename it
$ lookup Teri Zak See what happens now
Usage: lookup name
$
The set Command
The shell's set command is a dual-purpose command: it's used both to set various shell options as
well as to reassign
UNREGISTERED the positional
VERSION OF CHM parameters
TO PDF $1, $2, and so forth.
The -x Option
This option turns on trace mode in the shell. It does to the current shell what the command
sh -x ctype a
did for the execution of the ctype program in Chapter 8, "Decisions, Decisions." From the point that
the
set -x
command is executed, all subsequently executed commands will be printed to standard error by the
shell, after filename, variable, and command substitution and I/O redirection have been performed.
The traced commands are preceded by plus signs.
$ x=*
$ set -x Set command trace option
$ echo $x
+ echo add greetings lu rem rolo
add greetings lu rem rolo
$ cmd=wc
+ cmd=wc
$ ls | $cmd -l
+ ls
+ wc -l
You can turn off trace mode at any time simply by executing set with the +x option:
$ set +x
+ set +x
$ ls | wc –l
5 Back to normal
You should note that the trace option is not passed down to subshells. But you can trace a subshell's
execution either by running the shell with the -x option followed by the name of the program to be
executed, as in
sh -x rolo
or you can insert a set -x command inside the file itself. In fact, you can insert any number of set
-x and set +x commands inside your program to turn trace mode on and off as desired.
set with No Arguments

If you don't give any arguments to set, you'll get an alphabetized list of all the variables that exist in
your environment, be they local or exported:
$ set Show me all variables
CDPATH=:/users/steve:/usr/spool
EDITOR=/bin/vi
HOME=/users/steve
IFS=
LOGNAME=steve
MAIL=/usr/spool/mail/steve
MAILCHECK=600
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/users/steve/bin:.:
PHONEBOOK=/users/steve/phonebook
PS1=$
PS2=>
PWD=/users/steve/misc
SHELL=/usr/bin/sh
TERM=xterm
TMOUT=0
TZ=EST5EDT
cmd=wc
x=*
Using set to Reassign Positional Parameters

There is no way to directly assign a value to a positional parameter; for example,
1=100
does not work. These parameters are initially set on execution of the shell program. The only way
they may be changed is with the shift or the set commands. If words are given as arguments to
set on the command line, those words will be assigned to the positional parameters $1, $2, and so
forth. The previous values stored in the positional parameters will be lost forever. So
set a b c
assigns a to $1, b to $2, and c to $3. $# also gets set to 3.
$ set one two three four
$ echo $1:$2:$3:$4
one:two:three:four
$ echo $# This should be 4
$ echo $* What does this reference now?
one two three four
$ for arg; do echo $arg; done
one
two
three
four
So after execution of the set, everything seems to work consistently: $#, $*, and the for loop
without a list.
set is often used in this fashion to "parse" data read from a file or the terminal. Here's a program
called words that counts the number of words typed on a line (using the shell's definition of a
"word"):
$ cat words
#
# Count words on a line
read line
set $line
echo $#
$ words Run it
Here's a line for you to count.
The program stores the line read in the shell variable line and then executes the command
set $line
This causes each word stored in line to be assigned to the positional parameters. The variable $# is
also set to the number of words assigned, which is the number of words on the line.
The -- Option
Try typing in a line to words that begins with a - and see what happens:
$ words
-1 + 5 = 4
words: -1: bad option(s)
After the line was read and assigned to line, the command
set $line
was executed. After the shell did its substitution, the command line looked like this:
set -1 + 5 = 4
When set executed, it saw the - and thought that an option was being selected, thus explaining the
error message.
Another problem with words occurs if you give it a line consisting entirely of whitespace characters,
or if the line is null:
$ words
Just Enter is pressed
CDPATH=.:/users/steve:/usr/spool
EDITOR=/bin/vi
HOME=/users/steve
IFS=
LOGNAME=steve
MAIL=/usr/spool/mail/steve
MAILCHECK=600
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/users/steve/bin:.:
PHONEBOOK=/users/steve/phonebook
PS1=$
PS2=>
PWD=/users/steve/misc
SHELL=/usr/bin/sh
TERM=xterm
TMOUT=0
TZ=EST5EDT
cmd=wc
x=*
$
To protect against both of these problems occurring, you can use the -- option to set. This tells set
not to interpret any subsequent arguments on the command line as options. It also prevents set
from displaying all your variables if no other arguments follow, as was the case when you typed a null
line.
So the set command in words should be changed to read
set -- $line
With the addition of a while loop and some integer arithmetic, the words program can be easily
modified to count the total number of words on standard input, giving you your own version of wc -
w:
$ cat words
# Count all of the words on standard input
count=0
while read line
do
set -- $line
count=$(( count + $# ))
done
echo $count
After each line is read, the set command is executed to take advantage of the fact that $# will be
assigned the number of words on the line. The -- option is supplied to set just in case any of the
lines read begins with a - or consists entirely of whitespace characters.
The value of $# is then added into the variable count, and the next line is read. When the loop is
exited, the value of count is displayed. This represents the total number of words read.
$ words < /etc/passwd
567
$ wc -w < /etc/passwd Check against wc
567
(Our version is a lot slower than wc because the latter is written in C.)
Here's a quick way to count the number of files in your directory:[1]

[1]This technique may not work on very large directories because you may exceed the limit on the length of the
command line (the precise length varies between Unix systems). Working with such directories may cause
problems when using filename substitution in other commands as well, such as echo * or for file in *.
$ set *
$ echo $#
$
This is much faster than
ls | wc -l

because the first method uses only shell built-in commands. In general, your shell programs run
much faster if you try to get as much done as you can using the shell's built-in commands.
Other Options to set

set accepts several other options, each of them enabled by preceding the option with a -, and
disabled by preceding it with a +. The -x option that we have described here is perhaps the most
commonly used. Others are summarized in Table A.9 in Appendix A.
The IFS Variable
There is a special shell variable called IFS, which stands for Internal Field Separator. The shell uses
the value of this variable when parsing input from the read command, output from command
substitution (the back-quoting mechanism), and when performing variable substitution. If it's typed
on the command line, the shell treats it like a normal whitespace character (that is, as a word
delimiter).
See what it's set to now:
$ echo "$IFS"
Well, that wasn't very illuminating! To determine the actual characters stored in there, pipe the
output from echo into the od (octal dump) command with the -b (byte display) option:
$ echo "$IFS" | od –b
0000000 040 011 012 012
0000004
The first column of numbers shown is the relative offset from the start of the input. The following
numbers are the octal equivalents of the characters read by od. The first such number is 040, which
is the ASCII value of the space character. It's followed by 011, the tab character, and then by 012,
the newline character. The next character is another newline; this was written by the echo. These
characters for IFS come as no surprise; they're the "whitespace" characters we've talked about
throughout the book.
You can change your IFS to any character or characters you want. This is useful when you want to
parse a line of data whose fields aren't delimited by the normal whitespace characters. For example,
we noted that the shell normally strips any leading whitespace characters from the beginning of any
line that you read with the read command. You can change your IFS to just a newline character
before the read is executed, which has the effect of preserving the leading whitespace (because the
shell won't consider it a field delimiter):
$ read line Try it the "old" way
Here's a line
$ echo "$line"
Here's a line
$ IFS="
> " Set it to a just a newline
$ read line Try it again
Here's a line
$ echo "$line"
Here's a line Leading spaces preserved
To change the IFS to just a newline, an open quote was typed, followed immediately by the pressing
of the Enter key, followed by the closed quote on the next line. No additional characters can be typed
inside those quotes because they'll be stored inside IFS and then used by the shell.
Now let's change the IFS to something more visible, like a colon:
$ IFS=:
$ read x y z
123:345:678
$ echo $x
123
$ echo $z
678
$ list="one:two:three"
$ for x in $list; do echo $x; done
one
two
three
$ var=a:b:c
$ echo "$var"
a:b:c
Because the IFS was changed to a colon, when the line was read, the shell divided the line into three
words: 123, 345, and 678, which were stored into the three variables x, y, and z, respectively. In the
next to last example, the shell used the IFS when substituting the value of list in the for loop. The
last example shows that the shell doesn't use the IFS when performing variable assignment.
Changing the IFS is often done in conjunction with execution of the set command:
$ line="Micro Logic Corp.:Box 174:Hackensack, NJ 07602"
$ IFS=:
$ set $line
$ echo $# How many parameters were set?
$ for field; do echo $field; done
Micro Logic Corp.
Box 174
Hackensack, NJ 07602
This technique is a powerful one; it uses all built-in shell commands, which also makes it very fast.
(An alternative approach might have been to echo the value of $line into the tr command, where
all colons could have been translated into newlines, an approach that would have been much slower.)
This technique is used in a final version of the rolo program that's presented in Chapter 14, "Rolo
Revisited."
The following program, called number2, is a final version of the line numbering program presented in
Chapter 10, "Reading and Printing Data." This program faithfully prints the input lines to standard
output, preceded by a line number. Notice the use of printf to right-align the line numbers.

$ cat number2
# Number lines from files given as argument or from

# standard input if none supplied (final version)
# Modify the IFS to preserve leading whitespace on input
IFS='
' # Just a newline appears between the quotes
lineno=1
cat $* |
while read -r line
do
printf "%5d:%s\n" $lineno "$line"
lineno=$(( lineno + 1 ))
done
Here's a sample execution of number:

$ number2 words
1:#
2:# Count all of the words on standard input
3:#
4:
5:count=0
6:while read line
7:do
8: set -- $line
9: count=$(( count + $# ))
10:done
11:
12:echo $count
Because the IFS has an influence on the way things are interpreted by the shell, if you're going to
change it in your program, it's usually wise to save the old value first in another variable (such as
OIFS) and then restore it after you've finished the operations that depend on the changed IFS.
The readonly command is used to specify variables whose values cannot be subsequently changed.
For example, VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
UNREGISTERED
readonly PATH HOME

makes the PATH and HOME variables read-only. Subsequently attempting to assign a value to these
variables causes the shell to issue an error message:
$ PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:.:
$ readonly PATH
$ PATH=$PATH:/users/steve/bin
sh: PATH: is read-only
Here you see that after the variable PATH was made read-only, the shell printed an error message
when an attempt was made to assign a value to it.
To get a list of your read-only variables, type readonly –p without any arguments: [2]
[2]
By default, Bash produces output of the form declare –r variable. To get POSIX-compliant output, you
must run Bash with the –posix command-line option or run the set command with the –o posix option.
$ readonly -p
readonly PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:.:
unset removes both exported and local shell variables.
You should be aware of the fact that the read-only variable attribute is not passed down to subshells.
Also, after a variable has been made read-only in a shell, there is no way to "undo" it.
The unset Command
Sometimes you may want to remove the definition of a variable from your environment. To do so,
you type unset
UNREGISTERED followed by
VERSION OFthe
CHMnames
TO of
PDFthe CONVERTER
variables: PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ x=100
$ echo $x
100
$ unset x Remove x from the environment
$ echo $x
You can't unset a read-only variable. Furthermore, the variables IFS, MAILCHECK, PATH, PS1, and
PS2 cannot be unset. Also, some older shells do not support the unset command.
Exercises
1: Given the following variable assignments:
$ EDITOR=/bin/vi
$ DB=
$ EDITFLAG=yes
$ PHONEBOOK=
What will be the results of the following commands?
echo ${EDITOR} echo ${DB:=/users/pat/db}
echo ${EDITOR:-/bin/ed} echo ${PHONEBOOK:?}
echo ${DB:-/users/pat/db} ed=${EDITFLAG:+${EDITOR:-/bin/ed}}
2: Rewrite the home program from Exercise 5 in Chapter 7 to use the set command and the
IFS to extract the home directory from /etc/passwd. What happens to the program if one
of the fields in the file is null, as in
Here the fifth field is null (::).
3: Using the fact that the shell construct ${#var} gives the number of characters stored in
var, rewrite wc in the shell. Be sure to use integer arithmetic! (Notes: Change your IFS
variable to just a newline character so that leading whitespace characters on input are
preserved, and also use the -r option to the shell's read command so that terminating
backslash characters on the input are ignored.)
4: Write a function called rightmatch that takes two arguments as shown:
rightmatch value pattern

where value is a sequence of one or more characters, and pattern is a shell pattern that is
to be removed from the right side of value. The shortest matching pattern should be
removed from value and the result written to standard output. Here is some sample output:
$ rightmatch OF CHM
test.c .c TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
test
$ rightmatch /usr/spool/uucppublic '/*'
/usr/spool
$ rightmatch /usr/spool/uucppublic o
/usr/spool/uucppublic
The last example shows that the rightmatch function should simply echo its first argument
if it does not end with the specified pattern.
5: Write a function called leftmatch that works similarly to the rightmatch function
developed in Exercise 4. Its two arguments should be as follows:
leftmatch pattern value
Here are some example uses:
$ leftmatch /usr/spool/ /usr/spool/uucppublic
uucppublic
$ leftmatch s. s.main.c
main.c
$
6: Write a function called substring that uses the leftmatch and rightmatch functions
developed in Exercises 4 and 5 to remove a pattern from the left and right side of a value.
It should take three arguments as shown:
$ substring /usr/ /usr/spool/uucppublic /uucppublic
spool
$ substring s. s.main.c .c
main
$ substring s. s.main.c .o Only left match
main.c
$ substring x. s.main.c .o No matches
s.main.c
7: Modify the substring, leftmatch, and rightmatch functions developed in the previous
exercises to take options that allow you to remove the largest possible matches of the
specified pattern from the left or right side of the specified value.
Chapter 13. Loose Ends
IN THIS CHAPTER
The eval Command
The wait Command
The trap
UNREGISTERED CommandOF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
VERSION
More on I/O
Functions
The type Command
Exercises
We've put commands and features into this chapter that for one reason or another did not logically fit
into earlier chapters. There's no particular rationale for their order of presentation.
The eval Command
This section describes another of the more unusual commands in the shell: eval. Its format is as
follows:
eval command-line
where command-line is a normal command line that you would type at the terminal. When you put
eval in front of it, however, the net effect is that the shell scans the command line twice before
executing it.[1] For the simple case, this really has no effect:
[1]Actually, what happens is that eval simply executes the command passed to it as arguments; so the shell
processes the command line when passing the arguments to eval, and then once again when eval executes
the command. The net result is that the command line is scanned twice by the shell.
$ eval echo hello
hello
But consider the following example without the use of eval:
$ pipe="|"
$ ls $pipe wc -l
|: No such file or directory
wc: No such file or directory
-l: No such file or directory
Those errors come from ls. The shell takes care of pipes and I/O redirection before variable
substitution, so it never recognizes the pipe symbol inside pipe. The result is that the three
arguments |, wc, and -l are passed to ls as arguments.
Putting eval in front of the command sequence gives the desired results:
$ eval ls $pipe wc –l
UNREGISTERED
16 VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
UNREGISTERED
The first timeVERSION OF CHM
the shell scans TO PDFline,
the command CONVERTER
it substitutesPRO BY value
| as the THETA-SOFTWARE
of pipe. Then eval
causes it to rescan the line, at which point the | is recognized by the shell as the pipe symbol.
The eval command is frequently used in shell programs that build up command lines inside one or
more variables. If the variables contain any characters that must be seen by the shell directly on the
command line (that is, not as the result of substitution), eval can be useful. Command terminator
(;, |, &), I/O redirection (<, >), and quote characters are among the characters that must appear
directly on the command line to have any special meaning to the shell.
For the next example, consider writing a program last whose sole purpose is to display the last
argument passed to it. You needed to get at the last argument in the mycp program in Chapter 10,
"Reading and Printing Data." There you did so by shifting all the arguments until the last one was left.
You can also use eval to get at it as shown:
$ cat last
eval echo \$$#
$ last one two three four
four
$ last * Get the last file
zoo_report
The first time the shell scans
echo \$$#
the backslash tells it to ignore the $ that immediately follows. After that, it encounters the special
parameter $#, so it substitutes its value on the command line. The command now looks like this:
echo $4
(the backslash is removed by the shell after the first scan). When the shell rescans this line, it
substitutes the value of $4 and then executes echo.
This same technique could be used if you had a variable called arg that contained a digit, for
example, and you wanted to display the positional parameter referenced by arg. You could simply
write
eval echo \$$arg
The only problem is that just the first nine positional parameters can be accessed this way; to access
positional parameters 10 and greater, you must use the ${n} construct:
eval echo \${$arg}
Here's how the eval command can be used to effectively create "pointers" to variables:
$ x=100
$ ptrx=x
$ eval echo \$$ptrx Dereference ptrx
100
$ eval $ptrx=50 Store 50 in var that ptrx points to
$ echo $x See what happened
50
$

The wait Command
If you submit a command line to the background for execution, that command line runs in a subshell
independent of your current shell (the job is said to run asynchronously). At times, you may want to
wait for the background process (also known as a child process because it's spawned from your
current shell—the parent) to finish execution before proceeding. For example, you may have sent a
large sort into the background and now want to wait for the sort to finish because you need to use
the sorted data.
The wait command is for such a purpose. Its general format is
wait process-id
where process-id is the process id number of the process you want to wait for. If omitted, the shell
waits for all child processes to complete execution. Execution of your current shell will be suspended
until the process or processes finish execution. You can try the wait command at your terminal:
$ sort big-data > sorted_data & Send it to the background
[1] 3423 Job number & process id from the shell
$ date Do some other work
Wed Oct 2 15:05:42 EDT 2002
$ wait 3423 Now wait for the sort to finish
$ When sort finishes, prompt is returned
The $! Variable
If you have only one process running in the background, then wait with no argument suffices.
However, if you're running more than one command in the background and you want to wait on a
particular one, you can take advantage of the fact that the shell stores the process id of the last
command executed in the background inside the special variable $!. So the command
wait $!
waits for the last process sent to the background to complete execution. As mentioned, if you send
several commands to the background, you can save the value of this variable for later use with wait:
prog1 &
pid1=$!
...
prog2 &
pid2=$!
...
wait $pid1 # wait for prog1 to finish
...
wait $pid2 # wait for prog2 to finish

The trap Command
When you press the Delete[2] or Break key at your terminal during execution of a shell program,
normally that program is immediately terminated, and your command prompt returned. This may not
always be desirable. For instance, you may end up leaving a bunch of temporary files that won't get
cleaned up.
[2]Some Unix systems use Ctrl+c rather than the Delete key for this purpose. You can determine which key
sequence is used with the stty command.
The pressing of the Delete key at the terminal sends what's known as a signal to the executing
program. The program can specify the action that should be taken on receipt of the signal. This is
done with the trap command, whose general format is
trap commands signals
where commands is one or more commands that will be executed whenever any of the signals
specified by signals is received.
Numbers are assigned to the different types of signals, and the more commonly used ones are
summarized in Table 13.1. A more complete list is given under the trap command in Appendix A,
"Shell Summary."
Table 13.1. Commonly Used Signal Numbers
Signal Generated for

0 Exit from the shell
1 Hangup
2 Interrupt (for example, Delete, Ctrl+c key)
15 Software termination signal (sent by kill by default)
As an example of the trap command, the following shows how you can remove some files and then
exit if someone tries to abort the program from the terminal:
trap "rm $WORKDIR/work1$$ $WORKDIR/dataout$$; exit" 2

From the point in the shell program that this trap is executed, the two files work1$$ and dataout$$
will be automatically removed if signal number 2 is received by the program. So if the user interrupts
execution of the program after this trap is executed, you can be assured that these two files will be
cleaned up. The exit that follows the rm is necessary because without it execution would continue in
the program at the point that it left off when the signal was received.
Signal number 1 is generated for hangup: Either someone intentionally hangs up the line or the line
gets accidentally disconnected. You can modify the preceding trap to also remove the two specified
files in this case by adding signal number 1 to the list of signals:
trap "rm $WORKDIR/work1$$ $WORKDIR/dataout$$; exit" 1 2
Now these files will be removed if the line gets hung up or if the Delete key gets pressed.
The commands specified to trap must be enclosed in quotes if they contain more than one
command. Also note that the shell scans the command line at the time that the trap command gets
executed and also again when one of the listed signals is received. So in the preceding example, the
value of WORKDIR and $$ will be substituted at the time that the trap command is executed. If you
wanted this substitution to occur at the time that either signal 1 or 2 was received (for example,
WORKDIR may not have been defined yet), you can put the commands inside single quotes:
trap 'rm $WORKDIR/work1$$ $WORKDIR/dataout$$; exit' 1 2
The trap command can be used to make your programs more user friendly. In the next chapter,
when we revisit the rolo program, the signal generated by the Delete key is caught by the program
and brings the user back to the main menu. In this way, this key can be used to abort the current
operation without exiting from the program.
trap with No Arguments

Executing trap with no arguments results in the display of any traps that you have changed.
$ trap 'echo logged off at $(date) >>$HOME/logoffs' 0
$ trap List changed traps
trap – 'echo logged off at $(date) >>$HOME/logoffs' EXIT
$ Ctrl+d Log off
login: steve Log back in

Password:
$ cat $HOME/logoffs See what happened
logged off at Wed Oct 2 15:11:58 EDT 2002
A trap was set to be executed whenever signal 0 was received by the shell. This signal is generated
whenever the shell is exited. Because this was set in the login shell, the trap will be taken when you
log off. The purpose of this trap is to write the time you logged off into the file $HOME/logoffs. The
command is enclosed in single quotes to prevent the shell from executing date when the trap is
defined.
The trap command is then executed with no arguments, which results in the display of the changed
action to be taken for signal 0 (EXIT). Next, steve logs off and then back on again to see whether
the trap works. Displaying the contents of $HOME/logoffs verifies that the echo command was
executed when steve logged off.
Ignoring Signals
If the command listed for trap is null, the specified signal will be ignored when received. For
example, the command
trap "" 2
specifies that the interrupt signal is to be ignored. You might want to ignore certain signals when
performing some operation that you don't want interrupted.
Note that the first argument must be specified for a signal to be ignored and is not equivalent to
writing the following, which has a separate meaning of its own:
trap 2
If you ignore a signal, all subshells also ignore that signal. However, if you specify an action to be
taken on receipt of a signal, all subshells will still take the default action on receipt of that signal. For
the signals we've described, this means that the subshells will be terminated.
Suppose that you execute the command

trap "" 2
and then execute a subshell, which in turn executes other shell programs as subshells. If an interrupt
signal is then generated, it will have no effect on the shells or subshells that are executing because
they will all ignore the signal.
If instead of executing the previous trap command you execute
trap : 2
and then execute your subshells, then on receiving the interrupt signal the current shell will do
nothing (it will execute the null command), but all active subshells will be terminated (they will take
the default action—termination).
Resetting Traps
After you've changed the default action to be taken on receipt of a signal, you can change it back
again with trap if you simply omit the first argument; so
trap 1 2
resets the action to be taken on receipt of signals 1 or 2 back to the default.

More on I/O
You know about the standard constructs <, >, and >> for input redirection, output redirection, and
output redirection with append, respectively. You also know that you can redirect standard error from
any command simply by writing
command 2> file
Sometimes you may want to explicitly write to standard error in your program. You can redirect the
standard output for a command to standard error by writing
command >& 2
The notation >& specifies output redirection to a file associated with the file descriptor that follows.
File descriptor 0 is standard input, descriptor 1 is standard output, and descriptor 2 is standard error.
Note that no space is permitted between the > and the &.
So to write an error message to standard error, you write
echo "Invalid number of arguments" >& 2
Frequently, you may want to collect the standard output and the standard error output from a
program into the same file. If you know the name of the file, this is straightforward enough:
command >foo 2>>foo
Here, both the standard output and the standard error output from command will be written to foo.
You can also write
command >foo 2>&1

to achieve the same effect; standard output is redirected to foo, and standard error is redirected to
standard output (which has already been redirected to foo). Note that because the shell evaluates
redirection from left to right on the command line, the last example cannot be written

command 2>&1 > foo
because this would first redirect standard error to standard output (your terminal by default) and
then standardVERSION
UNREGISTERED output to foo.
You recall that you can also dynamically redirect standard input or output in a program using the
exec command:
exec < datafile
redirects standard input from the file datafile. Subsequent commands executed that read from
standard input will read from datafile instead. The command
exec > /tmp/output
does the same thing with standard output: All commands that subsequently write to standard output
will write to /tmp/output (unless explicitly redirected elsewhere). Naturally, standard error can be
reassigned this way as well:
exec 2> /tmp/errors
Here, all output to standard error will go to /tmp/errors.
<&- and >&-

The characters >&- have the effect of closing standard output. If preceded by a file descriptor, the
associated file is closed instead. So writing (the impractical)
ls >&-
causes the output from ls to go nowhere because standard output is closed by the shell before ls is
executed.
The same thing applies for input using <&-.
$ wc <&-
0 0 0
Inline Input Redirection

If the << characters follow a command in the format
command <<word
the shell uses the lines that follow as the standard input for command, until a line that contains just
word is found. Here's a small example at the terminal:
$ wc -l <<ENDOFDATA Use lines up to ENDOFDATA as standard input
> here's a line
> and another
> and yet another
> ENDOFDATA
Here the shell fed every line typed into the standard input of wc until it encountered the line
containing just ENDOFDATA.
Inline input redirection is a powerful feature when used inside shell programs. It lets you specify the
standard input to a command directly in the program, thus obviating the need to write it into a
separate file first, or to use echo to get it into the standard input of the command.

$ cat mailmsg
mail $* <<END-OF-DATA
UNREGISTERED
Attention: VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Our monthly computer users group meeting
will take place on Friday, October 4, 2002 at
8am in Room 1A-308. Please try to attend.
END-OF-DATA
To execute this program for all members of the group that are contained in the file users_list, you
could write
mailmsg $(cat users_list)
The shell performs parameter substitution for the redirected input data, executes back-quoted
commands, and recognizes the backslash character. However, any other special characters, such as
*, |, and ", are ignored. If you have dollar signs, back quotes, or backslashes in these lines that you
don't want interpreted by the shell, you can precede them with a backslash character. Alternatively, if
you want the shell to leave the input lines completely untouched, you can precede the word that
follows the << with a backslash.
$ cat <<FOOBAR
> $HOME
> *****
> \$foobar
> `date`
> FOOBAR Terminates the input
/users/steve
*****
$foobar
Wed Oct 2 15:23:15 EDT 2002
Here the shell supplies all the lines up to FOOBAR as the input to cat. It substitutes the value for HOME
but not for foobar because it's preceded by a backslash. The date command is also executed
because back quotes are interpreted.
$ cat <<\FOOBAR
> \\\\
> `date`
> $HOME
> FOOBAR
\\\\
`date`
$HOME
The backslash before FOOBAR tells the shell to leave the following lines alone. So it ignores the dollar
signs, backslashes, and back quotes.
Use care when selecting the word that follows the <<. Generally, just make sure that it's weird
enough so that the chances of it accidentally appearing in the following lines are remote.
If the first character that follows the << is a dash (-), leading tab characters in the input will be
removed by the shell. This is useful for visually indenting the redirected text.
$ cat <<-END
> Indented lines

> So there you have it
> END
Indented lines
So there you have it
Shell Archives
One of the best uses of the inline input redirection feature is for creating shell archive files. With this
technique, one or more related shell programs can be put into a single file and then shipped to
someone else using the standard Unix mail commands. When the archive is received, it can be easily
"unpacked" by simply running the shell on it.
For example, here's an archived version of the lu, add, and rem programs used by rolo:
$ cat rolosubs
# Archived programs used by rolo.
echo Extracting lu
cat >lu <<\THE-END-OF-DATA
#
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
exit 1
fi
name=$1
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
fi
THE-END-OF-DATA
echo Extracting add
cat >add <<\THE-END-OF-DATA
# Program to add someone to the phonebook file
if [ "$#" -ne 2 ]
then

echo "Usage: add name number"
exit 1
fi

echo "$1 $2" >> $PHONEBOOK
THE-END-OF-DATA
echo Extracting rem
cat >rem <<\THE-END-OF-DATA
if [ "$#" -ne 1 ]
then
exit 1
fi
name=$1
#
matches=$(grep "$name" $PHONEBOOK | wc –l)
then
then
grep -v "$name" $PHONEBOOK > /tmp/phonebook
mv /tmp/phonebook $PHONEBOOK
else
fi
THE-END-OF-DATA
To be complete, this archive should probably include rolo as well, but we didn't here to conserve
space.
Now you have one file, rolosubs, that contains the source for the three programs lu, add, and rem,
which can be sent to someone else using mail:
$ mail tony@aisystems.com < rolosubs Mail the archive
$ mail tony@aisystems.com Mail tony a message

Tony,
I mailed you a shell archive containing the programs
lu, add, and rem. rolo itself will be sent along shortly.
Pat
Ctrl+d

When tony receives the file in his mail, he can extract the three programs simply by running the shell
on the file (after having first removed some header lines that mail sticks at the beginning of the file):
$ sh rolosubs
Extracting lu
Extracting add
Extracting rem
$ ls lu add rem
add
lu
rem
The shar program used to create the rolosubs archive file is simple:
$ cat shar
# Program to create a shell archive
# from a set of files
#
echo "#"
echo "# To restore, type sh archive"
echo "#"
for file
do
echo
echo "echo Extracting $file"
echo "cat >$file <<\THE-END-OF-DATA
cat $file
echo "THE-END-OF-DATA"
done
Refer to the contents of the rolosubs file when studying the operation of this shar program.
Remember, shar actually creates a shell program.
More sophisticated archiving programs allow entire directories to be archived and also check to make
sure that no data is lost in the transmission (see Exercises 2 and 3 at the end of this chapter). The
Unix sum command can be used to generate a checksum for a program. This checksum can be
generated on the sending end for each file in the archive, and then commands included in the shell
archive can verify the sum on the receiving end. If they don't match, an error message can be
displayed.
Functions
The POSIX standard shell supports the concept of functions; note that older shells may not support
this feature. VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
UNREGISTERED
To define a function, you use the general format:
name () { command; ... command; }

where name is the name of the function, the parentheses denote to the shell that a function is being
defined, and the commands enclosed between the curly braces define the body of the function. These
commands will be executed whenever the function is executed. Note that at least one whitespace
character must separate the { from the first command, and that a semicolon must separate the last
command from the closing brace if they occur on the same line.
The following defines a function called nu that displays the number of logged-in users:
nu () { who | wc -l; }
You execute a function the same way you execute an ordinary command: simply by typing its name
to the shell:
$ nu
22
Arguments listed after the function on the command line are assigned to the positional parameters
$1, $2, ..., just as with any other command. Here's a function called nrrun that runs tbl, nroff,
and lp on the file given as its argument:
$ nrrun () { tbl $1 | nroff -mm -Tlp | lp; }
$ nrrun memo1 Run it on memo1

Functions exist only in the shell in which they're defined; that is, they can't be passed down to
subshells. Further, because the function is executed in the current shell, changes made to the current
directory or to variables remain after the function has completed execution:
$ db () {
> PATH=$PATH:/uxn2/data
> PS1=DB:
> cd /uxn2/data
> }
$ db Execute it
DB:
As you see, a function definition can continue over as many lines as necessary. The shell displays
your secondary command prompt until you close the definition with the }.
You can put definitions for commonly used functions inside your .profile so that they'll be available
whenever you log in. Alternatively, you can group the definitions in a file, say myfuncs, and then
execute the file in the current shell by typing
. myfuncs
This has the effect of causing any functions defined inside myfuncs to be read in and defined to the
current shell.
The following function, called mycd, takes advantage of the fact that functions are run in the current
environment. It mimics the operation of the Korn shell's cd command, which has the capability to
substitute portions of the current directory's path with something else (see the discussion of cd in
Chapter 15, "Interactive and Nonstandard Shell Features," for more details).
$ cat myfuncs See what's inside

#
# new cd function:
# mycd dir Switches dir
# mycd old new Substitute new for old in current directory's path
#
mycd ()
{
if [ $# -le 1 ]
then
# normal case -- 0 or 1 argument
cd $1
elif [ $# -eq 2 ]
then
# special case -- substitute $2 for $1
cd $(echo $PWD | sed "s|$1|$2|")
else
# cd can't have more than two arguments
echo mycd: bad argument count
exit 1
fi
$ . myfuncs Read in definition
$ pwd
/users/steve
$ mycd /users/pat Change directory

$ pwd Did it work?
/users/pat
$ mycd pat tony Substitute tony for pat
$ pwd
/users/tony
After a function has been defined, its execution will be faster than an equivalent shell program file.
That's because the shell won't have to search the disk for the program, open the file, and read its
contents into memory.
Another advantage of functions is the capability to group all your related shell programs in a single
file if desired. For example, the add, lu, and rem programs from Chapter 11, "Your Environment,"
can be defined as functions inside rolo. The template for such an approach is shown:
$ cat rolo
# rolo program written in function form
# Function to add someone to the phonebook file
add () {
# put commands from add program here
#
# Function to look someone up in the phone book
lu () {
# put commands from lu program here

#
# Function to remove someone from the phone book
rem () {
# put commands from rem program here
# put commands from rolo here
None of the commands inside the original add, lu, rem, or rolo programs would have to be changed.
These first three programs are turned into functions by including them inside rolo, sandwiched
between the function header and the closing curly brace. Note that defining them as functions this
way now makes them inaccessible as standalone commands.
Removing a Function Definition
To remove the definition of a function from the shell, you use the unset command with the –f option.
This is the same command you use to remove the definition of a variable to the shell.
$ unset –f nu
$ nu
sh: nu: not found
The return Command

If you execute an exit command from inside a function, its effect is not only to terminate execution
of the function but also of the shell program that called the function. If you instead want to just
terminate execution of the function, you can use the return command, whose format is
return n
The value n is used as the return status of the function. If omitted, the status returned is that of the
last command executed. This is also what gets returned if you don't execute a return at all in your
function. The return status is in all other ways equivalent to the exit status: You can access its value
through the shell variable $?, and you can also test it in if, while, and until commands.
The type Command
When you type in the name of a command to execute, it's frequently useful to know where that
command is coming
UNREGISTERED VERSION from.OFIn CHM
other words,
TO PDF is the command actually
CONVERTER PRO BY defined as a function? Is it a shell
THETA-SOFTWARE
program? Is it a shell built-in? Is it a standard Unix command? This is where the type command
comes in handy. The type command takes one or more command names as its argument and tells
you what it knows about it. Here are some examples:

$ nu () { who | wc -l; }
$ type pwd
pwd is a shell builtin
$ type troff
troff is /usr/bin/troff
$ type cat
cat is /bin/cat
$ type nu
nu is a function
$
Exercises
1: Using eval, write a program called recho that prints its arguments in reverse order. So
recho one two three
should produce
three two one
Assume that more than nine arguments can be passed to the program.
2: Modify the shar program presented in this chapter to handle directories. shar should
recognize input files from different directories and should make sure that the directories are
created if necessary when the archive is unpacked. Also allow shar to be used to archive an
entire directory.
$ ls rolo
lu
add
rem
rolo
$ shar rolo/lu rolo/add rolo/rem > rolosubs.shar
$ shar rolo > rolo.shar
In the first case, shar was used to archive three files from the rolo directory. In the last
case, shar was used to archive the entire rolo directory.
3: Modify shar to include in the archive the character count for each file and commands to
compare the count of each extracted file against the count of the original file. If a
discrepancy occurs, an error should be noted, as in
add: expected 345 characters, extracted 343.

Chapter 14. Rolo Revisited
IN THIS CHAPTER
rolo
add
lu
display
rem
change
listall
Sample Output
Exercises
This chapter presents a final version of the rolo program. This version is enhanced with additional
options and also allows for more general types of entries (other than just names and numbers). The
sections in this chapter discuss the individual programs in rolo, starting with rolo itself. At the end
of this chapter, sample output is shown.
A more practical type of rolodex program would permit more than just the names and numbers to be
stored in the phone
UNREGISTERED VERSIONbook.OF
You'd
CHMprobably
TO PDFwant to keep addresses
CONVERTER PRO(maybe even electronic mail
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
addresses) there as well. The new rolo program allows entries in the phone book to consist of
multiple lines. For example, a typical entry might be
Steve's Ice Cream

444 6th Avenue
New York City 10003
212-555-3021
To increase the flexibility of the program, we're allowing an individual entry to contain as many lines
as desired. So another entry in the phone book might read
YMCA
(201) 555-2344
To logically separate one entry from the next inside the phone book file, each entry is "packed" into a
single line. This is done by replacing the terminating newline characters in an entry with a special
character. We arbitrarily chose the caret ^. The only restriction here is that this character not be
used as part of the entry itself.
Using this technique, the first entry shown would be stored in the phone book file as
Steve's Ice Cream^444 6th Avenue^New York City 10003^212-555-3021^
and the second entry shown as
YMCA^(201) 555-2344^
You'll shortly see how convenient it becomes to process the entries when they're stored in this
format. Now we'll describe each program written for the rolodex program.
rolo
#
# rolo - rolodex program to look up, add,
# remove and change entries from the phone book
#
# Set PHONEBOOK to point to the phone book file
# and export it so other progs know about it
# if it's set on entry, then leave it alone
: ${PHONEBOOK:=$HOME/phonebook}
export PHONEBOOK
if [ ! -e "$PHONEBOOK" ]
then
echo "$PHONEBOOK does not exist!"
echo "Should I create it for you (y/n)? \c"
read answer
if [ "$answer" != y ]
then
exit 1
fi
> $PHONEBOOK || exit 1 # exit if the creation fails
fi
if [ "$#" -ne 0 ]
then
lu "$@"
exit
fi
# Set trap on interrupt (DELETE key) to continue the loop
trap "continue" 2
# Loop until user selects 'exit'
while true
do
#
# Display menu

echo '
Would you like to:

1. Look someone up
4. Change an entry in the phone book
5. List all names and numbers in the phone book
6. Exit this program
read choice
echo
case "$choice"
in
read name
if [ -z "$name" ]
then
echo "Lookup ignored"
else
lu "$name"
fi;;
2) add;;
3) echo "Enter name to remove: \c"
read name
if [ -z "$name" ]
then
echo "Removal ignored"
else
rem "$name"
fi;;
4) echo "Enter name to change: \c"
read name
if [ -z "$name" ]
then
echo "Change ignored"
else
change "$name"
fi;;
5) listall;;
6) exit 0;;
*) echo "Bad choice\a";;
esac
done

Instead of requiring that the user have a phone book file in his or her home directory, the program
checks on startup to see whether the variable PHONEBOOK has been set. If it has, it's assumed that it
contains the name of the phone book file. If it hasn't, it's set to $HOME/phonebook as the default. In
either case, the program then checks to see whether the file exists, and if it doesn't, instead of
immediately exiting, asks the user whether he would like to have an initial file created. This was
added so that first-time users of rolo can have an empty phone book file created for them by the
program.
This version of rolo also has a couple of new items added to the menu. Because individual entries
can be rather long, an editing option has been added to allow you to edit a particular entry. Formerly,
the only way to change an entry was to first remove it and then add a new one, a strategy that was
perfectly acceptable when the entries were small.
Another option allows for listing of the entire phone book. With this option, just the first and last lines
of each entry are displayed. This assumes that the user follows some convention such as putting the
name on the first line and the number on the last.
The entire menu selection process was placed inside a while loop so that rolo will continue to
display menus until the "exit" option is picked from the menu.
A trap command is executed before the loop is entered. This trap specifies that a continue
command is to be executed if signal number 2 is received. So if the user presses the Delete key in
the middle of an operation (such as listing the entire phone book), the program won't exit but will
abort the current operation and simply continue with the loop. This will result in the redisplay of the
menu.
Because entries can now span as many lines as desired, the action performed when add is selected
has been changed. Instead of asking for the name and number, rolo executes the add program to
get the entry from the user.
For the lookup, change, and remove options, a check is made to ensure that the user doesn't simply
press the Enter key when asked to type in the name. This avoids the RE error that grep issues if it's
given a null first argument.
Now let's look at the individual programs that rolo executes. Each of the original programs has been
changed to accommodate the new entry format and also to be more user friendly.
add
# Program to add someone to the phonebook file
echo "Type in your new entry"
echo "When you're done, type just a single Enter on the line."
first=
entry=
while true
do
echo ">> \c"
read line
if [ -n "$line" ]
then
entry="$entry$line^"
if [ -z "$first" ]
then
first=$line
fi
else
break
fi
done
echo "$entry" >> $PHONEBOOK

echo
echo "$first has been added to the phone book"
This program adds an entry to the phone book. It continually prompts the user to enter lines until a
line with just an Enter is typed (that is, a null line). Each line that is entered is concatenated to the
variable entry, with the special ^ character used to logically separate one line from the next.
When the while loop is exited, the new entry is added to the end of the phone book, and the file is
sorted.
lu
name=$1
grep "$name" $PHONEBOOK > /tmp/matches$$
if [ ! -s /tmp/matches$$ ]
then
echo "I can't find $name in the phone book"
else
# Display each of the matching entries
while read line
do
display "$line"
done < /tmp/matches$$
fi
rm /tmp/matches$$
This is the program to look up an entry in the phone book. The matching entries are written to the
file /tmp/matches$$. If the size of this file is zero, no match was found. Otherwise, the program
enters a loop to read each line from the file (remember an entry is stored as a single line in the file)
and then display it at the terminal. A program called display is used for this purpose. This program
is also used by the rem and change programs to display entries at the terminal.

display
# Display entry from the phonebook
echo
echo "--------------------------------------"
entry=$1
IFS="^"
set $entry
for line in "$1" "$2" "$3" "$4" "$5" "$6"
do
printf "| %-34.34s |\n" $line
done
echo "| o o |"
echo "--------------------------------------"
echo
As noted, this program displays an entry passed as its argument. To make the output more
aesthetically pleasing, the program actually "draws" a rolodex card. So typical output from display
would look like this:
--------------------------------------
| Steve's Ice Cream |
| 444 6th Avenue |
| New York City 10003 |
| 212-555-3021 |
| |
| |
| o o |
--------------------------------------
After skipping a line and then displaying the top of the card, display changes IFS to ^ and then
executes the set command to assign each "line" to a different positional parameter. For example, if
entry is equal to
Steve's Ice Cream^444 6th Avenue^New York City 10003^212-555-3021^
executing the set command assigns Steve's Ice Cream to $1, 444 6th Avenue to $2, New York
City 10003 to $3, and 212-555-3021 to $4.
After executing the set, the program enters a for loop that will be executed exactly six times, no
matter how many lines are contained in the entry (this ensures uniformity of our rolodex cards—the
program can be easily modified to "draw" larger-sized cards if needed). If the set command was
executed on Steve's Ice Cream as shown previously, $5 and $6 would be null, thus resulting in two
blank lines to "fill out" the bottom of the card.
The printf command displays a line exactly 38 characters wide: the leading | followed by a space
followed by the first 34 characters of $line followed by a space and a |.
rem
name=$1
# Get matching entries and save in temp file
then
exit 1
fi
# Display matching entries one at a time and confirm removal
while read line

do
display "$line"
echo "Remove this entry (y/n)? \c"
read answer < /dev/tty

if [ "$answer" = y ]
then
break
fi
rm /tmp/matches$$
then
if grep -v "^$line$" $PHONEBOOK > /tmp/phonebook$$
then
mv /tmp/phonebook$$ $PHONEBOOK
echo "Selected entry has been removed"
else
echo "Entry not removed"
fi
fi
The rem program collects all matching entries into a temporary file. If the size of the file is zero, no
match was found and an appropriate message is issued. Otherwise, for each matching entry, the
program displays the entry and asks the user whether that entry is to be removed. This provides
reassurance to the user that the entry the user intends to remove is the same one that the program
intends to remove, even in the single match case.
After a y has been typed to the program, a break command is executed to exit from the loop.
Outside the loop, the program tests the value of answer to determine how the loop was exited. If its
value is not equal to y, then the user doesn't want to remove an entry after all (for whatever
reason). Otherwise, the program proceeds with the removal by greping out all lines but the desired
one (and here the pattern specified to grep is made to match only entire lines by anchoring it to the
start and end of the line).
change
#
# Change an entry in the phone book

name=$1
# Get matching entries and save in temp file
then
exit 1
fi
# Display matching entries one at a time and confirm change
while read line
do
display "$line"
echo "Change this entry (y/n)? \c"
read answer < /dev/tty
then
break
fi
rm /tmp/matches$$
if [ "$answer" != y ]
then
exit
fi
# Start up editor on the confirmed entry
echo "$line\c" | tr '^' '\012' > /tmp/ed$$
echo "Enter changes with ${EDITOR:=/bin/ed}"
trap "" 2 # don't abort if DELETE hit while editing
$EDITOR /tmp/ed$$
#
# Remove old entry now and insert new one
#
grep -v "^$line$" $PHONEBOOK > /tmp/phonebook$$
{ tr '\012' '^' < /tmp/ed$$; echo; } >> /tmp/phonebook$$

# last echo was to put back trailing newline translated by tr
sort /tmp/phonebook$$ -o $PHONEBOOK
rm /tmp/ed$$ /tmp/phonebook$$
The change program allows the user to edit an entry in the phone book. The initial code is virtually
identical to rem: it finds the matching entries and then prompts the user to select the one to be
changed.
The selected entry is then written into the temporary file /tmp/ed$$, with the ^ characters translated
to newlines. This "unfolds" the entry into separate lines for convenient editing. The program then
displays the message
echo "Enter changes with ${EDITOR:=/bin/ed}"
which serves a dual purpose: It tells the user what editor will be used to make the change while at
the same time setting the variable EDITOR to /bin/ed if it's not already set. This technique allows the
user to use his or her preferred editor by simply assigning its name to the variable EDITOR and
exporting it before executing rolo:
$ EDITOR=vi; export EDITOR; rolo
The signal generated by the Delete key (2) is ignored so that if the user presses this key while in the
editor, the change program won't abort. The editor is then started to allow the user to edit the entry.
After the user makes his changes, writes the file, and quits the editor, control is given back to
change. The old entry is then removed from the phone book with grep, and the modified entry is
converted into the special internal format with tr and tacked onto the end. An extra newline
character must be added here to make sure that a real newline is stored in the file after the entry.
This is done with an echo with no arguments.
The phone book file is then sorted, and the temporary files removed.
listall
#
# list all of the entries in the phone book

IFS='^' # to be used in set command below
echo "-----------------------------------------------------"
while read line
do
# Get the first and last fields, presumably names and numbers
set $line
# display 1st and last fields (in reverse order!)
eval printf "\"%-40.40s %s\\n\"" "\"$1\"" "\"\${$#}\""
done < $PHONEBOOK
echo "-----------------------------------------------------"
The listall program lists all entries in the phone book, printing just the first and last lines of each
entry. The internal field separator characters (IFS) is set to a ^, to be used later inside the loop. Each
line from the phone book file is then read and assigned to the variable line. The set command is
used to assign each field to the positional parameters.
The trick now is to get the value of the first and last positional parameters because that's what we
want to display. The first one is easy because it can be directly referenced as $1. To get the last one,
you use eval as you saw in Chapter 13, "Loose Ends." The command
eval echo \${$#}
has the effect of displaying the value of the last positional parameter. The command
eval printf "\"%-40.40s %-s\\n\"" "\"$1\"" "\"\${$#}\""
gets evaluated to
printf "%-40.40s %-s\n" "Steve's Ice Cream" "${4}"
using the entry shown previously as the example, and then the shell rescans the line to substitute the
value of ${4} before executing printf.
Sample Output
Now it's time to see how rolo works. We'll start with an empty phone book and add a few entries to
it. Then we'll VERSION
UNREGISTERED list all the entries,
OF CHM lookTO
up PDF
a particular one, and change
CONVERTER PRO BY one (using the default editor
THETA-SOFTWARE
ed—remember that the variable EDITOR can always be set to a different editor and then exported).
To conserve space, we'll show only the full menu that rolo displays the first time.
$ PHONEBOOK=/users/steve/misc/book
$ export PHONEBOOK
$ rolo Start it up
/users/steve/misc/book does not exist!
Should I create it for you (y/n)? y
Would you like to:
1. Look someone up
4. Change an entry in the phone book
5. List all names and numbers in the phone book
6. Exit this program
Type in your new entry
When you're done, type just a single Enter on the line.
>> Steve's Ice Cream

>> 444 6th Avenue
>> New York City 10003
>> 212-555-3021
>>
Steve's Ice Cream has been added to the phone book
Would you like to:
...
>> YMCA
>> 973-555-2344
>>
YMCA has been added to the phone book
Would you like to:
...
>> Maureen Connelly
>> Hayden Book Companu

>> 10 Mulholland Drive
>> Hasbrouck Heights, N.J. 07604
>> 201-555-6000
>>
Maureen Connelly has been added to the phone book

Would you like to:
...
>> Teri Zak
>> Hayden Book Company
>> (see Maureen Connelly for address)
>> 201-555-6060
>>
Teri Zak has been added to the phone book
Would you like to:
...

-----------------------------------------------------------
Maureen Connelly 201-555-6000
Steve's Ice Cream 212-555-3021
Teri Zak 201-555-6060
YMCA 973-555-2344
-----------------------------------------------------------
Would you like to:
...
Enter name to look up: Maureen
-------------------------------------
| Maureen Connelly |
| Hayden Book Companu |
| 10 Mulholland Drive |
| Hasbrouck Heights, NJ 07604 |
| 201-555-6000 |
| o o |
-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------
| Teri Zak |
| Hayden Book Company |

| (see Maureen Connelly for address)|
| 201-555-6060 |
| |
| o o |
-------------------------------------
Would you like to:

...
Enter name to change: Maureen
-------------------------------------
| Maureen Connelly |
| Hayden Book Companu |
| 10 Mulholland Drive |
| Hasbrouck Heights, NJ 07604 |
| 201-555-6000 |
| o o |
-------------------------------------
Change this person (y/n)? y
Enter changes with /bin/ed
101
1,$p
Maureen Connelly
Hayden Book Companu
10 Mulholland Drive
Hasbrouck Heights, NJ 07604
201-555-6000
2s/anu/any Change the misspelling
Hayden Book Company
101
Would you like to:
...
The only function not tested here is removal of an entry.
Hopefully this example has given you some insight on how to develop larger shell programs, and how
to use the many different programming tools provided by the system. Other than the shell built-ins,
rolo relies on tr, grep, an editor, sort, and the standard file system commands such as mv and rm
to get the job done. The simplicity and elegance that enable you to easily tie all these tools together
account for the deserved popularity of the Unix system.
See Appendix B for more information on downloading the rolo programs.
Chapter 15, "Interactive and Nonstandard Shell Features," introduces you to interactive features of
the shell and two shells that have some nice features not found in the POSIX standard shell.
Exercises
1: ModifyVERSION
UNREGISTERED rolo so that
OFupper-
CHMandTO lowercase letters are not
PDF CONVERTER PROdistinguished when doing a lookup
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
in the phone book.
Add a -m command-line option to rolo to send mail to the person who follows on the
2:
command line. Have rolo look up the person in the phone book and then look for the string
mail:mailaddr in the matching entry, where mailaddr is the person's mail address. Then
start up
UNREGISTERED an editor OF
VERSION (as in
CHMchange
TO mode) to allow the user
PDF CONVERTER PRO to enter the mail message. When
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
the editing is complete, mail the message to the user. If no mail address is found in the
phone book, prompt for it.
Also add a mail option to the menu so that it can be selected interactively. Prompt for the
name of the person to send mail to.
3: After adding the -m option, add a -f option to specify that the mail message is to be taken
from the file that follows on the command line. So
rolo -m tony -f memo
should look up tony and mail him the contents of the file memo.
4: Can you think of other ways to use rolo? For example, can it be used as a small general-
purpose database program (for example, for storing recipes or employee data)?
5: Modify rolo to use the following convention instead of the exported PHONEBOOK variable:
the file .rolo in each rolo user's home directory contains the pathname to that user's
phone book file, for example:
$ cat $HOME/.rolo
/users/steve/misc/phonebook
Then add an option to rolo to allow you to look up someone in another user's phone book
(provided that you have read access to it). This option should be added to the command
line (as a -u option) as well as to the menu. For example,
$ rolo -u pat Pizza
would look up Pizza in pat's phone book, no matter who is running rolo. The program
can find pat's phone book by looking at .rolo in pat's home directory.
6: What happens with rolo if the user adds an entry containing a ^ or [ character?
7: Add a –s (send) option to rolo to mail a rolodex entry to a specified user. So
$ rolo –s tom pizza
should send the rolodex card entry for pizza to the user tom.
Chapter 15. Interactive and Nonstandard
Shell Features
IN THIS CHAPTER
UNREGISTERED
The ENVVERSION
File OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
Command History
The emacs Line Edit Mode
Functions
Integer Arithmetic
The alias Command
Arrays
Job Control
Exercises
In this chapter you'll learn about shell features that are either useful to interactive users or not part
of the POSIX shell standard. These features are available in Bash and the Korn shell, the two most
commonly available POSIX-compliant shells.
The Korn shell was developed by David Korn of AT&T Bell Laboratories. It was designed to be
"upward compatible" with the System V Bourne shell and the POSIX standard shell. It is available in
the standard Unix distributions from Sun, HP, and IBM, and is the default shell on MIPS workstations.
Bash (short for Bourne-Again Shell) was developed by Brian Fox for the Free Software Foundation. It
was also designed to be upward compatible with the System V Bourne shell and the POSIX standard
shell, and also contains many extensions from the Korn and C shells. Bash is the standard shell on
Linux systems.
Except for a few minor differences, Bash and the Korn shell provide all the POSIX standard shell's
features, as well as many new ones. To give you an idea of the compatibility of these shells with the
POSIX standard, all shell programs in the previous chapters work under both Bash and the Korn
shell.
We'll note any nonstandard features that we discuss in this chapter, and Table 15.4 at the end of this
chapter lists the features supported by the different shells.
Most shells follow a convention that allows you to select a specific program to run a file. If the first
two characters
UNREGISTERED on the first
VERSION OFline of a TO
CHM file are
PDF #!, the remainder PRO
CONVERTER of theBY
lineTHETA-SOFTWARE
specifies an interpreter for
the file. So
#!/usr/bin/ksh
specifies the Korn shell and
#!/usr/bin/bash
specifies Bash. If you use constructs specific to one shell, you can use this feature to force that shell
to run your programs, avoiding compatibility problems.
Note that you can put any program you want here, so a Perl program beginning with
#!/usr/bin/perl
forces the shell to execute /usr/bin/perl on it.
You have to use this feature with caution, however, because many programs, such as Perl, don't
reside in a standard place on every Unix system. Also, this is not a feature specified by the POSIX
standard, even though it's found in every modern shell we've seen and is even implemented at the
operating system level on many Unix versions.
The ENV File
When you start the shell, one of the first things it does is look in your environment for a variable
called ENV. If it finds it, the file specified by ENV will be executed, much like the profile is executed
when logging in. The ENV file usually contains commands to set up the shell's environment.
Throughout this chapter, we'll mention various things that you may want to put into this file.
If you do decide to have an ENV file, you should set and export the ENV variable inside your .profile
file:
$ cat .profile
...
ENV=$HOME/.alias
export ENV
...
For Bash users, the ENV file is read only when Bash is invoked with the name sh or with the --posix
command-line option, or after set –o posix is executed (all of which force POSIX standard
compliance). By default, when a noninteractive Bash shell is started (for example, when you run a
shell program), it reads commands from the file specified by the BASH_ENV environment variable, and
when an interactive Bash shell is started (for example, by typing bash at the command prompt), it
doesn't.
You should also set and export inside your .profile file a variable called SHELL.
$ cat .profile
...
SHELL=/usr/bin/ksh
export SHELL
...
$
This variable is used by certain applications (such as vi) to determine what shell to start up when
you execute a shell escape. In such cases, you want to make sure that each time you start up a new
shell, you get the shell you want and not an older Bourne shell.

Line edit mode is a feature of the shell that allows you to edit a command line using built-in
commands that mimic those found in two popular screen editors. The POSIX standard shell provides
the capability to mimic vi; however, both Bash and the Korn shell also support an emacs line edit
mode. We list the complete set of vi commands in Table A.4 in Appendix A, "Shell Summary."
If you've used either of these screen editors, you'll find that the built-in line editors in the shell are
faithful reproductions of their full-screen counterparts. If you've never used a screen editor, don't be
intimidated. This capability is one of the most useful features in the shell. In fact, after learning how
to use one of the shell's built-in editors, you'll be able to learn vi or emacs with little effort.
To turn on a line edit mode, you use the set command with the -o mode option, where mode is
either vi or emacs:
$ set -o vi Turn on vi mode
Note that you can put this in your .profile or ENV file to automatically start up the shell with one of
the edit modes turned on.
Command History
As we said before, the shell keeps a history of previously entered commands. Each time you press
the Enter keyVERSION
UNREGISTERED to execute OF
a command,
CHM TOthat PDF command gets added
CONVERTER PROto BY
the THETA-SOFTWARE
end of this history list. This
command list is actually stored inside a file, which means that you can access previously entered
commands across login sessions. By default, the history list is kept in a file in your home directory
under the name .sh_history (.bash_history for Bash, unless it is started with the --posix
option). You can change this filename to anything you want by setting the variable HISTFILE to the
name of your history file. This variable can be set and exported in your .profile file.
Naturally, there is a limit to the number of commands the shell records. The default value of this limit
varies by implementation, but the POSIX standard requires it to be at least 128; the default value for
the Korn shell is 128; the default value for Bash is 500. Each time you log in, the shell automatically
truncates your history file to this length.
You can control the size of your history file through the HISTFILE variable. You may find that the
default size isn't adequate for your needs, in which case you may want to set the HISTFILE variable
to a larger value, such as 500 or 1000. The value you assign to HISTSIZE can be set and exported in
your .profile file:
$ cat .profile
...
HISTSIZE=500
export HISTSIZE
...
Be reasonable about the values that you assign to HISTSIZE. The larger the value, the more disk
space you will need to store the history file, and the longer it will take the shell to search through the
entire history file.
After turning on the vi line editor, you will be placed in input mode. You probably won't even notice
anything different about input mode because you can type in and execute commands almost the
same as before you started the vi line editor:
$ set -o vi
$ echo hello
hello
$ pwd
/users/pat
To make use of the line editor, you must enter command mode by pressing the ESCAPE or Esc key,
usually in the upper-left corner of the keyboard. When you enter command mode, the cursor moves
to the left one space, to the last character typed in. The current character is whatever character the
cursor is on; we'll say more about the current character in a moment. When in command mode, you
can enter vi commands. Note that vi commands are not followed by an Enter.
One problem often encountered when typing in long commands is that you may notice an error in a
command line after you finish typing it in. Invariably, the error is at the beginning of the line. In
command mode, you can move the cursor around without disturbing the command line. After you've
moved the cursor to the place where the error is, you can change the letter or letters to whatever
you want.
In the following examples, the underline (_) represents the cursor. A command line will be shown,
followed by one or more keystrokes, followed by what the line looks like after applying the
keystrokes:
before keystrokes after
First, let's look at moving the cursor around. The H key moves the cursor to the left and the L key
moves it to the right. Try this out by entering command mode and pressing the H and L keys a few
times. The cursor should move around on the line. If you try to move the cursor past the left or right
side of the line, the shell "beeps" at you.
$ mary had a little larb Esc $ mary had a little larb

$ mary had a little larb h $ mary had a little larb
$ mary had a little larb h $ mary had a little larb
$ mary had a little larb l $ mary had a little larb

After the cursor is on the character you want to change, you can use the x command to delete the
current character ("X" it out).
$ mary had a little larb x $ mary had a little lab

Note that the b moved to the left when the r was deleted and is now the current character.
To add characters to the command line, you can use the i and a commands. The i command inserts
characters before the current character, and the a command adds characters after the current
character. Both of these commands put you back into input mode; you must press Esc again to go
back to command mode.
$ mary had a little lab im $ mary had a little lamb
$ mary had a little lamb m $ mary had a little lammb
$ mary had a little lammb Esc $ mary had a little lammb
$ mary had a little lammb x $ mary had a little lamb
$ mary had a little lamb a $ mary had a little lamb_
$ mary had a little lamb_ da $ mary had a little lambda_
If you think that moving the cursor around by repeatedly pressing h and l is slow, you're right. The h
and l commands may be preceded by a number that specifies the number of spaces to move the
cursor.
$ mary had a little lambda_ Esc $ mary had a little lambda
$ mary had a little lambda 10h $ mary had a little lambda
$ mary had a little lambda 13h $ mary had a little lambda
$ mary had a little lambda 5x $ had a little lambda

As you can see, the x command can also be preceded by a number to tell it how many characters to
delete.
You can easily move to the end of the line by typing the $ command:
$ had a little lambda $ $ had a little lambda
To move to the beginning of the line, you use the 0 (that's a zero) command:
$ had a little lambda 0 $ had a little lambda
Two other commands useful in moving the cursor are the w and b commands. The w command moves
the cursor forward to the beginning of the next word, where a word is a string of letters, numbers,
and underscores delimited by blanks or punctuation. The b command moves the cursor backward to
the beginning of the previous word. These commands may also be preceded by a number to specify
the number of words to move forward or backward.
$ had a little lambda w $ had a little lambda
$ had a little lambda 2w $ had a little lambda
$ had a little lambda 3b $ had a little lambda
At any time you can press Enter and the current line will be executed as a command.
$ had a little lambda Hit Enter
ksh: had: not found
$ _
After a command is executed, you are placed back in input mode.

Accessing Commands from Your History
So far, you've learned how to edit the current line. You can use the vi commands k and j to retrieve
commands from your history. The k command replaces the current line on your terminal with the
previously entered command, putting the cursor at the beginning of the line. Let's assume that these
commands have just been entered:
$ pwd
/users/pat
UNREGISTERED
$ cd /tmp VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
this is a test
$ _
Now go into command mode and use k to access them:
$ _ Esc k $ echo this is a test
Every time k is used, the current line is replaced by the previous line from the command history.
$ echo this is a test k $ cd /tmp
$ cd /tmp k $ pwd
To execute the command being displayed, just press the Enter key.
$ pwd Hit Enter
/tmp
$ _
The j command is the reverse of the k command and is used to display the next command in the
history.
The / command is used to search through the command history for a command containing a string.
If the / is entered, followed by a string, the shell searches backward through its history to find the
most recently executed command that contains that string anywhere on the command line. The
command will then be displayed. If no line in the history contains the string, the shell "beeps" the
terminal. When the / is entered, the current line is replaced by a /.
/tmp
$ _ Esc /test /test_
The search is begun when the Enter key is pressed.
/test_ Enter $ echo this is a test
To execute the command that results from the search, Enter must be pressed again.
$ echo this is a test Hit Enter again
this is a test
$ _
If the command that's displayed isn't the one you're interested in, you can continue the search
through the command history by simply typing / and pressing Enter. The shell uses the string that
you entered the last time you executed the search command.
When you've found the command in the history (either by k, j, or /), you can edit the command
using the other vi commands we've already discussed. Note that you don't actually change the
command in the history: That command cannot be changed after it is entered. Instead, you are
editing a copy of the command in the history, which will itself be entered in the history when you
press Enter.
Table 15.1 summarizes the basic vi line edit commands.
Table 15.1. Basic vi Line Edit Commands

Command Meaning
h Move left one character.
l Move right one character.
b Move left one word.
w
UNREGISTERED Move right one
VERSION OF word.
0 Move to start of line.
$ Move to end of line.
x Delete character at cursor.
Delete wordOF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
at cursor.
dw
rc Change character at cursor to c.
a Enter input mode and enter text after the current character.
i Enter input mode and insert text before the current character.
k Get previous command from history.
j Get next command from history.
/string Search history for the most recent command containing string; if string is null, the
previous string will be used.
The Line Edit Mode
After turning on the emacs line editor, you probably won't even notice anything different because you
can type in and execute commands the same way as before:
$ set -o emacs
$ echo hello
hello
$ pwd
/users/pat
To use the line editor, you enter emacs commands. emacs commands are either control
characters—that is, characters typed in by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing another
character—or they are characters preceded by the ESCAPE or Esc key. You may enter emacs
commands anytime you want; there are no separate modes like the vi line editor. Note that emacs
commands are not followed by an Enter. We cover only a few of them here; for a complete list of
commands, refer to the documentation for Bash or the Korn shell.
First, let's look at moving the cursor around. The Ctrl+b command moves the cursor to the left, and
the Ctrl+f command moves it to the right. Try this out by pressing Ctrl+b and Ctrl+f a few times. The
cursor should move around on the line. If you try to move the cursor past the left or right side of the
line, the shell simply ignores you.
$ mary had a little larb_ Ctrl+b $ mary had a little larb
$ mary had a little larb Ctrl+b $ mary had a little larb
$ mary had a little larb Ctrl+b $ mary had a little larb
$ mary had a little larb Ctrl+f $ mary had a little larb
After the cursor is on the character you want to change, you can use the Ctrl+d command to delete
the current character.
$ mary had a little larb Ctrl+d $ mary had a little lab
Note that the b moved to the left when the r was deleted and is now the current character.
To add characters
UNREGISTERED to the command
VERSION line,PDF
OF CHM TO you simply type themPRO
CONVERTER in. The
BYcharacters are inserted before
THETA-SOFTWARE
the current character.
$ mary had a little lab m $ mary had a little lamb

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO
$ mary had a little lamb m
$ mary had a little lammb
$ mary had a little lammb Ctrl+h $ mary had a little lamb
Note that the current erase character (usually either # or Ctrl+h) will always delete the character to
the left of the cursor.
The Ctrl+a and Ctrl+e commands may be used to move the cursor to the beginning and end of the
command line, respectively.
$ mary had a little lamb Ctrl+a $ mary had a little lamb
$ mary had a little lamb Ctrl+e $ mary had a little lamb_
Note that the Ctrl+e command places the cursor one space to the right of the last character on the
line. (When you're not in emacs mode, the cursor is always at the end of the line, one space to the
right of the last character typed in.) When you're at the end of the line, anything you type will be
appended to the line.
$ mary had a little lamb_ da $ mary had a little lambda_
Two other commands useful in moving the cursor are the Esc f and Esc b commands. The Esc f
command moves the cursor forward to the end of the current word, where a word is a string of
letters, numbers, and underscores delimited by blanks or punctuation. The Esc b command moves
the cursor backward to the beginning of the previous word.
$ mary had a little lambda_ Esc b $ mary had a little lambda

$ mary had a little lambda Esc b $ mary had a little lambda
$ mary had a little lambda Esc b $ mary had a little lambda
$ mary had a little lambda Esc f $ mary had a_little lambda
$ mary had a_little lambda Esc f $ mary had a little_lambda
At any time you can press the Enter key and the current line will be executed as a command.
$ mary had a little_lambda Hit Enter; enter command
ksh: mary: not found
$ _
Accessing Commands from Your History

So far, you've learned how to edit the current line. As we said before, the shell keeps a history of
recently entered commands. To access these commands, you can use the emacs commands Ctrl+p
and Ctrl+n. The Ctrl+p command replaces the current line on your terminal with the previously
entered command, putting the cursor at the end of the line. Let's assume that these commands have
just been entered:
$ pwd
/users/pat
$ cd /tmp
this is a test
$ _
Now use Ctrl+p to access them:
$ _ Ctrl+p $ echo this is a test_

Every time Ctrl+p is used, the current line is replaced by the previous line from the command
history.
UNREGISTERED
$ echo this VERSION OF CHM TO
is a test_ PDF CONVERTER
Ctrl+p PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ cd /tmp_
$ cd /tmp_ Ctrl+p $ pwd_
To execute the commandOF CHM
being TO PDF
displayed, CONVERTER
just press Enter. PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ pwd_ Hit Enter
/tmp
$ _
The Ctrl+n command is the reverse of the Ctrl+p command and is used to display the next command
in the history.
The Ctrl+r command is used to search through the command history for a command containing a
string. The Ctrl+r is entered followed by the string to search for, followed by the Enter key. The shell
then searches the command history for the most recently executed command that contains that
string on the command line. If found, the command line is displayed; otherwise, the shell "beeps" the
terminal. When the Ctrl+r is typed, the shell replaces the current line with ^R:
$ _ Ctrl+r test $ ^Rtest_
The search is initiated when Enter is pressed.
$ ^Rtest_ Enter $ echo this is a test_
To execute the command that is displayed as a result of the search, Enter must be pressed again.
$ echo this is a test_ Hit Enter again
this is a test
$ _
To continue the search through the command history, you simply type Ctrl+r followed by an Enter.
Bash handles Ctrl+r a little differently. When you type Ctrl+r, Bash replaces the current line with
(reverse-i-search)`':
$ _ Ctrl+r (reverse-i-search)`': _
As you type text, the line is updated inside the `' with the text you type, and the rest of the line is
updated with the matching command:
(reverse-i-search)`': _ c (reverse-i-search)`c': echo this is a test
(reverse-i-search)`c': echo this is a test d (reverse-i-search)`cd': cd /tmp
Note how Bash highlights the matching part of the command by placing the cursor on it. As with the
Korn shell, the command is executed by pressing Enter.
When you've found the command in the history (either by Ctrl+p, Ctrl+n, or Ctrl+r), you can edit the
command using the other emacs commands we've already discussed. Note that you don't actually
change the command in the history: That command cannot be changed after it is entered. Instead,
you are editing a copy of the command in the history, which will itself be entered in the history when
you press Enter.
Table 15.2 summarizes the basic line edit commands.
Table 15.2. Basic emacs Line Edit Commands
Command Meaning
Ctrl+b Move left one character
Ctrl+f Move right one character
Esc+f Move forward one word
Command Meaning
Esc+b Move back one word

Ctrl+a Move to start of line
Ctrl+e Move to end of line
Ctrl+d Delete current character

Esc+d Delete current word
erase char (User-defined erase character, usually # or Ctrl+h), delete previous character
Ctrl+p Get previous command from history
UNREGISTERED
Ctrl+n VERSION OF CHMfrom
Get next command TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
history
Ctrl+r string Search history for the most recent command line containing string
There are several other ways to access your command history that are worth noting.
The history Command

The operation of the history command differs between the Korn shell and Bash because it is not
part of the POSIX standard.
The Korn shell history command writes your last 16 commands to standard output:
$ history
507 cd shell
508 cd ch15
509 vi int
510 ps
511 echo $HISTSIZE
512 cat $ENV
513 cp int int.sv
514 history
515 exit
516 cd shell
517 cd ch16
518 vi all
519 run -n5 all
520 ps
521 lpr all.out
522 history
The numbers to the left are simply relative command numbers (command number 1 would be the
first, or oldest, command in your history).
Without any arguments, the Bash history command lists your entire history (as specified by the
HISTSIZE variable) to standard output. If you just want to see the last few commands, you must
specify the number of commands to display as an argument:
$ history 10
513 cp int int.sv

514 history
515 exit
516 cd shell
517 cd ch16
518 vi all
519 run -n5 all
520 ps
521 lpr all.out
522 history 10
The fc Command
The fc command allows you to start up an editor on one or more commands from your history or to
simply write a list of history commands to your terminal. In the latter form, which is indicated by
giving the -l option to fc, it is like typing in history, only more flexible (you can specify a range of
commands to be listed or can get fewer or more than the last 16 commands listed). For example, the
command
fc -l 510 515
writes commands 510 through 515 to standard output, whereas the command
fc -n -l -20
writes the last 20 commands to standard output, not preceded by line numbers (-n). Suppose that
you've just executed a long command line and then decide that it would be nice to turn that
command line into a shell program called runx. You can use fc to get the command from your
history and I/O redirection to write that command to a file:
fc -n -l -1 > runx
(That's the letter l followed by the number -1.) fc is described in full detail in Appendix A.
The r Command
A simple Korn shell command allows you to re-execute previous commands using even a fewer
number of keystrokes than described. If you simply type in the r command, the Korn shell re-
executes your last command:
$ date
Thu Oct 24 14:24:48 EST 2002
$ r Re-execute previous command
date
Thu Oct 24 14:25:13 EST 2002
When you type in the r command, the Korn shell redisplays the previous command and then
immediately executes it.
If you give the r command the name of a command as an argument, the Korn shell re-executes the
most recent command line from your history that begins with the specified argument:
$ cat docs/planA
...
$ pwd
/users/steve
$ r cat Rerun last cat command

cat docs/planA

Once again, the Korn shell redisplays the command line from its history before automatically re-
executing it.
The final form of the r command allows you to substitute the first occurrence of one string with the
next. To re-execute the last cat command on the file planB instead of planA, you could type:
$ r cat planA=planB
cat docs/planB
...
or even more simply, you could have typed:
$ r cat A=B
cat docs/planB
...
Bash has the ! built-in command; !! re-executes the previous command, and !string re-executes
the most recent command line from your history that begins with string:
$ !!
cat docs/planB
...
$ !d
date
Thu Oct 24 14:39:40 EST 2002
Note that no spaces can exist between ! and string.
The fc command can be used with the –s option to do the same thing with any POSIX-compliant
shell (the r command is actually an alias to the fc command in the Korn shell—more on that later in
this chapter):
$ fc –s cat
cat docs/planB
...
$ fc –s B=C
cat docs/planC
...
$
Functions
Bash and the Korn shell both have function features not available in the POSIX standard shell.
Local Variables
Bash and Korn shell functions can have local variables, making recursive functions possible. They are
defined with the typeset command, as in
typeset i j
If a variable of the same name as a local function variable exists, it is saved when the typeset is
executed and restored when the function exits. Note that the typeset command is not part of the
POSIX standard shell.
After using the shell for a while, you may develop a set of functions that you like to use during your
interactive work sessions. A good place to define such functions is inside your ENV file so that they will
be defined whenever you start up a new shell.
Automatically Loaded Functions

The Korn shell allows you to set up a special variable called FPATH that is similar to your PATH
variable. If you try to execute a function that is not yet defined, the Korn shell searches the colon-
delimited list of directories in your FPATH variable for a file that matches the function name. If it finds
such a file, it executes it in the current shell. Presumably, somewhere inside the file will be a
definition for the specified function.
Integer Arithmetic
Both Bash and the Korn shell support evaluating arithmetic expressions without arithmetic expansion.
The syntax is similar to $((...)) but without the dollar sign. Because expansion is not performed, the
construct can be used without variable assignment or the colon operator:
$ x=10
$ ((x = x * 12))
$ echo $x
120
The real value of this construct is that it allows arithmetic expressions to be used rather than test in
if, while, and until commands. The comparison operators set the exit status to a nonzero value if
the result of the comparison is false and to a zero value if the result is true. So writing
(( i == 100 ))
has the effect of testing i to see whether it is equal to 100 and setting the exit status appropriately.
This knowledge makes integer arithmetic ideal for inclusion in if commands:
if (( i == 100 ))
then
...
fi
The (( i == 100 )) returns an exit status of zero (true) if i equals 100 and one (false) otherwise,
and has the same effect as writing
if [ "$i" -eq 100 ]
then
...
fi
One advantage of using ((...)) rather than test is the capability to perform arithmetic as part of the
test:
if (( i / 10 != 0 ))
then
...
fi
Here the comparison returns a true if i divided by 10 is not equal to zero.
while loops can also benefit from integer arithmetic. For example,
x=0
while ((x++ < 100))
do
commands
done
executes commands 100 times. (Note that some older versions of the Korn shell and Bash do not
support the ++ and -- operators.)
Integer Types
The Korn shell and Bash both support an integer data type. You can declare variables to be integers
by using the typeset command with the –i option
typeset -i variables
where variables are any valid shell variable names. Initial values can be assigned to the variables at
the time they are declared.
Arithmetic performed on integer variables with the ((...)) construct is slightly faster than on
noninteger ones because the shell internally stores the value of an integer variable as a binary
number and not as a character string.
An integer variable cannot be assigned anything but an integer value or an integer expression. If you
attempt to assign a noninteger to it, the message bad number is printed by the Korn shell:
$ typeset -i i
$ i=hello
ksh: i: bad number
Bash simply ignores any strings that don't contain numeric values and generates an error for
anything that contains both numbers and other characters:
$ typeset -i i
$ i=hello
$ echo $i
$ i=1hello
bash: 1hello: value too great for base (error token is "1hello")
$ i=10+15
$ echo $i
25
$
The preceding example shows that integer-valued expressions can be assigned to an integer variable,
without even having to use the ((...)) construct. This holds true for both Bash and the Korn shell.
Numbers in Different Bases

The Korn shellVERSION
UNREGISTERED and Bash allow
OF CHMyou to
TOperform arithmetic in different
PDF CONVERTER PRO BY bases. To write a number in a
THETA-SOFTWARE
different base with these shells, you use the notation
base#number
For example, to express the value 100 in base 8 (octal) you write
8#100
You can write constants in different bases anywhere an integer value is permitted. To assign octal
100 to the integer variable i, you can write
typeset -i i=8#100
Note that with the Korn shell the base of the first value assigned to an integer variable fixes the base
of all subsequent substitutions of that variable. In other words, if the first value you assign to the
integer variable i is an octal number, each time you subsequently substitute the value of i on the
command line, the Korn shell substitutes the value as an octal number using the notation 8#value.
$ typeset –i i=8#100
$ echo $i
8#100
$ i=50
$ echo $i
8#62
$ (( i = 16#a5 + 16#120 ))
$ echo $i
8#705
Because the first value assigned to i in this example is an octal number (8#100), all further
substitutions of i will be in octal. When the base 10 value of 50 is next assigned to i and then i is
subsequently displayed, we get the value 8#62, which is the octal equivalent of 50 in base 10.
In the preceding example, the ((...)) construct is used to add together the two hexadecimal values
a5 and 120. The result is then displayed, once again in octal.
Bash uses both the base#number syntax for arbitrary bases and the C language syntax for octal and
hexadecimal numbers—octal numbers are preceded by 0 (zero), and hexadecimal numbers are
preceded by 0x:
$ typeset -i i=0100
$ echo $i
64
$ i=0x80
$ echo $i
128
$ i=2#1101001
$ echo $i
105
$ (( i = 16#a5 + 16#120 ))
$ echo $i
453
Unlike the Korn shell, Bash doesn't keep track of the variable's base; integer variables are displayed
as decimal numbers. You can always use printf to print integers in octal or hexadecimal format.
As you can see, with Bash and the Korn shell it's easy to work with different bases. This makes it
possible to easily write functions to perform base conversion and arithmetic, for example.

The alias Command
An alias is a shorthand notation provided by the shell to allow customization of commands. The shell
keeps a list of aliases that is searched when a command is entered. If the first word of a command
line is an alias, it is replaced by the text of the alias. An alias is defined by using the alias command.
The format is
alias name=string
where name is the name of the alias, and string is any string of characters. For example,
alias ll='ls –l'
assigns ls -l to the alias ll. Now when the alias ll is typed in, the shell replaces it with ls -l. You
can type arguments after the alias name on the command line, as in
ll *.c
which looks like this after alias substitution has been performed:
ls -l *.c
The shell performs its normal command-line processing both when the alias is set and when it is
used, so quoting can be tricky. For example, recall that the shell keeps track of your current working
directory inside a variable called PWD:
$ cd /users/steve/letters
$ echo $PWD
/users/steve/letters
$
You can create an alias called dir that gives you the base directory of your current working directory
by using the PWD variable and one of the parameter substitution constructs described in an earlier
section of this chapter:
alias dir="echo ${PWD##*/}"

Let's see how this alias works:
$ alias dir="echo ${PWD##*/}" Define alias
$ pwd Where are we?
/users/steve
$ dir Execute alias
steve
$ cd letters Change directory
$ dir Execute the alias again
steve
$ cd /usr/spool One more try
$ dir
steve
It seems that no matter what the current directory is, the dir alias prints out steve. That's because
we weren't careful about our quotes when we defined the dir alias. Recalling that the shell performs
parameter substitution inside double quotes, the shell evaluated
${PWD##*/}
at the time the alias was defined. This means, that for all intents and purposes, the dir alias was
defined as though we typed in the following:
$ alias dir="echo steve"
The solution is to use single rather than double quotes when defining the dir alias to defer the
parameter substitution until the time the alias is executed:
$ alias dir='echo ${PWD##*/}' Define alias
$ pwd Where are we?
/users/steve
$ dir Execute alias
steve
$ cd letters Change directory
$ dir Execute alias again
letters
$ cd /usr/spool One more try
$ dir
spool
Now the alias works just fine.
If an alias ends with a space, the word following the alias is also checked for alias substitution. For
example:
alias nohup="/bin/nohup "
nohup ll
causes the shell to perform alias checking on the string ll after replacing nohup with /bin/nohup.
Quoting a command prevents alias substitution. For example:
UNREGISTERED
$ 'll' VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
ksh: ll: command not found
The format
alias name
causes the value of the alias name to be listed, and the alias command without arguments causes
all aliases to be listed.
The following aliases are automatically defined when the Korn shell starts up:
autoload='typeset –fu'
functions='typeset –f'
history='fc –l'
integer='typeset –i'
local=typeset
nohup='nohup '
r='fc -e –'
suspend='kill -STOP $$'
Note from the preceding example that r is actually an alias for the fc command with the -e option,
and history is an alias for fc -l. Bash doesn't automatically define any aliases by default.
Removing Aliases
The unalias command is used to remove aliases from the alias list. The format is
unalias name
which removes the alias name and
unalias –a
which removes all aliases.
This concludes this section on aliases. If you develop a set of alias definitions that you like to use
during your login sessions, you may want to define them inside your ENV file so that they will always
be available for you to use.
Arrays
The Korn shell and Bash provide a limited array capability (arrays are not a part of the POSIX
standard shell).
UNREGISTERED Bash arrays
VERSION OF may
CHMcontain
TO PDFan unlimited
CONVERTERnumber of elements
PRO (subject to memory
BY THETA-SOFTWARE
limitations); Korn shell arrays are limited to 4096 elements. Array indexing in both shells starts at
zero. An array element is accessed with a subscript, which is an integer-valued expression enclosed
inside a pair of brackets. You don't declare the maximum size of a shell array; you simply assign
values to elements as you need them. The values that you can assign are the same as for ordinary
variables.
$ arr[O]=hello
$ arr[1]="some text"
$ arr[2]=/users/steve/memos
To retrieve an element from an array, you write the array name followed by the element number,
enclosed inside a pair of brackets as before. The entire construct must be enclosed inside a pair of
curly braces, which is then preceded by a dollar sign.
$ echo ${array[0]}
hello
$ echo ${array[1]}
some text
$ echo ${array[2]}
/users/steve/memos
$ echo $array
hello
$
As you can see from the preceding example, if no subscript is specified, element zero is used.
If you forget the curly braces when performing the substitution, here's what happens:
$ echo $array[1]
hello[1]
In the preceding example, the value of array is substituted (hello—the value inside array[0]) and
then echoed along with [1]. (Note that because the shell does filename substitution after variable
substitution, the shell would attempt to match the pattern hello[1] against the files in your current
directory.)
The construct [*] can be used as a subscript to substitute all the elements of the array on the
command line, with each element delimited by a single space character.
$ echo ${array[*]}
hello some text /users/steve/memos
The construct ${#array[*]} can be used to substitute the number of elements in the array array.
$ echo ${#array[*]}
Note that the number reported here is the actual number of values stored inside the array, not the
largest subscript used to store an element inside the array.
$ array[10]=foo
$ echo ${array[*]} Display all elements

hello some text /users/steve/memos foo
$ echo ${#array[*]} Number of elements
$
You can declare an array of integers to the shell simply by giving the array name to typeset -i:

typeset -i data
Integer calculations can be performed on array elements using the ((...)) construct:
$ typeset -i array
$ array[0]=100
$ array[1]=50
$ (( array[2] = array[0] + array[1] ))
$ echo ${array[2]}
150
$ i=1
$ echo ${array[i]}
50
$ array[3]=array[0]+array[2]
$ echo ${array[3]}
250
Note that not only can you omit the dollar signs and the curly braces when referencing array
elements inside double parentheses, you also can omit them outside when the array is declared to be
of integer type. Also note that dollar signs are not needed before variables used in subscript
expressions.
The following program, called reverse, reads in up to 4096 lines from standard input and then writes
them back out to standard output in reverse order:
$ cat reverse
# read lines to array buf
typeset -i line=0
while (( line < 4096 )) && read buf[line]
do
(( line = line + 1 ))
done
# now print the lines in reverse order
while (( line > 0 )) do
(( line = line - 1 ))
echo "${buf[line]}"
done
$ reverse
line one
line two
line three
Ctrl+d
line three
line two
line one
$
The first while loop executes as long as 4096 or fewer lines have been read and there is more data
to be read from standard input (recall the && described at the end of Chapter 8, "Decisions,
Decisions").
UNREGISTERED
The following VERSION OFchanges
function, cdh, CHM TO thePDF CONVERTER
current directory likePRO BYuses
cd but THETA-SOFTWARE
an array to keep a history
of previous directories. It allows the user to list the directory history and change back to any
directory in it:
$ cat cdh
CDHIST[0]=$PWD # initialize CDHIST[0]
cdh ()
typeset –i cdlen i
if [ $# -eq 0 ] # default to HOME with no arguments
then
set -- $HOME
fi
cdlen=${#CDHIST[*]} # number of elements in CDHIST
case "$@" in
-l) # print directory list
i=0
while ((i < cdlen))
do
printf "%3d %s\n" $i ${CDHIST[i]}
((i = i + 1))
done
return ;;
-[0-9]|-[0-9][0-9]) # cd to dir in list
i=${1#-} # remove leading '-'
cd ${CDHIST[i]} ;;
*) # cd to new dir
cd $@ ;;
esac
CDHIST[cdlen]=$PWD
The CDHIST array stores each directory visited by cdh, and the first element, CDHIST[0], is initialized
with the current directory when the cdh file is run:
$ pwd
/users/pat
$ . cdh Define cdh function
$ cdh /tmp
$ cdh –l
0 /users/pat
1 /tmp
$
When the cdh file was run, CDHIST[0] was assigned /users/pat, and the cdh function was defined;
when cdh /tmp was executed, cdlen was assigned the number of elements in CDHIST (one), and
CDHIST[1] was assigned /tmp. The cdh –l caused printf to display each element of CDHIST (on this
invocation, cdlen was setOF CHM
to 2, TO PDF
because CONVERTER
elements PRO BY
0 and 1 of CDHIST THETA-SOFTWARE
contained data).
Note that the if statement at the beginning of the function sets $1 to $HOME if no arguments are
passed. Let's try that out:

$ cdh
$ pwd
/users/pat
$ cdh –l
0 /users/pat
1 /tmp
2 /users/pat
Well, it worked, but now /users/pat shows up twice in the list. One of the exercises at the end of
this chapter asks you to remedy this.
Okay, the most useful feature of cdh is the –n option, which causes it to change the current directory
to the one specified in the list:
$ cdh /usr/spool/uucppublic
$ cdh –l
0 /users/pat
1 /tmp
2 /users/pat
3 /usr/spool/uucppublic
$ cdh –1
$ pwd
/tmp
$ cdh –3
$ pwd
/usr/spool/uucppublic
We can make cdh replace our cd command by using the fact that alias lookup is performed before
built-in commands are executed. So if we create a cd alias to cdh, we can have an enhanced cd. In
that case, we have to quote every use of cd in the cdh function to prevent recursion:
$ cat cdh
CDHIST[0]=$PWD # initialize CDHIST[0]
alias cd=cdh
cdh ()
typeset –i cdlen i
if [ $# -eq 0 ] # default to HOME with no arguments
then
set -- $HOME
fi
cdlen=${#CDHIST[*]} # number of elements in CDHIST
case "$@" in
-l) # print directory list
i=0
while ((i < cdlen))
do
printf "%3d %s\n" $i ${CDHIST[i]}
((i = i + 1))
done
return ;;
-[0-9]|-[0-9][0-9]) # cd to dir in list
i=${1#-} # remove leading '-'
'cd' ${CDHIST[i]} ;;
*) # cd to new dir
'cd' $@ ;;
esac
CDHIST[cdlen]=$PWD
$ . cdh Define cdh function and cd alias
$ cd /tmp
$ cd –l
0 /users/pat
1 /tmp
$ cd /usr/spool
$ cd –l
0 /users/pat
1 /tmp
2 /usr/spool
Table 15.3 summarizes the various array constructs in the Korn shell and Bash.
Table 15.3. Array Constructs
Construct Meaning
${array[i]} Substitute value of element i
$array Substitute value of first element (array[0])
${array[*]} Substitute value of all elements
${#array[*]} Substitute number of elements
array[i]=val Store val into array[i]
Job Control
The shell provides facilities for controlling jobs. A job is any command sequence. For example:
who | wc
When a command OF inCHM
is started TO PDF CONVERTER
the background PRO
(that is, with &), theBY THETA-SOFTWARE
shell prints out the job number
inside brackets ([]) as well as the process number:
$ who | wc &
[1] 832
When a job finishes, the shell prints the message
[n] + sequence
where n is the job number of the finished job, and sequence is the text of the command sequence
used to create the job.
The jobs command may be used to print the status of jobs that haven't yet finished.
$ jobs
[3] + Running make ksh &
[2] – Running monitor &
[1] Running pic chapt2 | troff > aps.out &
The + and - after the job number mark the current and previous jobs, respectively. The current job is
the last job sent to the background, and the previous job is the next-to-the-last job sent to the
background. Several built-in commands may be given a job number or the current or previous job as
arguments.
The shell's built-in kill command can be used to terminate a job running in the background. The
argument to it can be a process number or a percent sign (%) followed by a job number, a + (current
job), a – (previous job), or another % (also current job).
$ pic chapt1 | troff > aps.out &
[1] 886
$ jobs
[1] + Running pic chapt1 | troff > aps.out &
$ kill %1
[1] Done pic chapt1 | troff > aps.out &
The preceding kill could have used %+ or %% to refer to the same job.
The first few characters of the command sequence can also be used to refer to a job; for example,
kill %pic would have worked in the preceding example.
Stopped Jobs and the fg and bg Commands

If you are running a job in the foreground (without an &) and you want to suspend it, you can press
the Ctrl+z key. The job stops executing, and the shell prints the message
[n] + Stopped (SIGTSTP) sequence
The stopped job is made the current job. To have it continue executing, you must use the fg or bg
command. The fg command with no arguments causes the current job to resume execution in the
foreground, and bg causes the current job to resume execution in the background. You can also use
a job number, the first few characters of the pipeline, a +, a -, or a % preceded by a to specify any
job to the fg and bg commands. These commands print out the command sequence to remind you
what is being brought to the foreground or sent to the background.
$ troff memo | photo
Ctrl+z
[1] + Stopped (SIGTSTP) troff memo | photo
$ bg
[1] troff memo | photo &

The preceding sequence is one of the most often used with job control: sending a job mistakenly
started in the foreground to the background.
If a job running in the background tries to read from the terminal, it is stopped, and the message
[n] - Stopped (SIGTTIN) sequence
is printed. It can then be brought to the foreground with the fg command. After entering input to the
job, it can be stopped (with the Ctrl+z) and returned to the background until it again requests input
from the terminal.
Output from a background job normally goes directly to the terminal. The command
stty tostop
causes any background job that attempts to write to the terminal to be stopped and the message
[n] - Stopped (SIGTTOU) sequence
to be printed. (Note that Bash generates slightly different messages than the ones shown here.)
The following shows how job control might be used:
$ stty tostop
$ rundb Start up data base program
??? find green red Find green and red objects
Ctrl+z This may take a while
[1] + Stopped rundb
$ bg So put it in the background
[1] rundb &
... Do some other stuff
$ jobs
[1] + Stopped(tty output) rundb &
$ fg Bring back to foreground
rundb
1973 Ford Mustang red
1975 Chevy Monte Carlo green
1976 Ford Granada green
1980 Buick Century green
1983 Chevy Cavalier red
??? find blue Find blue objects
Ctrl+z Stop it again
[1] + Stopped rundb
$ bg Back to the background
[1] rundb &
... Keep working until it's ready

Although the restricted shell is not part of the POSIX standard, it is supported by every Bourne shell
variant we know
UNREGISTERED of.
The restricted shell is almost the same as the regular shell, but it's designed to restrict a user's
capabilities by disallowing certain actions that the standard shell allows. This allows an administrator
to let users who should not have complete access to the system use the shell. It is usually found in
/usr/lib/rsh and is started as the login shell for a user who should not have full capabilities on a
system—for example, a game user or data-entry clerk. The list of actions disallowed is very short:
Cannot change directory (cd)
Cannot change PATH, ENV, or SHELL variables
Cannot specify a path to a command
Cannot redirect output (> and >>)
Cannot exec programs
These restrictions are enforced after the .profile is executed when logging in, and the user is
logged off if he presses Break or Delete while the .profile is being interpreted.
These simple restrictions allow the writer of a restricted user's .profile to have control over what
commands that user can use. The following example shows a simple setup for a restricted
environment:
$ cat .profile User restrict's .profile
PATH=/usr/rbin:/users/restrict/bin
export PATH
SHELL=/usr/lib/rsh Some commands use SHELL variable
export SHELL
cd /users/restrict/restdir Don't leave user in HOME directory
$ ls -l .profile Restricted user shouldn't own his .profile
-rw-r--r-- 1 pat group1 179 Sep 14 17:50 .profile
$ ls /usr/rbin Directory of restricted commands

cat Harmless commands
echo
ls
mail Let them send us mail
red Restricted editor
write
$ ls /users/restrict/bin restrict's command directory
adventure Lots of games
backgammon
chess
hearts
poker
rogue
Here we have a restricted environment for a user. When this user logs in, his PATH is changed to
search just the directories /usr/rbin and /users/restrict/bin. He can run only commands found
in these two directories. Any other command will get a command: not found response. The user is
effectively bottled up in the directory /users/restrict/restdir and cannot cd out of it. The
.profile is owned by a user other than the restricted one, and the permissions are such that only
the owner can change the file. (Don't let a restricted user alter his or her .profile because the
.profile is executed before any restrictions are applied.)
One quick note about the commands in /usr/rbin: They were simply copied from the /bin and
/usr/bin directories. You can put almost any command from /bin and /usr/bin in /usr/rbin; just
use common sense in choosing the commands you allow restricted users to use. For example, don't
give them access to the shell, a compiler, or chmod because these may be used to bypass the
restricted shell. The mail and write commands are safe even though they have shell escapes
because the shell looks at the SHELL variable and runs restricted if the first character of its name is
"r." The restricted editor red is the same as ed, except it doesn't allow shell escapes, and it only
allows editing of files in the current directory.
Note that most restricted shells are not really very secure. They should not be used to contain hostile
users. Even though some restricted shells are more secure than others, if you give a restricted user
certain commands (such as env), he will be able to break out into a nonrestricted shell.
If you can't find the restricted shell on your system, you can copy or link your Bash, Korn shell, or
even old Bourne shell to any filename that begins with "r" and make that file the login shell of the
restricted user. When the shell starts up, it checks the first letter of the command name that was
used to invoke it; if that letter is "r," it will be a restricted shell.

Other Features of the cd Command

The - argument to cd always means "the previous directory."
$ pwd
/usr/src/cmd
$ cd /usr/spool/uucp
$ pwd
/usr/spool/uucp
$ cd - cd to previous directory
/usr/src/cmd cd prints out name of new directory
$ cd -
/usr/spool/uucp
As you can see, cd - can be used to toggle between two directories with no effort at all.
The Korn shell's cd command has the capability to substitute portions of the current directory's path
with something else. (Bash and the POSIX standard shell do not support this feature.) The format is
cd old new
cd attempts to replace the first occurrence of the string old in the current directory's path with the
string new.
$ pwd
/usr/spool/uucppublic/pat
$ cd pat steve Change pat to steve and cd
/usr/spool/uucppublic/steve cd prints out name of new directory
$ pwd
UNREGISTERED Confirm
VERSION OF CHM TO PDF location PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
CONVERTER
/usr/spool/uucppublic/steve
Tilde Substitution
If a word on a command line begins with the tilde (~) character, the shell scans the rest of the word
and performs the following substitutions: If the tilde is the only character in the word or if the
character following the tilde is a slash (/),the value of the HOME variable is substituted:
$ echo ~
/users/pat
$ grep Korn ~/shell/chapter9/ksh
The Korn shell is a new shell developed
by David Korn at AT&T
for the Bourne shell would also run under the Korn
the one on System V, the Korn shell provides you with
idea of the compatibility of the Korn shell with Bourne's,
the Bourne and Korn shells.
The main features added to the Korn shell are:
If the rest of the word up to a slash is a user's login name in /etc/passwd, the tilde and the user's
login name are substituted with the HOME directory of that user.
$ echo ~steve
/users/steve
$ echo ~pat
/users/pat
$ grep Korn -pat/shell/chapter9/ksh
The Korn shell is a new shell developed
by David Korn at AT&T
for the Bourne shell would also run under the Korn
the one on System V, the Korn shell provides you with
idea of the compatibility of the Korn shell with Bourne's,
the Bourne and Korn shells.
The main features added to the Korn shell are:
In the Korn shell and Bash, if the ~ is followed by a + or a -, the value of the variable PWD or OLDPWD
is substituted, respectively. PWD and OLDPWD are set by cd and are the full pathnames of the current
and previous directories, respectively. ~+ and ~- are not supported by the POSIX standard shell.
$ pwd
$ cd
$ pwd
/users/pat
$ echo ~+
/users/pat
$ echo ~-
$
In addition to the preceding substitutions, the shell also checks for a tilde after a colon (:) and
performs tilde substitution on that as well (for PATH interpretation).

Order of Search
It's worthwhile listing the order of searching the shell uses when you type a command name:

1. The shell first checks to see whether the command is a reserved word (such as for and do).
2. If it's not a reserved word and is not quoted, the shell next checks its alias list, and if it finds a
match, performs the substitution. If the alias definition ends in a space, it attempts alias
substitution on the next word. The final result is then checked against the reserved word list,
and if it's not a reserved word, the shell proceeds to step 3.
3. Next, the shell checks the command against its function list and executes it if found.
4. The shell checks to see whether the command is a built-in command (such as cd and pwd).
5. Finally, the shell searches the PATH to locate the command.
6. If the command still isn't found, a "command not found" error message is issued.
Table 15.4 summarizes the compatibility of the POSIX standard shell, the Korn shell, and Bash with
the features described in this chapter. In this table, an "X" denotes a supported feature, "UP," an
optional feature in the POSIX shell (these are also known as "User Portability" features in the POSIX
shell specification), and "POS," a feature supported only by Bash when it is invoked with the name sh
or with the --posix command-line option, or after set –o posix is executed.
Table 15.4. POSIX Shell, Korn Shell, and Bash Compatibility
POSIX Shell Korn Shell Bash
ENV file X X POS
vi line edit mode X X X
emacs line edit mode X X
fc command X X X
r command X
X
!!
!string X
Functions X X X
local variables X X
autoload via FPATH X
Integer expressions with ((...)) X X
Integer data type X X
integers in different bases X X
0xhexnumber, 0octalnumber X
Aliases UP X X
Arrays X X
Job control UP X X
cd - X X X
cd old new X
POSIX Shell Korn Shell Bash
~username, ~/ X X X
~+, ~- X X

Exercises
1: Using only shell built-in commands, write a function that prints all filenames in a specified
directory hierarchy. Its output should be similar to the output of the find command:
$ myfind /users/pat
/users/pat
/users/pat/bin
/users/pat/bin/ksh
/users/pat/bin/lf
/users/pat/bin/pic
/users/pat/chapt1
/users/pat/chapt1/intro
/users/pat/rje
/users/pat/rje/file1
(Hint: Bash and Korn shell functions can be recursive.)
2: Write a shell function called octal that converts octal numbers given as command-line
arguments to decimal numbers and prints them out, one per line:
$ octal 10 11 12
10
$
(Hint for Korn shell users: If you assign a decimal number to a variable when it's
declared—for example, typeset –i d=10#0—assignments to this variable from other bases
are converted to decimal first.)
3: Modify the cdh function to filter out multiple occurrences of the same directory; for
example:

$ cdh –l
0 /users/pat
$ cdhVERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

UNREGISTERED
$ cdh
$ cdh –l
0 /users/pat
4: Modify the cdh function to set the prompt (PS1) to show the current directory; for example:
/users/pat: cdh /tmp
/tmp: cdh
/users/pat:
5: Modify the cdh function to allow the user to specify a partial name of a directory in the
history file preceded by a dash:
/etc: cdh –l
0 /users/pat
1 /tmp
2 /users/steve
3 /usr/spool/uucppublic
4 /usr/local/bin
5 /etc
/etc: cdh –pub
/usr/spool/uucppublic: cdh –bin
/usr/local/bin:
6: (Bash users only) Add the Korn shell's cd old new feature to the cdh function.
Appendix A. Shell Summary
IN THIS APPENDIX
Startup
Commands
Comments
Command Re-entry
Quoting
I/O Redirection
Functions
Job Control
Command Summary
This appendix summarizes the main features of the standard POSIX shell as per IEEE Std 1003.1-
2001.
Startup
The shell can be given the same options on the command line as can be specified with the set
command. In addition, the following options can be specified:
-c commands commands are executed.

-i The shell is interactive. Signals 2, 3, and 15 are ignored.
-s Commands are read from standard input.
Commands
The general format of a command typed to the shell is
command arguments
where command is the name of the program to be executed, and arguments are its arguments. The
command name and the arguments are delimited by whitespace characters, normally the space, tab,
and newline characters (changing the variable IFS affects this).
Multiple commands OF
can be CHM
typed onTO
thePDF
sameCONVERTER PRO BYby
line if they're separated THETA-SOFTWARE
semicolons (;).
Every command that gets executed returns a number known as the exit status; zero is used to
indicate success, and nonzero indicates a failure.
The pipe symbol | can be used to connect the standard output from one command to the standard
input of another, as in
who | wc -l
The exit status is that of the last command in the pipeline. Placing a ! at the beginning of the pipeline
causes the exit status of the pipeline to be the logical negation of the last command in the pipeline.
If the command sequence is terminated by an ampersand character (&),it is run asynchronously in

the background. The shell displays the process id number and job id of the command at the terminal.
Typing of a command can continue to the next line if the last character on the line is a backslash
character (\).
The characters && cause the command that follows to be executed only if the preceding command
returns a zero exit status. The characters || cause the command that follows to be executed only if
the preceding command returns a nonzero exit status. As an example, in
who | grep "fred" > /dev/null && echo "fred's logged on"
the echo is executed only if the grep returns a zero exit status.
Comments
If a word begins with the character #, the shell treats the remainder of the line as a comment and
simply ignores it.
There are three different "types" of parameters: shell variables, special parameters, and positional
parameters. VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
UNREGISTERED
Shell Variables
A shell variable name must start with an alphabetic or underscore (_) character, and can be followed
by any number OF CHM
of alphanumeric TO PDF CONVERTER
or underscore PRO
characters. Shell BY THETA-SOFTWARE
variables can be assigned values on
the command line by writing:
variable=value variable=value ...
Filename substitution is not performed on value.
Positional Parameters
Whenever a shell program is executed, the name of the program is assigned to the variable $0 and
the arguments typed on the command line to the variables $1, $2, and ..., respectively. Positional
parameters can also be assigned values with the set command. Parameters 1 through 9 can be
explicitly referenced. Parameters greater than nine must be enclosed inside braces, as in ${10}.
Special Parameters
Table A.1 summarizes the special shell parameters.
Table A.1. Special Parameter Variables
Parameter Meaning
$# The number of arguments passed to the program; or the number of parameters set by
executing the set statement
$* Collectively references all the positional parameters as $1, $2, ...
$@ Same as $*, except when double-quoted ("$@") collectively references all the
positional parameters as "$1", "$2", ...
$0 The name of the program being executed
$$ The process id number of the program being executed
Parameter Meaning
$! The process id number of the last program sent to the background for execution
$? The exit status of the last command not executed in the background
$- The current option flags in effect (see the set statement)
In addition to these parameters, the shell has some other variables that it uses. Table A.2
summarizes the more important of these variables.
Table A.2. Other Variables Used by the Shell
Variable Meaning
CDPATH The directories to be searched whenever cd is executed without a full path as
argument.
ENV The name of a file that the shell executes in the current environment when started
interactively.
FCEDIT The editor used by fc. If not set, ed is used.
HISTFILE If set, it specifies a file to be used to store the command history. If not set or if the file
isn't writable, $HOME/.sh_history is used.
HISTSIZE If set, specifies the number of previously entered commands accessible for editing. The
default value is at least 128.
HOME The user's home directory; the directory that cd changes to when no argument is
supplied.
IFS The Internal Field Separator characters; used by the shell to delimit words when
parsing the command line, for the read and set commands, when substituting the
output from a back-quoted command, and when performing parameter substitution.
Normally, it contains the three characters space, horizontal tab, and newline.
LINENO Set by the shell to the line number in the script it is executing. This value is set before
the line gets executed and starts at 1.
MAIL The name of a file that the shell periodically checks for the arrival of mail. If new mail
arrives, the shell displays a You have mail message. See also MAILCHECK and
MAILPATH.
MAILCHECK The number of seconds specifying how often the shell is to check for the arrival of mail
in the file in MAIL or in the files listed in MAILPATH. The default is 600. A value of 0
causes the shell to check before displaying each command prompt.
Variable Meaning
MAILPATH A list of files to be checked for the arrival of mail. Each file is delimited by a colon and
can be followed by a percent sign (%) and a message to be displayed when mail arrives
in the indicated file. (You have mail is often the default.)
PATH A colon-delimited list of directories to be searched when the shell needs to find a
command to be executed. The current directory is specified as :: or :.: (if it heads or
UNREGISTERED ends
VERSION OF
the list, CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
: suffices).
PPID The process id number of the program that invoked this shell (that is, the parent
process).
PS1 The primary command prompt, normally "$ ".
UNREGISTERED
PS2 VERSION
The OFcommand
secondary CHM TOprompt,
PDF CONVERTER
normally "> ".PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
PS4 Prompt used during execution trace (-x option to shell or set -x). Default is "+ ".
PWD Pathname of the current working directory.
In the simplest case, the value of a parameter can be accessed by preceding the parameter with a
dollar sign ($). Table A.3 summarizes the different types of parameter substitution that can be
performed. Parameter substitution is performed by the shell before filename substitution and before
the command line is divided into arguments.
The presence of the colon after parameter in Table A.3 indicates that parameter is to be tested to see
whether it's set and not null. Without the colon, a test is made to check whether parameter is set
only.
Table A.3. Parameter Substitution
Parameter Meaning
$parameter or Substitute the value of parameter.
${parameter}
${parameter:-value} Substitute the value of parameter if it's set and non-null; otherwise,
substitute value.
${parameter-value} Substitute the value of parameter if it's set; otherwise, substitute value.
${parameter:=value} Substitute the value of parameter if it's set and non-null; otherwise,
substitute value and also assign it to parameter.
${parameter=value} Substitute the value of parameter if it's set; otherwise, substitute value
and also assign it to parameter.
Parameter Meaning
${parameter:?value} Substitute the value of parameter if it's set and non-null; otherwise,
write value to standard error and exit. If value is omitted, write
parameter: parameter null or not set instead.
${parameter?value} Substitute the value of parameter if it's set; otherwise, write value to
standard error and exit. If value is omitted, write parameter: parameter
null or not set instead.
${parameter:+value} Substitute value if parameter is set and non-null; otherwise, substitute

null.
${parameter+value} Substitute value if parameter is set; otherwise, substitute null.
${#parameter} Substitute the length of parameter. If parameter is * or @, the result is
not specified.
${parameter#pattern} Substitute the value of parameter with pattern removed from the left
side. The smallest portion of the contents of parameter matching pattern
is removed. Shell filename substitution characters (*, ?, [...], !, and @)
may be used in pattern.
${parameter##pattern} Same as #pattern except the largest matching pattern is removed.
${parameter%pattern} Same as #pattern except pattern is removed from the right side.
${parameter%%pattern} Same as ##pattern except the largest matching pattern is removed from
the right side.
Command Re-entry
The shell keeps a list, or history, of recently entered commands. The number of commands available
is determinedVERSION
UNREGISTERED by the HISTSIZE
OF CHMvariable (default
TO PDF at least 128),PRO
CONVERTER and the
BY file in which the history is kept
THETA-SOFTWARE
is determined by the HISTFILE variable (default $HOME/.sh_history). Because the command history
is stored in a file, these commands are available after you log off and back on.
There are three ways you can access the command history.

The fc Command
The built-in command fc allows you to run an editor on one or more commands in the command
history. When the edited command(s) is written and you leave the editor, the edited version of the
command(s) is executed. The editor is determined by the FCEDIT variable (default ed). The -e option
may be used with fc to specify the editor rather than FCEDIT.
The –s option causes commands to be executed without first invoking an editor. A simple editing
capability is built in to the fc -s command; an argument of the form
old=new
may be used to change the first occurrence of the string old to the string new in the command(s) to
be re-executed.
vi Line Edit Mode

The shell has a built-in implementation of the vi screen editor, scaled down to work on single lines.
When vi mode is turned on, you are by default placed in a state similar to vi's input mode.
Commands can be typed just the same as when vi mode is off. At any time, however, you can press
the Esc key to be placed in edit mode. At this point, most vi commands will be interpreted by the
shell. The current command line can be edited, as can any of the lines in the command history.
Pressing Enter at any point in either command or input mode causes the command being edited to be
executed.
Table A.4 lists all the editing commands in vi mode. Note: [count] is any integer and may be
omitted.
Table A.4. vi Editing Commands
Input Mode Commands
Command Meaning
erase (Erase character, usually Ctrl+h or #); delete previous character.
Ctrl+w Delete the previous blank-separated word.

kill (Line kill character, normally Ctrl+u or @); delete the entire current line.
eof (End-of-file character, normally Ctrl+d); terminate the shell if the current line is
empty.
Ctrl+v Quote next character; editing characters and the erase and kill characters may
be entered in a command line or in a search string if preceded by a Ctrl+v.
Enter Execute the current line.
Esc Enter edit mode.

Edit Mode Commands
Command Meaning
[count]k Get previous command from history.
[count]- Get previous command from history.
[count]j Get next command from history.
[count]+ Get next command from history.
[count]G Get the command number count from history; the default is the oldest stored
command.
/string Search history for the most recent command containing string; if string is null,
the previous string will be used (string is terminated by an Enter or a Ctrl+j); if
string begins with ^, search for line beginning with string.
?string Same as / except that the search will be for the least recent command.
n Repeat the last / or ? command.
N Repeat the last / or ? command but reverse the direction of the search.
[count]l or Move cursor right one character.

[count]space
[count]w Move cursor right one alphanumeric word.
[count]W Move cursor right to next blank-separated word.
[count]e Move cursor to end of word.
[count]E Move cursor to end of current blank-separated word.
[count]h Move cursor left one character.
[count]b Move cursor left one word.
[count]B Move cursor left to previous blank-separated word.
0 Move cursor to start of line.
^ Move cursor to first nonblank character.
$ Move cursor to end of line.
[count]| Move cursor to column count; 1 is default.

[count]fc Move cursor right to character c.
[count]Fc Move cursor left to character c.
[count]tc Same as fc followed by h.
[count]Tc Same as Fc followed by l.
; Repeat the last f, F, t, or T command.
, Reverse of ;.
UNREGISTERED
a VERSION
EnterOF CHM
input TOand
mode PDF CONVERTER
enter text after the PRO BYcharacter.
current THETA-SOFTWARE
A Append text to the end of the line; same as $a.
[count]c motion Delete current character through character specified by motion and enter input
mode; if motion is c, the entire line is deleted.
C Delete current character through end of line and enter input mode.
S Same as cc.
[count]d motion Delete current character through the character specified by motion; if motion is
d, the entire line is deleted.
D Delete current character through the end of line; same as d$.
i Enter input mode and insert text before the current character.
I Enter input mode and insert text before the first word on the line.
[count]P Place the previous text modification before the cursor.
[count]p Place the previous text modification after the cursor.
[count]y motion Copy current character through character specified by motion into buffer used by
p and P; if motion is y, the entire line is copied.
Y Copy current character through the end of line; same as y$.
R Enter input mode and overwrite characters on the line.

[count]rc Replace the current character with c.
[count]x Delete current character.
[count]X Delete preceding character.
[count]. Repeat the previous text modification command.
~ Invert the case of the current character and advance the cursor.
[count]_ Append the count word from the previous command and enter input mode; the
last word is the default.
* Attempt filename generation on the current word; if a match is found, replace
the current word with the match and enter input mode.
= List files that begin with current word.
\ Complete pathname of current word; if current word is a directory, append a /; if
current word is a file, append a space.
u Undo the last text modification command.
U Restore the current line to its original state.
@letter Soft function key—if an alias of the name _letter is defined, its value will be
executed.
[count]v Execute vi editor on line count; if count is omitted, the current line is used.
Ctrl+l Linefeed and print current line.

L Reprint the current line.
Ctrl+j Execute the current line.

Ctrl+m Execute the current line.
Enter Execute the current line.

# Insert a # at the beginning of the line and enter the line into the command
history (same as I#Enter).
Quoting
Four different types of quoting mechanisms are recognized. These are summarized in Table A.5.
Table A.5. Summary of Quotes
Quote Description
'...' Removes special meaning of all enclosed characters
"..." Removes special meaning of all enclosed characters except $, `, and \
\c Removes special meaning of character c that follows; inside double quotes

removes special meaning of $, `, ", newline, and \that follows, but is
otherwise not interpreted; used for line continuation if appears as last
character on line (newline is removed)
`command` Executes command and inserts standard output at that point
or$(command)
Tilde Substitution
Each word and shell variable on a command line is checked to see whether it begins with an
unquoted ~. If it does, the rest of the word or variable up to a / is considered a login name and is
looked up in a system file, typically /etc/passwd. If that user exists, his home directory replaces the
~ and his login name. If that user doesn't exist, the text is unchanged. A ~ by itself or followed by a /
is replaced by the HOME variable.
Arithmetic Expressions
General Format: $((expression))
The shell evaluates the integer arithmetic expression. expression can contain constants, shell
variables (which don't have to be preceded by dollar signs), and operators. The operators, in order of
decreasing precedence, are
- unary minus
~ bitwise NOT
! logical negation
* / % multiplication, division, remainder
+ - addition, subtraction
<< >> left shift, right shift
<= >= < > comparison
== != equal, not equal
& bitwise AND
^ bitwise exclusive OR
| bitwise OR
logical AND
&&
logical OR
||
expr1 ? expr 2 : expr 3 conditional operator
=, *=, /=, %= assignment
+=, <<=, >>=, &=,
^=, |=
Parentheses may be used to override operator precedence.
The exit status is zero (true) if the last expression is nonzero and one (false) if the last expression is
zero.
The C operators sizeof, ++, and -- may be available in your shell implementation but are not
required by the standard.
Examples
y=$((22 * 33))
z=$((y * y / (y - 1)))
After parameter substitution (and command substitution) is performed on the command line, the
shell looks forVERSION
UNREGISTERED the specialOF
characters
CHM TO *, ?,
PDFandCONVERTER
[. If they're notPRO
quoted,
BY the shell searches the current
THETA-SOFTWARE
directory, or another directory if preceded by a /, and substitutes the names of all files that match
(these names are first alphabetized by the shell). If no match is found, the characters remain
untouched.
Note that filenames beginning with a . must be explicitly matched (so echo * won't display your
hidden files; echo .* will).
The filename substitution characters are summarized in Table A.6.
Table A.6. Filename Substitution Characters
Character(s) Meaning
? Matches any single character.
* Matches zero or more characters.
[chars] Matches any single character in chars; the format C1-C2 can be used to match any
character in the range Cl through C2, inclusive (for example, [A-Z] matches any
uppercase letter).
[!chars] Matches any single character not in chars; a range of characters may be specified
previously.
I/O Redirection
When scanning the command line, the shell looks for the special redirection characters < and >. If
found, they are processed and removed (with any associated arguments) from the command line.
Table A.7 summarizes the different types of I/O redirection that the shell supports.
Table A.7. I/0 Redirection
Construct Meaning
< file Redirect standard input from file.
> file Redirect standard output to file; file is created if it doesn't exist and zeroed if it does.
>| file Redirect standard output to file; file is created if it doesn't exist and zeroed if it does;
the noclobber (-C) option to set is ignored.
>> file Like >, only output is appended to file if it already exists.
<< word Redirect standard input from lines that follow up until a line containing just word;
parameter substitution occurs on the lines, and back-quoted commands are executed
and the backslash character interpreted; if any character in word is quoted, none of
this processing occurs and the lines are passed through unaltered; if word is preceded
by a -, leading tabs on the lines are removed.
<& digit Standard input is redirected from the file associated with file descriptor digit.
>& digit Standard output is redirected to the file associated with file descriptor digit.
<&- Standard input is closed.
>&- Standard output is closed.
<> file Open file for both reading and writing.
Note that filename substitution is not performed on file. Any of the constructs listed in the first
column of the table may be preceded by a file descriptor number to have the same effect on the file
associated with that file descriptor.
The file descriptor 0 is associated with standard input, 1 with standard output, and 2 with standard
error.
Commands other than the shell's built-in commands are normally executed in a "new" shell, called a
subshell. Subshells
UNREGISTERED cannot
VERSION OFchange
CHMtheTOvalues of variables in the
PDF CONVERTER PROparent
BY shell, and they can only
THETA-SOFTWARE
access variables from the parent shell that were exported to them—either implicitly or explicitly—by
the parent. If the subshell changes the value of one of these variables and wants to have its own
subshells know about it, it must explicitly export the variable before executing the subshell.
When the subshell finishes execution, any variables that it may have set are inaccessible by the
parent.
The (...) Construct

If one or more commands are placed inside parentheses, those commands will be executed in a
subshell.
The { ...; } Construct

If one or more commands are placed inside curly braces, those commands will be executed by the
current shell.
With this construct and the (...) construct, I/O can be redirected and piped into and out of the set of
enclosed commands, and the set can be sent to the background for execution by placing an & at the
end. For example,
(prog1; prog2; prog3) 2>errors &
submits the three listed programs to the background for execution, with standard error from all three
programs redirected to the file errors.
More on Shell Variables

A shell variable can be placed into the environment of a command by preceding the command name
with the assignment to the parameter on the command line, as in
PHONEBOOK=$HOME/misc/phone rolo
Here the variable PHONEBOOK will be assigned the indicated value and then placed in rolo's
environment. The environment of the current shell remains unchanged, as if
(PHONEBOOK=$HOME/misc/phone; export PHONE BOOK; rolo)
had been executed instead.

Functions
Functions take the following form:
name () compound-command
where compound-command is a set of commands enclosed in (...), {...} or can be a for, case,
until, or while command. Most often, the function definition takes this form:
name () { command; command; ...command; }

where name is the name of the function defined to the current shell (functions can't be exported).
The function definition can span as many lines as necessary. A return command can be executed to
cause execution of the function to be terminated without also terminating the shell (see the return
command description).
For example,
nf () { ls | wc -l; }
defines a function called nf to count the number of files in your current directory.
Job Control
Shell Jobs
Every command sequence run in the background is assigned a job number, starting at one. The
lowest available number not in use is assigned. A job may be referred to by a job_id, which is a %
followed by the job number, %+, %-, %%, % followed by the first few letters of the pipeline, or %?string.
The following built-in commands may be given a job_id as an argument: kill, fg, bg, and wait. The
special conventions %+ and %- refer to the current and previous jobs, respectively; %% also refers to
the current job. The current job is the most recent job placed in the background or the job running in
the foreground. The previous job is the previous current job. The convention %string refers to the job
whose name begins with string; %?string refers to the job whose name contains string. The jobs
command may be used to list the status of all currently running jobs.
If the monitor option of the set command is turned on, the shell prints a message when each job
finishes. If you still have jobs when you try to exit the shell, a message is printed to alert you of this.
If you immediately try to exit again, the shell exits. The monitor option is enabled by default for
interactive shells.
Stopping Jobs
If the shell is running on a system with job control, and the monitor option of the set command is
turned on, jobs that are running in the foreground may be placed in the background and vice versa.
Normally, Ctrl+z stops the current job. The bg command puts a stopped job in the background. The
fg command brings a background or stopped job to the foreground.
Whenever a job in the background attempts to read from the terminal, it is stopped until it is brought
to the foreground. Output from background jobs normally comes to the terminal. If stty tostop is
executed, output from background jobs is disabled, and a job writing to the terminal is stopped until
it is brought to the foreground. When the shell exits, all stopped jobs are killed.
Command Summary
This section summarizes the shell's built-in commands. Actually, some of these commands (such as
echo and test)
UNREGISTERED may not be
VERSION OFbuilt
CHM in TO
to the
PDFshell but must be provided
CONVERTER PRO BY asTHETA-SOFTWARE
a utility by a POSIX-
compliant system. They are built in to Bash and the Korn shell and are so often used in shell scripts
that we decided to list them here anyway.
The following commands are organized alphabetically for easy reference.

The : Command
General Format: :
This is essentially a null command. It is frequently used to satisfy the requirement that a command
appear.
Example
if who | grep jack > /dev/null
then
else
echo "jack's not logged in"
fi
The : command returns an exit status of zero.
The . Command
General Format: . file
The "dot" command causes the indicated file to be read and executed by the shell, just as if the lines
from the file were typed at that point. Note that file does not have to be executable, only readable.
Also, the shell uses the PATH variable to find file.
Example
. progdefs Execute commands in progdefs
The preceding command causes the shell to search the current PATH for the file progdefs. When it
finds it, it reads and executes the commands from the file.
Note that because file is not executed by a subshell, variables set and/or changed within file remain
in effect after execution of the commands in file is complete.
The alias Command

General Format: alias name=string [name=string ...]
The alias command assigns string to the alias name. Whenever name is used as a command, the
shell substitutes string, performing command-line substitution after string is in place.
Examples
alias ll='ls –l'
alias dir='basename $(pwd)'
If an alias ends with a blank, the word following the alias is also checked to see whether it's an alias.
The format
alias name
causes the alias for name to be printed out.
alias with no arguments lists all aliases.
alias returns an exit status of zero unless a name is given (as in alias name) for which no alias has
been defined.
The bg Command
General Format: bg job_id
If job control is enabled, the job identified by job_id is put into the background. If no argument is
given, the most recently suspended job is put into the background.
Example

bg %2
The break Command

General Format: break
Execution of this command causes execution of the innermost for, while, or until loop to be
immediately terminated. Execution continues with the commands that immediately follow the loop.
If the format
break n
is used, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1, execution of the n innermost loops is
automatically terminated.
The case Command

General Format:
case value in
patl) command
command
...
command;;
pat2) command
command
...
command;;
...
patn) command
command
...
command;;
esac
The word value is successively compared against patl, pat2, ..., patn until a match is found. The
commands that appear immediately after the matching pattern are then executed until a double
semicolon (;;) is encountered. At that point, execution of the case is terminated.
If no pattern matches value, none of the commands inside the case are executed. The pattern *
matches anything and is often used as the last pattern in a case as the "catchall" case.
The shell metacharacters * (match zero or more characters), ? (match any single character), and
[...] (match any single character enclosed between the brackets) can be used in patterns. The
character | can be used to specify a logical ORing of two patterns, as in
patl | pat2
which means to match either patl or pat2.
Examples
case $1 in
-l) lopt=TRUE;;
-w) wopt=TRUE;;
-c) copt=TRUE;;
*) echo "Unknown option";;
esac
case $choice in
[1-9]) valid=TRUE;;
*) echo "Please choose a number from 1-9";;
esac

The cd Command
General Format: cd directory
Execution of this OFcauses
command CHM the
TO shell
PDFtoCONVERTER
make directoryPRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
the current directory. If directory is
omitted, the shell makes the directory specified in the HOME variable the current directory.
If the shell variable CDPATH is null, directory must be a full directory path (for example,
/users/steve/documents) or relative to the current directory (for example, documents, ../pat).
If CDPATH is non-null and directory is not a full path, the shell searches the colon-delimited directory
list in CDPATH for a directory containing directory.
Examples
$ cd documents/memos Change to documents/memos directory
$ cd Change to HOME directory
An argument of - causes the shell to make the previous directory the current directory. The
pathname of the new current directory is printed out.
Examples
$ pwd
/usr/lib/uucp
$ cd /
$ cd -
/usr/lib/uucp
$
The cd command sets the shell variable PWD to the new current directory, and OLDPWD to the previous
directory.
The continue command

General Format: continue
Execution of this command from within a for, while, or until loop causes any commands that
follow the continue to be skipped. Execution of the loop then continues as normal.
If the format
continue n
is used, the commands within the n innermost loops are skipped. Execution of the loops then
continue as normal.
The echo Command

General Format: echo args
This command causes args to be written to standard output. Each word from args is delimited by a
blank space. A newline character is written at the end. If args is omitted, the effect is to simply skip a
line.
Certain backslashed characters have a special meaning to echo as shown in Table A.8.
Table A.8. echo Escape Characters
Character Prints
\a Alert
\b Backspace
\c The line without a terminating newline
\f Formfeed
\n Newline
\r Carriage return
Character Prints
\t Tab character
\v Vertical tab character
\\ Backslash character
\0nnn The character whose ASCII value is nnn, where nnn is a one- to three-digit octal
UNREGISTERED number
that starts with a zero
Remember to quote these characters so that the echo command interprets them and not the shell.
Examples
$ echo * List all files in the current directory
bin docs mail mise src
$ echo Skip a line
$ echo 'X\tY' Print X and Y, separated by a tab
X Y
$ echo "\n\nSales Report" Skip two lines before displaying Sales Report
Sales Report
$ echo "Wake up!!\a" Print message and beep terminal
Wake up!!
The eval Command

General Format: eval args
Execution of this command causes the shell to evaluate args and then execute the results. This is
useful for causing the shell to effectively "double-scan" a command line.
Example
$ x='abc def'
$ y='$x' Assign $x to y
$ echo $y
$x
$ eval echo $y
abc def
The exec Command

General Format: exec command args
When the shell executes the exec command, it initiates execution of the specified command with the
indicated arguments. Unlike other commands executed as a new process, command replaces the
current process (that is, no new process is created). After command starts execution, there is no
return to the program that initiated the exec.
If just I/O redirection is specified, the input and/or output for the shell is accordingly redirected.
Examples
exec /bin/sh Replace current process with sh
exec < datafile Reassign standard input to datafile
The exit Command

General Format: exit n
Execution of exit causes the current shell program to be immediately terminated. The exit status of
the program is the value of the integer n, if supplied. If n is not supplied, the exit status is that of the
last command executed prior to the exit.
An exit status of zero is used by convention to indicate "success," and nonzero to indicate "failure"
(such as an error condition). This convention is used by the shell in evaluation of conditions for if,
while, and until commands, and with the && and || constructs.
Examples
who | grep $user > /dev/null
exit Exit with status of last grep

exit 1 Exit with status of 1
if finduser If finduser returns an exit status of zero then...

then
...
fi
Note that executing exit from a login shell has the effect of logging you off.
The export Command

General Format: export variables
The export command tells the shell that the indicated variables are to be marked as exported; that
is, their values are to be passed down to subshells.
Examples
export PATH PS1
export dbhome x1 y1 date
Variables may be set when exported using the form
export variable=value...
So lines such as
PATH=$PATH:$HOME/bin; export PATH
CDPATH=.:$HOME:/usr/spool/uucppublic; export CDPATH
can be rewritten as
export PATH=$PATH:$HOME/bin CDPATH=.:$HOME:/usr/spool/uucppublic
The output of export with a –p argument is a list of the exported variables and their values in the
form
export variable=value
or
export variable
if variable has been exported but not yet set.
The false Command

General Format: false
The false command simply returns a nonzero exit status.
The fc Command
General Format: fc -e editor -lnr first last
fc –s old=new first
The fc command is used to edit commands in the command history. A range of commands is
specified from first to last, where first and last can be either command numbers or strings; a
negative number is taken as an offset from the current command number; a string specifies the most
recently entered command beginning with that string. The commands are read into the editor and
executed upon exit from the editor. If no editor is specified, the value of the shell variable FCEDIT is
used; if FCEDIT is not set, ed is used.
The -l option lists the commands from first to last (that is, an editor is not invoked). If the -n option
is also selected, these commands are not preceded by command numbers.
The -r option to fc reverses the order of the commands.
If last is not specified, it defaults to first. If first is also not specified, it defaults to the previous
command for editing and to -16 for listing.
The –s option causes the selected command to be executed without editing it first. The format
fc -s old=new first
causes the command first to be re-executed after the string old in the command is replaced with
new. If first isn't specified, the previous command is used, and if old=new isn't specified, the
command is not changed.
Examples
fc -l List the last 16 commands
fc -e vi sed Read the last sed command into vi
fc 100 110 Read commands 100 to 110 into $FCEDIT
fc -s Re-execute the previous command
fc -s abc=def 104 Re-execute command 104, replacing abc with def
The fg Command
General Format: fg job_id
If job control is enabled, the job specified by job_id is brought to the foreground. If no argument is
given, the most recently suspended job, or the job last sent to the background is brought to the
foreground.
Example
fg %2
The for Command

General Format:
for var in word l word2 ... wordn
do
command
command
...
done
Execution of this command causes the commands enclosed between the do and done to be executed
as many times as there are words listed after the in.
The first time through the loop, the first word—wordl—is assigned to the variable var and the
commands between the do and done executed. The second time through the loop, the second word
listed—word2—is assigned to var and the commands in the loop executed again. This process
continues until the last variable in the list—wordn—is assigned to var and the commands between the
do and done executed. At that point, execution of the for loop is terminated. Execution then
continues with the command that immediately follows the done.
The special format
for var
do
...
done
indicates that the positional parameters "$1", "$2", ... are to be used in the list and is equivalent to
for var in "$@"
do
...
done
Example
# nroff all of the files in the current directory
for file in *
do
nroff -Tlp $file | lp
done
The getopts Command

General Format: getopts options var
This command processes command-line arguments. options is a list of valid single letter options. If
any letter in options is followed by a :, that option takes a following argument on the command line,
which must be separated from the option by at least one whitespace character.
Each time getopts is called, it processes the next command-line argument. If a valid option is found,
getopts stores the matching option letter inside the specified variable var and returns a zero exit
status.
If an invalid option is specified (that is, one not listed in options), getopts stores a ? inside var and
returns with a zero exit status. It also writes an error message to standard error.
If an option takes a following argument, getopts stores the matching option letter inside var and
stores the following command-line argument inside the special variable OPTARG. If no arguments are
left on the command line, getopts stores a ? inside var and writes an error message to standard
error.
If no more options remain on the command line (that is, if the next command-line argument does not
begin with a -), getopts returns a nonzero exit status.
The special variable OPTIND is also used by getopts. It is initially set to 1 and is adjusted each time
getopts returns to indicate the number of the next command-line argument to be processed.
The argument -- can be placed on the command line to specify the end of the command-line
arguments.
getopts supports stacked arguments, as in
repx -iau
which is equivalent to
repx -i -a -u
Options that take following arguments may not be stacked.
If the format
getopts options var args
is used, getopts parses the arguments specified by args rather than the command-line arguments.
Example
usage="Usage: foo [-r] [-O outfile] infile"
while getopts ro: opt
do
case "$opt"
in
r) rflag=1;;
O) oflag=1
ofile=$OPTARG;;
\?) echo "$usage"
exit 1;;
esac
done
if [ $OPTIND -gt $# ]
then
echo "Needs input file!"
echo "$usage"
exit 2
fi
shift $((OPTIND – 1))
ifile=$1
...
The hash Command

General Format: hash commands
This command tells the shell to look for the specified commands and to remember what directories
they are located in. If commands is not specified, a list of the hashed commands is displayed.
If the format
hash -r
is used, the shell removes all commands from its hash list. Next time any command is executed, the
shell uses its normal search methods to find the command.
Examples
hash rolo whoq Add rolo and whoq to hash list
hash Print hash list
hash -r Remove hash list
The if Command
General Format:
if command t
then
command
command
...
fi
commandt is executed and its exit status tested. If it is zero, the commands that follow up to the fi
are executed. Otherwise, the commands that follow up to the fi are skipped.
Example
if grep $sys sysnames > /dev/null
then
echo "$sys is a valid system name"
fi
If the grep returns an exit status of zero (which it will if it finds $sys in the file sysnames), the echo
command is executed; otherwise it is skipped.
The built-in command test is often used as the command following the if.
Example
if [ $# -eq 0 ]
then
echo "Usage: $0 [-l] file ..."
exit 1
fi
An else clause can be added to the if to be executed if the command returns a nonzero exit status.
In this case, the general format of the if becomes
if commandt
then
command
command
...
else
command
command
...
fi
If commandt returns an exit status of zero, the commands that follow up to the else are executed,
and the commands between the else and the fi are skipped. Otherwise, commandt returns a
nonzero exit status and the commands between the then and the else are skipped, and the
commands between the else and the fi are executed.
Example
if [ -z "$line" ]
then
echo "I couldn't find $name"
else
echo "$line"
fi
In the preceding example, if line has zero length, the echo command that displays the message I
couldn't find $name is executed; otherwise, the echo command that displays the value of line is
executed.
A final format of the if command is useful when more than a two-way decision has to be made. Its
general format is
if commandl
then
command
command
...
elif command 2
then
command
command
...
elif command n
then
command
command
...
else
command
command
...
fi
commandl, command2, ..., commandn are evaluated in order until one of the commands returns an
exit status of zero, at which point the commands that immediately follow the then (up to another
elif, else, or fi) are executed. If none of the commands returns an exit status of zero, the
commands listed after the else (if present) are executed.
Example
if [ "$choice" = a ]
then
add $*
elif [ "$choice" = d ]
then
delete $*
elif [ "$choice" = l ]
then
list
else
echo "Bad choice!"
error=TRUE
fi
The jobs Command

General Format: jobs
The list of active jobs is printed. If the -l option is specified, detailed information about each job,
including its process id, is listed as well. If the -p option is specified, only process ids are listed.
If an optional job_id is supplied to the jobs command, just information about that job is listed.
Example
$ sleep 100 &
[1] 1104
$ jobs
[1] + Running sleep 100 &
The kill Command

General Format: kill -signal job
The kill command sends the signal signal to the specified process, where job is a process id number
or job_id, and signal is a number or one of the signal names specified in <signal.h> (see the
description of trap later in the chapter). kill –l lists these names. A signal number supplied with
the –l option lists the corresponding signal name. A process id used with the –l option lists the name
of the signal that terminated the specified process (if it was terminated by a signal).
The –s option can also be used when a signal name is supplied, in which case the dash before the
name is not used (see the following example).
If signal isn't specified, TERM is used.
Examples
kill -9 1234

kill -HUP %2
kill –s TERM %2
kill %1
Note that more than one process id can be supplied to the kill command on the command line.
The newgrp Command

General Format: newgrp group
This command changes your real group id (GID) to group. If no argument is specified, it changes you
back to your default group.
Examples
newgrp shbook Change to group shbook
newgrp Change back to default group
If a password is associated with the new group, and you are not listed as a member of the group, you
will be prompted to enter it.
newgrp –l changes you back to your login group.
The pwd Command

General Format: pwd
This command tells the shell to print your working directory, which is written to standard output.
Examples
$ pwd
/users/steve/documents/memos
$ cd
$ pwd
/users/steve
The read Command

General Format: read vars
This command causes the shell to read a line from standard input and assign successive whitespace-
delimited words from the line to the variables vars. If fewer variables are listed than there are words
on the line, the excess words are stored in the last variable.
Specifying just one variable has the effect of reading and assigning an entire line to the variable.
The exit status of read is zero unless an end-of-file condition is encountered.
Examples
$ read hours mins
10 19
$ echo "$hours:$mins"
10:19
$ read num rest
39 East 12th Street, New York City 10003
$ echo "$num\n$rest"
39
East 12th Street, New York City 10003

$ read line
Here is an entire line \r
$ echo "$line"
UNREGISTERED
Here VERSION
is an entire OF CHM TOrPDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
line
Note in the final example OF
thatCHM TO PDF
any leading CONVERTER
whitespace PRO
characters BY
get THETA-SOFTWARE
"eaten" by the shell when read.
You can change IFS if this poses a problem.
Also note that backslash characters get interpreted by the shell when you read the line, and any that
make it through (double backslashes will get through as a single backslash) get interpreted by echo if
you display the value of the variable.
A –r option to read says to not treat a \character at the end of a line as line continuation.

General Format: readonly vars
This command tells the shell that the listed variables cannot be assigned values. These variables may
be optionally assigned values on the readonly command line. If you subsequently try to assign a
value to a readonly variable, the shell issues an error message.
readonly variables are useful for ensuring that you don't accidentally overwrite the value of a
variable. They're also good for ensuring that other people using a shell program can't change the
values of particular variables (for example, their HOME directory or their PATH). The readonly
attribute is not passed down to subshells.
readonly with a –p option prints a list of your readonly variables.
Example
$ readonly DB=/users/steve/database Assign value to DB and make it readonly
$ DB=foo Try to assign it a value
sh: DB: is read-only Error message from the shell
$ echo $DB But can still access its value
/users/steve/database
$
The return Command

General Format: return n
This command causes the shell to stop execution of the current function and immediately return to
the caller with an exit status of n. If n is omitted, the exit status returned is that of the command
executed immediately prior to the return.
The set Command

General Format: set options args
This command is used to turn on or off options as specified by options. It is also used to set positional
parameters, as specified by args.
Each single letter option in options is enabled if the option is preceded by a minus sign (-), or
disabled if preceded by a plus sign (+). Options can be grouped, as in
set -fx
which enables the f and x options.
Table A.9 summarizes the options that can be selected.
Table A.9. set Options
Meaning Option
-- Don't treat subsequent args preceded by a - as options. If there are no arguments, the
positional parameters are unset.
-a Automatically export all variables that are subsequently defined or modified.
-b If supported by the implementation, cause the shell to notify you when background jobs
finish.
-C Don't allow output redirection to overwrite existing files. >| can still be used to force
individual files to be overwritten even if this option is selected.
-e Exit if any command that gets executed fails or has a nonzero exit status.
Meaning Option
-f Disable filename generation.
-h Add commands inside functions to the hash list as they are defined, and not as they are
executed.
-m Turn on the job monitor.
UNREGISTERED
-n
Read commands without executing them (useful for checking for balanced do...dones,
and if...fis).
+o Write current option mode settings in command format.

-o m Turn on option mode m (see Table A.10).
UNREGISTERED
-u VERSION
Issue an errorOF
if aCHM TOisPDF
variable CONVERTER
referenced PRO BY
without having THETA-SOFTWARE
been assigned a value or if a
positional parameter is referenced without having been set.
-v Print each shell command line as it is read.
-x Print each command and its arguments as it is executed, preceded by a +.
Shell modes are turned on or off by using the -o and +o options, respectively, followed by an option
name. These options are summarized in Table A.10.
Table A.10. Shell Modes
Mode Meaning
allexport Same as -a.
errexit Same as -e.
ignoreeof The exit command must be used to leave the shell.
monitor Same as -m.

noclobber Same as -C.
noexec Same as -n.
noglob Same as -f.
nolog Don't put function definitions in the history.

nounset Same as -u.
verbose Same as -v.
vi The inline editor is set to vi.
xtrace Same as -x.
The command set -o without any following options has the effect of listing all shell modes and their
settings.
The shell variable $- contains the current options setting.
Each word listed in args is set to the positional parameters $1, $2, ..., respectively. If the first word
might start with a minus sign, it's safer to specify the -- option to set to avoid interpretation of that
value.
If args is supplied, the variable $# will be set to the number of parameters assigned after execution
of the command.
Examples
set -vx Print all command lines as they are read,
and each command and its arguments as
it is executed
set "$name" "$address" "$phone" Set $1 to $name, $2 to $address, and $3 to
$phone
set -- -1 Set $1 to -1
set -o vi Turn on vi mode
set +o verbose -o noglob Turn verbose mode off, noglob on
The shift Command

General Format: shift
This command causes the positional parameters $1, $2, ..., $n to be "shifted left" one place. That is,
$2 is assigned to $1, $3 to $2, ..., and $n to $n-1. $# is adjusted accordingly.
If the format
shift n
is used instead, the shift is to the left n places.
Examples
UNREGISTERED
$ set a b c VERSION
d OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ echo "$#\n$*"
UNREGISTERED
a b c d VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
$ shift
$ echo "$#\n$*"
b c d
$ shift 2
$ echo "$#\n$*"
The test Command

General Format:
test condition
or
[ condition ]
The shell evaluates condition and if the result of the evaluation is TRUE, returns a zero exit status. If
the result of the evaluation is FALSE, a nonzero exit status is returned. If the format [ condition ] is
used, a space must appear immediately after the [ and before the ].
condition is composed of one or more operators as shown in Table A.11. The -a operator has higher
precedence than the -o operator. In any case, parentheses can be used to group subexpressions.
Just remember that the parentheses are significant to the shell and so must be quoted. Operators
and operands (including parentheses) must be delimited by one or more spaces so that test sees
them as separate arguments.
test is often used to test conditions in an if, while, or until command.
Examples
# see if perms is executable
if test -x /etc/perms
then
...
fi
# see if it's a directory or a normal file that's readable
if [ -d $file -o $ -f $file -a -r $file $ ]
then
...
fi
Table A.11. test Operators
Operator Returns TRUE (zero exit status) if
File Operators
-b file file is a block special file
-c file file is a character special file
-d file file is a directory
-e file file exists
-f file file is an ordinary file
-g file file has its set group id (SGID) bit set
-h file file is a symbolic link
UNREGISTERED
-k file VERSION
file OF
has CHM TO bit
its sticky PDFsetCONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE
-L file file is a symbolic link
-p file file is a named pipe
-r file file is readable by the process
-S file file is a socket
-s file file has nonzero length
-t fd fd is open file descriptor associated with a terminal (1 is default)
-u file file has its set user id (SUID) bit set
-w file file is writable by the process
-x file file is executable
String Operators
string string is not null

-n string string is not null (and string must be seen by test)
-z string string is null (and string must be seen by test)
string1 = string 2 string1 is identical to string2

string1 != string 2 string1 is not identical to string2
Integer Comparison Operators
int1 -eq int2 int1 is equal to int2
int1 -ge int2 int1 is greater than or equal to int2
int1 -gt int2 int1 is greater than int2
int1 -le int2 int1 is less than or equal to int2
int1 -lt int2 int1 is less than int2
int1 -ne int2 int1 is not equal to int2
Boolean Operators
! expr expr is FALSE; otherwise, returns TRUE
expr1 -a expr 2 expr1 is TRUE, and expr2 is TRUE
expr1 -o expr2 expr1 is TRUE, or expr2 is TRUE
The times Command

General Format: times
Execution of this command causes the shell to write to standard output the total amount of time that
has been used by the shell and by all its child processes. For each, two numbers are listed: first the
accumulated user time and then the accumulated system time.
Note that times does not report the time used by built-in commands.
Example
$ times Print time used by processes
1m5s 2m9s 1 min., 5 secs. user time, 2 mins., 9 secs. system time
8m22.23s 6m22.01s Time used by child processes
The trap Command

General Format: trap commands signals
This command tells the shell to execute commands whenever it receives one of the signals listed in
signals. The listed signals can be specified by name or number.
trap with no arguments prints a list of the current trap assignments.
If the first argument is the null string, as in
trap "" signals
the signals in signals are ignored when received by the shell.
If the format
trap signals
is used, processing of each signal listed in signals is reset to the default action.
Examples
trap "echo hangup >> $ERRFILE; exit" 2 Log message and exit on hangup
trap "rm $TMPFILE; exit" 1 2 15 remove $TMPFILE on signals l, 2, or 15
trap "" 2 Ignore interrupts
trap 2 Reset default processing of interrupts
Table A.12 lists values that can be specified in the signal list.
Table A.12. Signal Numbers and Names for trap
Signal # Signal Name Generated for

0 EXIT Exit from the shell
1 HUP Hangup
2 INT Interrupt (for example, Delete key, Ctrl+c)

3 QUIT Quit
6 ABRT Abort
9 KILL Kill
14 ALRM Alarm timeout
15 TERM Software termination signal (sent by kill by default)
The shell scans commands when the trap command is encountered and again when one of the listed
signals is received. This means, for example, that when the shell encounters the command
trap "echo $count lines processed >> $LOGFILE; exit" HUP INT TERM
it substitutes the value of count at that point, and not when one of the signals is received. You can
get the value of count substituted when one of the signals is received if you instead enclose the
commands in single quotes:
trap 'echo $count lines processed >> $LOGFILE; exit' HUP INT TERM
The true Command

General Format: true
This command returns a zero exit status.
The type Command

General Format: type commands
This command prints information about the indicated commands.
Examples
$ type troff echo
troff is /usr/bin/troff
echo is a shell builtin
The umask Command

General Format: umask mask
umask sets the default file creation mask to mask. Files that are subsequently created are ANDed
with this mask to determine the mode of the file.
umask with no arguments prints the current mask. The –S option says to produce symbolic output.
Examples
$ umask Print current mask

UNREGISTERED
0002
No write to others
$ umask 022 No write to group either
$
The unalias Command

General Format: unalias names
The alias's names are removed from the alias list. The –a option says to remove all aliases.
The unset Command

General Format: unset names
This causes the shell to erase definitions of the variables or functions listed in names. Read-only
variables cannot be unset. The –v option to unset specifies that a variable name follows, whereas the
–f option specifies a function name. If neither option is used, it is assumed that variable name(s)
follow.
Example
unset dblist files Remove definitions of variables dblist and files
The until Command

General Format:
until command t
do
command
command
...
done
commandt is executed and its exit status tested. If it is nonzero, the commands enclosed between
the do and done are executed. Then command t is executed again and its status tested. If it is
nonzero, the commands between the do and done are once again executed. Execution of commandt
and subsequent execution of the commands between the do and done continues until commandt
returns a zero exit status, at which point the loop is terminated. Execution then continues with the
command that follows the done.
Note that because commandt gets evaluated immediately on entry into the loop, the commands
between the do and done may never be executed if it returns a zero exit status the first time.
Example
# sleep for 60 seconds until jack logs on
until who | grep jack > /dev/null
do
sleep 60
done
echo jack has logged on
The preceding loop continues until the grep returns a zero exit status (that is, finds jack in who's
output). At that point, the loop is terminated, and the echo command that follows is executed.
The wait Command

General Format: wait job
This command causes the shell to suspend its execution until the process identified as job finishes
executing. Job can be a process id number or a job_id. If job is not supplied, the shell waits for all
child processes to finish executing. If more than one process id is listed, wait will wait for them all to
complete.
wait is useful for waiting for processes to finish that have been sent to the background for execution.
Example
sort large_file > sorted_file & sort in the background

. . . Continue processing
wait Now wait for sort to finish
plotdata sorted_file
The variable $! can be used to obtain the process id number of the last process sent to the
background.
The while Command

General Format:
while command t
do
command
command
...
done
commandt is executed and its exit status tested. If it is zero, the commands enclosed between the do
and done are executed. Then command t is executed again and its status tested. If it is zero, the
commands between the do and done are once again executed. Execution of commandt and
subsequent execution of the commands between the do and done continues until commandt returns
a nonzero exit status, at which point the loop is terminated. Execution then continues with the
command that follows the done.
Note that because commandt gets evaluated immediately on entry into the loop, the commands
between the do and done may never be executed if it returns a nonzero exit status the first time.
Example
# fill up the rest of the buffer with blank lines
while [ $lines -le $maxlines ]
do
echo >> $BUFFER
lines=$((lines + 1))
done
Appendix B. For More Information
IN THIS APPENDIX
Books VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

UNREGISTERED
Many sources of information on the Unix system are available; however, we have selectively listed
some titles and Web sites here of particular value to shell programmers. All Web sites and URLs are
valid as of the publication of this book, but as is often the case on the Internet, some may not be
available by the time you read this.
There is one reference that you cannot do without. This is the Unix documentation for your particular
system. It gives detailed descriptions on the syntax and various options for each of the commands.
If a printed version of your system's documentation isn't available, you can use the man command to
get information (referred to as the "man pages" by Unix users) about any specific Unix command.
The format is
man command
Some systems have an interactive documentation command called info. To invoke it, simply type
info. After it starts up, just type h for a tutorial.
Note that some smaller systems may not have online documentation due to disk space limitations.
However, almost all this information is also available on the Web and in printed form.
The authors of this book maintain the Web site at www.kochan-wood.com. You can download the
rolo program;
UNREGISTERED get answers
VERSION OFtoCHM
the exercises; and find out more
TO PDF CONVERTER PROabout
BYUnix, the C programming
THETA-SOFTWARE
language, and shell programming there.
The best place on the Web for information on the POSIX standard is at www.unix.org. This site is
maintained by The Open Group, an international consortium that worked with the IEEE to create the
current POSIX specification. The complete specification is available on its Web site. You must register
first to read it, but registration is free. The URL for accessing the documentation is
www.unix.org/online.html. You can also purchase for download a printable copy of the Open Group
Unix documentation at www.opengroup.org/pubs/catalog/un.htm. (The standards publications are
only available for download or on CD-ROM, although you may still be able to find some older, out-of-
print hard-copy versions at Amazon.com.)
The Free Software Foundation maintains online documentation for a variety of Unix utilities, including
Bash, at www.fsf.org/manual.
David Korn, the developer of the Korn shell, maintains www.kornshell.com. It contains
documentation, downloads, information on books on the Korn shell, and links to information on other
shells.
If you want to experiment with the Korn shell, or you're using a system that doesn't have a POSIX
compliant shell, you can download the Korn shell executable for a variety of Unix systems for free
from www.research.att.com/sw/download/.
If you only have access to Microsoft Windows systems but still want to try your hand at shell
programming, or you just want to get a taste of Unix, install the Cygwin package from
www.cygwin.com. The base system includes Bash, and you can also download other shells such as
zsh. The total feel of the system is remarkably like Unix, even though it's running on Windows.
There's even an X Window System available to enhance the Unix look and feel. Best of all, the entire
Cygwin package is free.
Books
O'Reilly & Associates

One of the best sources of books on Unix-related topics is O'Reilly and Associates (www.ora.com).
Their books cover a wide variety of subjects and are available from their Web site, from booksellers
online, and in book stores. Their Web site also has many useful articles on Unix and Linux.
Two good references on Unix and Linux, respectively:
Unix in a Nutshell: System V Edition, 3rd Edition, A. Robbins, O'Reilly & Associates, 1999 (ISBN
1565924274).
Linux in a Nutshell, 3rd Edition, E. Siever, S. Spainhour, J. P. Hekman, and S. Figgins, O'Reilly &
Associates, 2000 (ISBN 0596000251).
Four good books on Perl programming, from beginner to advanced:
Learning Perl, 3rd Edition, R. L. Schwartz and T. Phoenix, O'Reilly & Associates, 2001 (ISBN
0596001320).
Perl in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition, S. Spainhour, E. Siever, and N. Patwardhan, O'Reilly & Associates,
2002 (ISBN 0596002416).
Programming Perl, 3rd Edition, L. Wall, T. Christiansen, and J. Orwant, O'Reilly & Associates, 2000
(ISBN 0596000278).
Advanced Perl Programming, S. Srinivasan, O'Reilly & Associates, 1997 (ISBN 1565922204).
A good book covering both the POSIX standard versions of awk and sed as well as the GNU versions:
Sed & Awk, 2nd Edition, D. Dougherty and A. Robbins, O'Reilly & Associates, 1997 (ISBN
1565922255).
Sams and Que

Learn the essentials of Unix shell programming from the ground up:
Sams Teach Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours, 2nd Edition, Sriranga Veeraraghaven, Sams
Publishing, 2002 (ISBN 0672323583).
A good book for learning Unix and programming in C and Perl on a Unix system:
Sams Teach Yourself Unix in 24 Hours, 3rd Edition, Dave Taylor, Sams Publishing, 2001 (ISBN
0672321270).
This book offers a series of lectures written by several Unix experts who have years of experience to
share with their audience:
Unix Unleashed, Robin Anderson and Andy Johnston, Sams Publishing, 2001 (ISBN 067232251X).
This book offers detailed information on a broad range of Red Hat Linux topics, from installation to
multimedia:
UNREGISTERED
Red Hat LinuxVERSION OFBilly
8 Unleashed, CHM TOSams
Ball, PDFPublishing,
CONVERTER PRO BY
2002 (ISBN THETA-SOFTWARE
067232458X).
Learn how to efficiently install Red Hat Linux 8 and then get the most out of your system:
Sams Teach Yourself Red Hat Linux 8.0 in 24 Hours, Aron Hsiao, Sams Publishing, 2003 (ISBN
067232475X).
This title offers a broad range of FreeBSD-related topics. It is detailed in its approach and offers
information not found anywhere else:
FreeBSD Unleashed, Michael Urban and Brian Tiemann, Sams Publishing, 2001 (ISBN 0672322064).
Learn FreeBSD from the ground up. This book is the only beginning level tutorial that offers all the ins
and outs of the FreeBSD operating system:
Sams Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours, Michael Urban and Brian Tiemann, 2002 (ISBN
0672324245).
Other Publishers
This is the set of standard documentation for System V, Release 4 produced by AT&T. Although
thorough, this two-book set dates from the early 1990s:
User's Reference Manual/System Administrator's Reference Manual, Prentice Hall, 1992 (ISBN
0139513108).
The following book contains complete coverage of the Korn shell, and is coauthored by its creator:
The New KornShell Command and Programming Language, 2nd Edition, D. Korn and M. Bolsky,
Prentice Hall, 1995 (ISBN 0131827006).
An in-depth reference to the C shell:
The Unix C Shell Field Guide, G. Anderson and P. Anderson, Prentice Hall, 1986 (ISBN 013937468X).
A complete description of the awk language authored by its creators:
The AWK Programming Language, A. V. Aho, B. W. Kernighan, and P. J. Weinberger, Addison-Wesley,

1988 (ISBN 020107981X).
An advanced Unix programming book:
The Unix Programming Environment, B. W. Kernighan and R. Pike, Prentice Hall, 1984 (ISBN
013937681X).
An advanced Linux programming book:
Advanced Linux Programming, M. Mitchell, J. Oldham, and A. Samuel, New Riders Publishing, 2001
(ISBN 0735710430).
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]

! (logical negation) operator 2nd

!= operator
# (pound sign) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
# command (vi)
#! construct
$ (dollar sign) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
$ command (vi) 2nd 3rd
$! variable 2nd 3rd
$# variable 2nd 3rd 4th
$$ variable 2nd
$(...) construct 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
$* variable 2nd 3rd 4th
$- variable
$? variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
$@ variable 2nd 3rd 4th
${#array[i]} construct
${#parameter} construct
${#variable} construct 2nd
${array[*]} construct
${array[i]} construct 2nd
${n} variable
${parameter##pattern} construct
${parameter#pattern} construct
${parameter%pattern} construct
${parameter+value} construct
${parameter-value} construct
${parameter=value} construct
${parameter?value} construct
${parameter[colon]+value} construct 2nd 3rd
${parameter[colon]-value} construct 2nd 3rd
${parameter[colon]=value} construct 2nd 3rd
${parameter[colon]?value} construct 2nd 3rd
${parameter} construct 2nd 3rd
${variable} construct (***italicize variable) 2nd
$0 variable 2nd 3rd
$array construct
% (percent sign) 2nd
& (ampersand)
&& construct 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
< redirection operator
<& redirection operator
<&- characters
<&- redirection operator
<< redirection characters 2nd 3rd 4th
<< redirection operator
<[left angle bracket] redirection operator
' (single quote) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
((...)) construct
() (parentheses) 2nd
(...) construct 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
(backslash) 2nd 3rd
backslash inside double quotes 2nd 3rd 4th
line continuation character 2nd
(double quotes) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
(semicolon)
(semicolon) command (vi)
* (asterisk) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
filename substitution 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
* command (vi)
+ (plus sign)
, command (vi)
- (hyphen)
- option (cd command) 2nd
-- option
set command 2nd 3rd 4th
-- option (set command)
-a (logical AND) operator 2nd
-o (logical OR) operator 2nd
. (period) 2nd 3rd
. command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
. command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
. pathname
.. pathname
... construct 2nd 3rd 4th
.precision modifier
/ (slash)
/ command (vi) 2nd 3rd
= (equal sign)
= command (vi)
= operator
? (question mark)
filename substitution 2nd 3rd
@letter command (vi) (italic @letter)
[*] construct
[...] construct 2nd 3rd 4th
[] (brackets)
[colon] (null command) 2nd
[colon] command 2nd
[count]+ command (vi)
[count]- command (vi)
[count]. command (vi)
[count]/ command (vi)
[count]_ command (vi)
[count]b command (vi)
[count]B command (vi)
[count]d motion command (vi) (italic motion)
[count]e command (vi)
[count]E command (vi)
[count]F command (vi)
[count]fc command (vi) (italic c)
[count]Fc command (vi) (italic c)
[count]h command (vi)
[count]j command (vi)
[count]k command (vi)
[count]l command (vi)
[count]rc command (vi) (italic c)
[count]tc command (vi) (italic c)
[count]Tc command (vi) (italic c)
[count]v command (vi)
[count]w command (vi)
[count]W command (vi)
[count]x command (vi)
[double left angle bracket] redirection operator
[left angle bracket] redirection operator
[left angle bracket]& notation
[left angle bracket]& redirection operator
[left angle bracket]&- characters
[left angle bracket]&- redirection operator
[left angle bracket]| redirection operator
\\escape character
\\escape characters
^ (caret) 2nd 3rd
^ command (vi)
_ (underscore) 2nd
` (backquote) 2nd 3rd 4th
{ ...[semicolon] } construct 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
{...} construct 2nd 3rd 4th
{} (braces)
| (pipe symbol) 2nd 3rd
|| construct 2nd 3rd 4th
pattern matching
| (pipe)
|| construct 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
~ (tilde)
tilde substitution 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
~ command (vi)
0 command (vi) 2nd 3rd
0 exit status
0 signal
0 signal number
1 signal
1 signal number
14 signal
15 signal
15 signal number
2 signal
2 signal number
3 signal
6 signal
9 signal

a () escape character
a command (vi) 2nd 3rd
A command (vi)
a option (set command)
ABRT signal
access modes
accessing
command history 2nd
fc command 2nd
history command 2nd
r command 2nd 3rd
active jobs
printing list of 2nd
add program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
addi program 2nd
Advanced Linux Programming
Advanced Perl Programming
alias command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
aliases
defining 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
removing
allexport shell mode
ALRM signal
ampersand
&& construct 2nd 3rd 4th
ampersand (&)
AND operators
logical AND operator (-a) 2nd
apostrophe (') 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
archive files
creating 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
args program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
arguments
functions
passing 2nd 3rd 4th
$# variable 2nd
$* variable 2nd
${n} variable 2nd
phonebook file example 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
shift command 2nd 3rd
positional parameters 2nd
defined 2nd
left shifting 2nd 3rd
reassigning values to 2nd 3rd
arithemetic operators 2nd
arithmetic
integer arithmetic
arithmetic bases 2nd 3rd
arithmetic expressions 2nd
integer types 2nd
arithmetic expansion 2nd 3rd
arithmetically sorting files 2nd
array[i]=val construct
arrays 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
assigning elements to
retrieving elements from
subscripts
assigning
values to keyword parameters 2nd
variable values 2nd 3rd
to other variables
asterisk (*) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
filename substitution 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
asynchronous execution
automatically loaded functions 2nd
awk command
AWK Programming Language, The
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
b (" " \b)escape character

b (" " \b)escapecharacte
b command (vi) 2nd
b conversion specification character
b option (set command)
background
executing loops in 2nd
sending commands to 2nd 3rd
background processes
waiting for 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
background, executing jobs in
background, running jobs in
backquote (`) 2nd 3rd 4th
backslash ( 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
bases (arithmetic) 2nd 3rd
Bash shell
beginning of line, matching 2nd
bg command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
books
AWK Programming Language, The
Learning Pearl
Programming Pearl
Unix C Shell Field Guide, The
Unix in a Nutshell[colon] System V Edition
Unix Programmer's Manual, Volume II
Unix Programming Environment, The
Bourne shell
Bourne, Stephen 2nd
braces ({})
brackets ([])
break command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Break key
breaking
loops 2nd
breaking loops 2nd 3rd
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
c () escape character
c () escape characters
C command (vi)
c conversion specification character
UNREGISTERED
c option
sh command
uniq command
wc command
C option (set command)
caret (^) 2nd 3rd
case command 2nd 3rd
pattern matching characters 2nd 3rd 4th
* (asterisk) 2nd
? (question mark)
[...] construct
pipe symbol (|) 2nd 3rd
syntax 2nd 3rd
case statement
cat command 2nd 3rd
cd command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
- option 2nd
cdh function 2nd 3rd 4th
CDPATH variable 2nd 3rd 4th
cdtest program
change program 2nd 3rd
changing
command prompt 2nd
directories
cd command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
groups 2nd
characters
# (pound sign)
= (equal sign)
_ (underscore)
extracting from files
cut command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
matching
multiple characters 2nd 3rd 4th
single characters 2nd 3rd
newline characters
pattern matching
any character 2nd 3rd
beginning of line 2nd
end of line 2nd 3rd
grep command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th
parameter substitution constructs 2nd 3rd 4th
precise number of characters 2nd 3rd 4th
saving matched characters 2nd 3rd 4th
specific characters 2nd 3rd
summary of regular expressions 2nd
zero or more characters 2nd 3rd 4th
repeating
echo command 2nd
translating from standard input 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
whitespace characters
child processes
closing
standard input
standard output
comamnds
bg 2nd 3rd 4th
comma (,)
command (vi)
command files 2nd
comments 2nd 3rd 4th
# (pound sign)
creating 2nd
examples 2nd 3rd 4th
execute permissions 2nd
passing arguments to 2nd 3rd 4th
$# variable 2nd
$* variable 2nd
${n} variable 2nd
command history 2nd
. [See also edit modes]
accessing 2nd
accessing with fc command 2nd
accessing with history command 2nd
accessing with r command 2nd 3rd
editing 2nd
file location
size of
sizing 2nd
command line
command prompt
changing 2nd
command substitution
expr command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
command-line editing 2nd
command-line tools. [See commands]
commands 2nd
. [See also command files, programs]
. (period) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
[colon] 2nd
alias 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
aliases
defining 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
removing
awk
bg 2nd
break 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
case 2nd 3rd
syntax 2nd 3rd
cat 2nd 3rd
cd 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
- option 2nd
command cycle 2nd
command files 2nd
creating 2nd
command history 2nd
. [See also edit modes]
accessing 2nd
accessing with fc command 2nd
accessing with history command 2nd
accessing with r command 2nd 3rd
editing 2nd
file location
size of
sizing 2nd
command options 2nd 3rd
command substitution
continue 2nd 3rd 4th
continuing to next line
cp 2nd 3rd 4th
cut
-d option 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
-f option 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
syntax
date 2nd 3rd
echo 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
escape characters 2nd
emacs line edit mode 2nd
entering 2nd 3rd
entering multiple 2nd
eval 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
exec 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
executing
executing in background
exit 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
exit status
export 2nd 3rd
-p option
expr 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
false
fc 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
fg 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
for 2nd 3rd
$* variable
$@ variable 2nd 3rd
examples 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
for without the list 2nd
syntax 2nd
general format of
getopts 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
grep 2nd
-l option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-v option 2nd
examples 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
syntax
grouping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
hash 2nd
history 2nd
if 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
elif construct 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
else construct 2nd 3rd 4th
exit status 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
syntax 2nd
testing conditions in. [See test command]
info
jobs 2nd 3rd
kill 2nd 3rd 4th
ln 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
ls 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
man
mkdir 2nd
multiple commands
entering on one line
mv
moving files 2nd
renaming files 2nd 3rd
newgrp 2nd
null command ([colon]) 2nd
paste
-d option 2nd
-s option 2nd
examples 2nd 3rd
syntax
perl
printf 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
conversion specification characters 2nd
conversion specification modifiers 2nd
examples 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
syntax
printing information about
p s 2nd
pwd 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
r 2nd 3rd
read 2nd 3rd
syntax 2nd
readonly 2nd 3rd 4th
return 2nd 3rd 4th
returning information about 2nd
type command 2nd
rm 2nd
rmdir 2nd
scanning twice before execution 2nd 3rd 4th
sed
-d option 2nd
-n option 2nd
syntax
sending to background 2nd 3rd
set 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
-- option 2nd 3rd 4th
-x option 2nd
executing without arguments 2nd
reassigning positional parameters with 2nd 3rd
sh
-x option 2nd 3rd 4th
shift 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
sort 2nd
+ln option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-o option 2nd
-r option 2nd
-t option 2nd 3rd
-u option 2nd
summary of 2nd
test 2nd 3rd 4th
alternative format 2nd
file operators 2nd 3rd
integer operators 2nd 3rd
logical negation operator (!) 2nd
logical OR operator (-o) 2nd
parentheses 2nd
string operators 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
syntax 2nd
times 2nd
tr
-d option 2nd
-s option 2nd
syntax
trap 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
ignoring signals 2nd
resetting traps 2nd
signal numbers
syntax
true
type 2nd 3rd 4th
umask 2nd
unalias 2nd
uniq
-c option
-d option 2nd 3rd
examples 2nd 3rd
syntax
unset 2nd 3rd 4th
until 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
examples 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
syntax 2nd
vi line edit mode 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
$ 2nd
/ 2nd 3rd
0 2nd
a 2nd
b 2nd
commands 2nd 3rd 4th
dw
h 2nd 3rd
i 2nd
j 2nd 3rd
k 2nd 3rd
l 2nd 3rd
r
w 2nd
x 2nd 3rd
wait 2nd
$! variable 2nd
example
syntax 2nd
while 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
who 2nd
wv 2nd
commaneds
read
exit status 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
commans
executing 2nd 3rd 4th
comments 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
comments# (pound sign)
comparing values
case command
command syntax 2nd 3rd
compatibility of shells 2nd
contents of files
displaying
cat command 2nd
continuation character (
continue command 2nd 3rd 4th
Coorinated Universal Time
copying
files
checking destination files 2nd 3rd
cp command 2nd 3rd 4th
echo escape characters 2nd
final code listing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
initial code listing 2nd 3rd
read command
counting
words in files
wc command 2nd
Ctrl+j command (vi)
Ctrl+l command (vi)
Ctrl+m command (vi)
Ctrl+v command (vi)
Ctrl+w command (vi)
curly braces ({})
current directory 2nd
current program, replacing with new program 2nd 3rd
current working directories
changing
defined
displaying
pwd command 2nd
cut command
-d option 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
-f option 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
syntax
Cygwin
Web site
d (-d) operator
D command (vi)
d conversion specification character
d option
cut command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
paste command 2nd
sed command 2nd
uniq command 2nd 3rd
d options
tr command 2nd
dangling symbolic links
data types
integer 2nd
date command 2nd 3rd
date/time
displaying
date command 2nd
defining
aliases 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
functions 2nd
Delete key 2nd
deleting
aliases
directories
rmdir command 2nd
duplicate lines 2nd
files
rm command 2nd
function definitions 2nd
lines of text
sed command 2nd
phone book entries 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th
variable definitions 2nd
delimiter characters
sort command 2nd 3rd
design
rolodex program 2nd
destination files
checking 2nd 3rd
directories 2nd 3rd 4th
. [See also files]
changing
copying files between 2nd
creating
mkdir command 2nd
current directory 2nd
current working directories
changing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
defined
displaying 2nd
deleting
rmdir command 2nd
directory structure 2nd
home directories
identifying 2nd
listing files in
ls command 2nd 3rd 4th
moving files between 2nd
parent directories
pathnames 2nd
. pathname
.. pathname
full pathnames
relative pathnames
root directories
working directory
printing 2nd
disabling
trace mode
display program 2nd
displaying
current working directory
pwd command 2nd
date/time
date command 2nd
file contents
cat command 2nd
list of files
ls command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
list of variables 2nd
logged-in users
who command 2nd
phone book entries 2nd 3rd 4th
traps 2nd
variable values
documentation
man pages
tutorials
Web sites 2nd
Cygwin
Free Software Foundation
Korn shell 2nd
POSIX standard
dollar sign ($) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
double quotes () 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
downloading
Korn shell
duplicate lines
deleting 2nd
duplicating
lines 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
dw command (vi)

[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E ] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
e (-e) operator
e option
fc command
e option (set command)
echo command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
escape characters 2nd
edit mode commands (vi) 2nd 3rd
edit modes
emacs 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
commands 2nd
cursor 2nd
vi 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
command mode
commands 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th
input mode
editing
command history 2nd
files
sed command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
phone book entries 2nd 3rd
editors
stream editor (sed)
-d option 2nd
-n option 2nd
syntax
elements of arrays
assigning
retrieving
emacs line edit mode 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
commands 2nd
cursor 2nd
enabling
trace mode 2nd
end of line, matching 2nd 3rd
Enter command (vi) 2nd
entering
commands 2nd 3rd
loops on one line 2nd 3rd
entering multiple commands on one line
entries (phone book)
adding 2nd
deleting 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
displaying 2nd
editing 2nd 3rd
listing 2nd 3rd
looking up 2nd
rolo program listing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
ENV files 2nd
ENV variable 2nd
environment
. [See also variables]
defined
ENV file 2nd
subshells 2nd
environmental control
eof command (vi)
eq (-eq) operator
equal sign (=) 2nd 3rd
erase command (vi)
errexit shell mode
errors
standard error 2nd 3rd
ESC command (vi)
escape character
escape characters
echo command 2nd
eval command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
evaluating
expressions
exec command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
execute permissions
command files 2nd
executing
background execution
scanning twice before execution 2nd 3rd 4th
file contents in current shell 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
functions 2nd
terminating execution 2nd
jobs
background execution 2nd
foreground execution 2nd
loops
background execution 2nd
exercises
chapter 1 2nd 3rd
chapter 10
chapter 11 2nd 3rd
chapter 12 2nd 3rd
chapter 13 2nd
chapter 14 2nd 3rd
chapter 15 2nd 3rd
chapter 4
chapter 5 2nd 3rd
chapter 6 2nd
chapter 7 2nd 3rd
chapter 8 2nd 3rd
chapter 9 2nd 3rd
exit command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
EXIT signal
exit status 2nd 3rd
$? variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
nonzero values
read command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
zero
exiting
loops
break command 2nd 3rd
programs 2nd
expansion
export command 2nd 3rd
-p option
exported variables 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
exporting
variables 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
expressions
arithmetic expressions 2nd 3rd 4th
evaluating
expressions (regular expressions) 2nd
[...] construct 2nd 3rd
asterisk (*) 2nd 3rd 4th
caret (^) 2nd
dollar sign ($) 2nd 3rd
grep command
-l option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-v option 2nd
syntax
period (.) 2nd 3rd
summary of 2nd
extracting
characters from files
f (" " \f )escapecharacte

f (" " \f )escapecharacter
f (-f) operator
F command (vi)
UNREGISTERED
f option
cut command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
f option (set command)
false command
fc command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
FCEDIT variable 2nd
fg command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
fields
Input Field Separator (IFS) variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
skipping during sorts 2nd
file descriptors
filename substitution 2nd 3rd 4th
* (asterisk) 2nd 3rd 4th
? (question mark) 2nd
[] (brackets) 2nd
examples 2nd
multiple character matching 2nd 3rd 4th
single character matching 2nd 3rd
variables 2nd 3rd
filenames
[] (brackets) 2nd
examples 2nd
variables 2nd 3rd
files
. [See also directories]
.profile 2nd 3rd
archive files
command files 2nd
creating 2nd
command history file. [See command history]
copying
checking destination files 2nd 3rd
read command
counting words in
wc command 2nd
deleting
rm command 2nd
destination files
displaying contents of
cat command 2nd
duplicating lines in 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
editing
ENV files 2nd
executing contents in current shell 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
extracting characters from
file descriptors
[] (brackets) 2nd
examples 2nd
variables 2nd 3rd
filenames
linking
ln command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
symbolic links 2nd
listing
moving between directories
mv command 2nd
ordinary files
paths
PATH variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th
phonebook file
adding entries to 2nd 3rd
deleting entries from 2nd 3rd 4th
looking up entries 2nd 3rd
reading data from 2nd
renaming
mv command 2nd 3rd
searching
grep command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
sorting 2nd
arithmetic sorts 2nd
delimiter characters 2nd 3rd
duplicate lines 2nd
reversing sort order 2nd
skipped fields 2nd
writing sorted data to standard output 2nd
source files
special files
temporary files 2nd 3rd
fils
reading
. command
filters 2nd
finding
home directories 2nd
phone book entries 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
for command 2nd 3rd
$* variable
$@ variable 2nd 3rd
syntax 2nd
foreground, executing jobs in
foreground, running jobs in
formatted output
printing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
command syntax
Fox, Brian
FPATH variable
Web site
FreeBSD Unleashed
full pathnames
functions 2nd 3rd
advantages 2nd
arguments
automatically loaded functions 2nd
cdh 2nd 3rd 4th
defining 2nd
deleting 2nd
executing 2nd
mycd function 2nd
recursive functions 2nd
stopping execution of
terminating execution of 2nd
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
ge (-ge) operator
getopts command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
getty program 2nd
Greenwich Mean Time
greg command
-l option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-v option 2nd
syntax
grep command 2nd
grouping
commands 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
groups
changing 2nd
gt (-gt) operator
h command (vi) 2nd 3rd

h option (set command)
hash command 2nd
hierarchical directory structure 2nd
HISTFILE variable 2nd
history command 2nd
history file. [See command history]
HISTSIZE variable 2nd
home directories
identifying 2nd
HOME variable 2nd 3rd
HUP signal
hyphen (-)
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
i command (vi) 2nd 3rd

I command (vi)
i option
sh command
I/O (input/output) 2nd
filters 2nd
formatted output
printing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th
in-line input redirection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
creating archives with 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
example 2nd 3rd 4th
input redirection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
loops 2nd
output redirection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
loops 2nd
pipes 2nd 3rd 4th
pipeline hookup 2nd
redirecting
writing to 2nd
standard input 2nd 3rd 4th
closing
translating characters from 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
standard output 2nd 3rd 4th
closing
writing sorted data to 2nd
stream editor (sed)
-d option 2nd
-n option 2nd
syntax
IDs
job_ids 2nd
PIDs (process ids) 2nd
PPIDs (parent process ids)
if command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
exit status
nonzero values
zero values
syntax 2nd
testing conditions in. [See test command]
IFS variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
ignoreeof shell mode
ignoring
signals 2nd
example 2nd 3rd 4th
info command
init program 2nd
Input Field Separator (IFS) variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
input mode commands (vi) 2nd
input. [See I/O (input/output)]
UNREGISTERED[See
input/output.I/O]
inserting
phone book entries 2nd
INT signal
integer arithmetic
arithmetic bases 2nd 3rd
integer types 2nd
integer expansion 2nd 3rd
integers
interpreted programming languages 2nd
interrupt signals
ignoring 2nd
sending
signal numbers 2nd
trapping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
ison program
passing arguments to 2nd
j command (vi) 2nd 3rd

job numbers
job_ids 2nd
jobs
. [See also processes]
active jobs, printing list of 2nd
defined
job_ids 2nd
killing 2nd 3rd 4th
messages
running in background 2nd
running in foreground 2nd
status of
stopping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
suspending 2nd 3rd 4th
terminating 2nd
jobs command 2nd 3rd
Joy, Bill
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
k command (vi) 2nd 3rd

kernel
defined 2nd
keys
UNREGISTERED
Break
Delete 2nd
keyword parameters 2nd
assigning values to 2nd 3rd 4th
kill command 2nd 3rd 4th
kill command (vi)
UNREGISTERED
KILL signal
killing
jobs 2nd 3rd 4th
Korn shell
Korn shell Web site 2nd
Korn, David 2nd
L (-L) operator
l command (vi) 2nd 3rd
L command (vi)
l option
grep command 2nd
wc command
languages
. [See shell programming language]
shell programming language
comments
shell programming languages
variables 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st
le (-le) operator
Learning Pearl
Learning Perl
left shifting positional parameters 2nd 3rd
line numbering program 2nd
LINENO variable
lines
(of text)
deleting
sed command 2nd
duplicate lines
deleting 2nd
duplicating 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
pasting together
paste command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
pattern matching
end of line 2nd 3rd
sorting 2nd
duplicate lines 2nd
skipped fields 2nd
linking
files
symbolic links 2nd
Linux in a Nutshell
listall program 2nd 3rd
listing
files
phone book entries 2nd 3rd
variables 2nd
ln (+ln) option
sort command 2nd
local variables 2nd
logged-in users
displaying
who command 2nd
login program 2nd 3rd
login shell 2nd 3rd 4th
getty program 2nd
init program 2nd
logins
.profile file 2nd 3rd
login cycle
looking up
phone book entries 2nd
looking up phone book entries 2nd 3rd
loops 2nd
breaking 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
executing in background 2nd
for command
$* variable
$@ variable 2nd 3rd
syntax 2nd
I/O redirection 2nd
piping data into and out of 2nd
shorthand notation 2nd 3rd
skipping commands in 2nd 3rd 4th
terminating 2nd
typing on one line 2nd 3rd
until command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
syntax 2nd
while command 2nd 3rd
lt (-lt) operator
lu program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
m option (set command)

MAIL variable
MAILCHECK variable
MAILPATH variable
man command
man pages
matching patterns 2nd 3rd 4th
* (asterisk) 2nd
? (question mark)
[...] construct
end of line 2nd 3rd
grep command
-l option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-v option 2nd
syntax
menu-driven phone program. [See rolodex program]
messages
job messages
mkdir command 2nd
modes
access modes
trace mode
disabling
enabling 2nd
vi line edit mode 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
modes (shell) 2nd
emacs 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
commands 2nd
cursor 2nd
vi 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
command mode
commands 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th
input mode
mon program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
monitor shell mode
mounset shell mode
moving
files
mv command 2nd
multiple characters
matching 2nd 3rd 4th
multiple commands
entering 2nd
entering on one line
mv command
moving files 2nd
renaming files 2nd 3rd
mycd function 2nd
mycp program
destination files, checking 2nd 3rd
read command
n () escape character
n () escape characters
n command (vi)
N command (vi)
n option
grep command 2nd
sed command 2nd
sort command 2nd
n option (set command)
naming
files
mv command 2nd 3rd
naming conventions
filenames
pathnames 2nd
. pathname
.. pathname
full pathnames
relative pathnames
variables
ne (-ne) operator
negation operators
New KornShell Command and Programming Language, The
newgrp command 2nd
newline characters
nnn escape characters (italic n's)
noclobber shell mode
noexec shell mode
noglob shell mode
nolog shell mode
nonzero exit status
null command ([colon]) 2nd
null values 2nd 3rd
number program 2nd
number2 program 2nd
numbers
exit status 2nd
nonzero values
zero
job numbers
signal numbers 2nd 3rd
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
o (+o) option (set command)

o conversion specification character
o option
sort command 2nd
o option (set command)
O'Reilly and Associates
recommended reading 2nd
Web site
operators 2nd
options (command) 2nd 3rd
OR operators
ordinary files
output. [See I/O (input/output)]
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
P command (vi)
p command (vi)
p option
export command
parameter substitution 2nd
pattern matching contructs 2nd 3rd 4th
parameters 2nd 3rd
. [See also arguments, variables]2nd [See also variables]
keyword parameters
assigning values to 2nd
parameter substitution 2nd 3rd 4th
positional parameters 2nd
reassigning values to 2nd 3rd
parent directories
parent process ids (PPIDs)
parent processes
parentheses 2nd
passing
variables to subshells 2nd 3rd 4th
passing arguments 2nd 3rd 4th
$# variable 2nd
$* variable 2nd
${n} variable 2nd
paste command
-d option 2nd
-s option 2nd
examples 2nd 3rd
syntax
pasting
lines
paste command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
PATH variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
pathnames 2nd
. pathname
.. pathname
full pathnames
relative pathnames
paths
FPATH variable
PATH variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th
pattern matching 2nd 3rd 4th
* (asterisk) 2nd
? (question mark)
[...] construct
end of line 2nd 3rd
grep command
-l option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-v option 2nd
syntax
parameter substitution contructs 2nd 3rd 4th
percent sign (%) 2nd
period (.) 2nd 3rd
. command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
. pathname
.. pathname
perl command
Perl in a Nutshell
permissions
execute permissions
command files 2nd
phone book
(rolodex program)
design considerations 2nd
entries
adding 2nd
deleting 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
displaying 2nd
editing 2nd 3rd
listing 2nd 3rd
looking up 2nd
rolo program listing 2nd 3rd 4th
sample program output 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
phonebook file
adding entries to 2nd 3rd
deleting entries from 2nd 3rd 4th
looking up entries 2nd 3rd
PHONEBOOK variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
pipe character (|)
pattern matching
pipes 2nd 3rd 4th
pipeline hookup 2nd
piping data into loops 2nd
plus sign (+)
pointers to variables
creating
positional parameters 2nd 3rd 4th
defined 2nd
left shifting 2nd 3rd 4th
reassigning values to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
POSIX standard
Web site
POSIX standard shell
pound sign (#) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
PPID variable
precise number of characters, matching 2nd 3rd 4th
printf command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
syntax
printing
command information
formatted output 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
command syntax
job status
list of active jobs 2nd
working directory 2nd
process ids (PIDs) 2nd
processes
. [See also jobs]
background processes
waiting for 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
child processes
defined
parent processes
pipeline processes 2nd 3rd
returning status of 2nd
profile (.profile) file 2nd 3rd
program loops. [See loops]
Programming Pearl
Programming Perl
programs
. [See also command files, commands]
add 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
addi 2nd
args 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
cdtest
change 2nd 3rd
display 2nd
exit status 2nd
nonzero values
zero
exiting 2nd
getty 2nd
init 2nd
interrupt signals
ignoring 2nd
sending
signal numbers 2nd
trapping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
ison 2nd
listall 2nd 3rd
login 2nd 3rd
lu 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
mon 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
mycp
destination files, checking 2nd 3rd
read command
number 2nd
number2 2nd
passing arguments to 2nd 3rd 4th
$# variable 2nd
$* variable 2nd
${n} variable 2nd
rem 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th
replacing current program with new program 2nd 3rd
reverse
rolo 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
case statement
echo command
sample runs 2nd
rolodex
add program 2nd
display program 2nd
lu program 2nd
rem program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
rolo program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
sample output 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
twhile 2nd
vartest 2nd
vartest2 2nd
vartest3 2nd
vartest4 2nd
vartest5
prompts
secondary prompts
ps command 2nd
PS1 variable 2nd 3rd
PS2 variable 2nd 3rd
PS4 variable
pseudo ttys
pwd command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
PWD variable
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
question mark (?)

quote characters 2nd
back quote (`) 2nd 3rd 4th
backslash ( 2nd 3rd
double quotes () 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
single quote (') 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th

r (" " \r " ") escape character

r (" " \r " ") escape characters
r (-r) operator
r command 2nd 3rd
r command (vi)
r option
sort command 2nd
read command 2nd 3rd
exit status 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
syntax 2nd
read-only variables 2nd
creating 2nd
reading
files
. command
reading data 2nd
readonly command 2nd 3rd 4th
reassigning
values to positional parameters 2nd 3rd
recommended reading. [See books]
recursive functions 2nd
Red Hat Linux 8 Unleashed
redirecting I/O (input/output)
loops 2nd
redirection
example 2nd 3rd 4th
standard error
regular expressions 2nd
[...] construct 2nd 3rd
asterisk (*) 2nd 3rd 4th
caret (^) 2nd
dollar sign ($) 2nd 3rd
grep command
-l option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-v option 2nd
syntax
period (.) 2nd 3rd
summary of 2nd
relative pathnames
rem program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th
removing
aliases
removing. [See deleting]
renaming
files
mv command 2nd 3rd
repeating characters
echo command 2nd
replacing
current program with new program 2nd 3rd
resetting
traps 2nd
restricted shell (rsh) 2nd 3rd 4th
return command 2nd 3rd 4th
reverse program
reversing
sort order 2nd
rm command 2nd
rmdir command 2nd
rolo program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
case statement
echo command
sample runs 2nd
rolodex program
add program 2nd
display program 2nd
lu program 2nd
rem program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
rolo program 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
case statement
echo command
sample runs 2nd
sample output 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
root directories
rsh (restricted shell) 2nd 3rd 4th
run command file
passing arguments to 2nd
running. [See executing]
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
s (-s) operator
S command (vi)
s conversion specification character
s option
fc command
paste command 2nd
sh command
s options
tr command 2nd
Sams Teach Yourself FreeBSD in 24 Hours
Sams Teach Yourself Red Hat Linux 8.0 in 24 Hours
Sams Teach Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours
Sams Teach Yourself Unix in 24 Hours
saving
matched characters 2nd 3rd 4th
search order 2nd
searching
. [See also pattern matching]
files
phone book entries 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
search order 2nd
secondary prompts
Sed & Awk
sed command 2nd
examples
syntax
selecting
shells 2nd
semicolon ()
(semicolon) command (vi)
sending
commands to background 2nd 3rd
set command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
-- option 2nd 3rd 4th
-x option 2nd
reassigning positional parameters with 2nd 3rd
sh command
-x option 2nd 3rd 4th
shell 2nd 3rd 4th
command execution 2nd 3rd 4th
defined
entering commands in 2nd 3rd
environmental control
filename substitution 2nd
input redirection 2nd 3rd
getty program 2nd
init program 2nd
output redirection 2nd 3rd
pipeline hookup 2nd
shell programming language 2nd
variables 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st
variables. [See variables]
starting up
trace mode
disabling
enabling 2nd
variables
assigning values to
shell archive files
shell programming language 2nd
# (pound sign)
shell programming languages
variables
$# variable 2nd 3rd
$* variable 2nd
${n} variable 2nd
assigning to other variables
displaying values of
examples 2nd
naming conventions
null values 2nd 3rd
positional parameters 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
variable substitution 2nd
shell variables. [See variables]
shells
Bash
compatibility summary 2nd
jobs
job_ids 2nd
messages
stopping 2nd
Korn
restricted shell (rsh) 2nd 3rd 4th
selecting 2nd
shell modes 2nd
subshells 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
shift command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
signals
ignoring 2nd
sending to programs
signal numbers 2nd 3rd
trapping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
single characters
matching 2nd 3rd
single quote (') 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
sizing
command history
command history file 2nd
skipping commands in loops 2nd 3rd 4th
skipping fields 2nd
slash (/) 2nd 3rd
sort command 2nd
+ln option 2nd
-n option 2nd
-o option 2nd
-r option 2nd
-t option 2nd 3rd
-u option 2nd
sorting files 2nd
duplicate lines 2nd
skipped fields 2nd
source files
special files
special variables. [See variables]
redirecting
writing to 2nd
standard input 2nd 3rd 4th
closing
translating characters from 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
standard output 2nd 3rd 4th
closing
writing sorted data to 2nd
starting
shell
startup
status
exit status 2nd 3rd
nonzero values
read command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
zero
of jobs
status of processes, returning 2nd
stopping
function execution
jobs 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
loops 2nd
stream editor (sed)
-d option 2nd
-n option 2nd
syntax
streams
stream editor (sed)
-d option 2nd
-n option 2nd
syntax
strings
subscripts
subshells 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
passing variables to 2nd 3rd 4th
subsitution
substituting
variables 2nd
substituting filenames 2nd 3rd 4th
[] (brackets) 2nd
examples 2nd
variables 2nd 3rd
substitution
tilde substitution 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
substitution (command)
summary of commands 2nd
suspending
jobs 2nd 3rd 4th
symbolic links 2nd
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T ] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
t (" " \t " ") escape character

t (" " \t " ") escape characters
t option
sort command 2nd 3rd
UNREGISTERED
tapping
signals 2nd
TERM signal
TERM variable 2nd
terminal type 2nd
UNREGISTERED
terminating
function execution 2nd
jobs 2nd
loops 2nd
test command 2nd 3rd 4th
alternative format 2nd
parentheses 2nd
syntax 2nd
testing
conditions in if commands
parentheses 2nd
test command syntax 2nd 3rd
text
. [See also lines]
characters
extracting 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
translating from standard input 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
editing
lines
deleting 2nd
duplicating 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
pasting together 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
sorting 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
pattern matching
end of line 2nd 3rd
grep command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
searching
tilde (~)
tilde substitution 2nd 3rd 4th
tilde substitution 2nd 3rd 4th
tile (~)
tilde substitution
time
recording amount used
time zones
TZ variable 2nd
time/date
displaying
date command 2nd
times command 2nd
tools. [See commands]2nd [See commands]
tr command
-d option 2nd
-s option 2nd
syntax
trace mode
disabling
enabling 2nd
translating
characters from standard input 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
trap command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
ignoring signals 2nd
resetting traps 2nd
signal numbers
syntax
traps
creating 2nd 3rd
displaying 2nd
resetting 2nd
signal numbers 2nd
true command
tutorials
twhile program 2nd
type command 2nd 3rd 4th
types
integer 2nd
types (data)
TZ variable 2nd

u command (vi)
U command (vi)
u conversion specification character
u option
sort command 2nd
u option (set command)
umask command 2nd
unalias command 2nd
underscore (_) 2nd
uniq command
-c option
-d option 2nd 3rd
examples 2nd 3rd
syntax
Unix C Shell Field Guide, The
Unix in a Nutshell[colon] System V Edition
Unix Programmer's Manual, Volume II
Unix Programming Environment, The 2nd
Unix Unleashed
unset command 2nd 3rd 4th
until command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
syntax 2nd
User's Reference Manual/System Administrator's Reference Manual
users
logged-in users
displaying 2nd
utilities
. [See also commands, shell]
defined
utilities. [See commands]
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V] [ W] [ X ] [ Y] [ Z ]
v () escape character
v option
grep command 2nd
v option (set command)
UNREGISTERED
values
assigning to keyword parameters 2nd
assigning to variables 2nd 3rd
comparing with case command
command syntax 2nd 3rd
displaying
null values 2nd 3rd
reassigning to positional parameters 2nd 3rd
variables 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
$!
$! variable 2nd
$#
$# variable 2nd 3rd
$$
$$ variable
$*
$* variable 2nd 3rd
$-
$?
$@
$@ variable 2nd 3rd
${n} variable 2nd
$0
$0 variable 2nd
assigning to other variables
assigning variables to
CDPATH 2nd 3rd 4th
displaying values of
ENV 2nd
examples 2nd
exporting 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
FCEDIT 2nd
FPATH
HISTFILE 2nd
HISTSIZE 2nd
HOME 2nd 3rd
IFS
IFS variable 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
LINENO
listing 2nd
local variables 2nd
MAIL
MAILCHECK
MAILPATH
naming conventions
null values 2nd 3rd
passing to subshells 2nd 3rd 4th
PATH 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
PHONEBOOK 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
pointers
creating
positional parameters
defined 2nd
left shifting 2nd 3rd
PPID
PS1 2nd 3rd
PS2 2nd 3rd
PS4
PWD
read-only variables 2nd
creating 2nd
removing from environment 2nd
TERM 2nd
TZ 2nd
unsetting 2nd 3rd
variable substitution 2nd
vartest program 2nd
vartest2 program 2nd
vartest5 program
verbose shell mode
vi line edit mode 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
command mode
commands 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
$ 2nd
/ 2nd 3rd
0 2nd
a 2nd
b 2nd
dw
h 2nd 3rd
i 2nd
j 2nd 3rd
k 2nd 3rd
l 2nd 3rd
r
w 2nd
x 2nd 3rd
input mode
vi shell mode

w (-w) operator
w command (vi) 2nd
w option
wc command
wait command 2nd
$! variable 2nd
example
syntax 2nd
waiting for processes 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
wc command 2nd
Web sites 2nd
Cygwin
Korn shell 2nd
O'Reilly and Associates Web site
POSIX standard
while command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
whitespace characters
who command 2nd
words
counting
wc command 2nd
working directory
printing 2nd
writing
sorted data to standard output 2nd
to standard error 2nd
[ SYMBOL] [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D] [ E] [ F] [ G ] [ H] [ I ] [ J] [ K ] [ L] [ M] [ N] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T] [ U] [ V ] [ W] [ X] [ Y] [ Z ]
x (-x) operator
x command (vi) 2nd 3rd
x conversion specification character
X conversion specification character
UNREGISTERED
x option
set command 2nd
sh command 2nd 3rd 4th
x option (set command)
xtrace shell mode

Y command (vi)
zero (0) exit status

zero exit status

Unix Shell Programming, 3rd Edition

Uploaded by

Unix Shell Programming, 3rd Edition

Uploaded by

• Table of Contents

By Stephen G. Kochan , Patrick Wood

Publisher: Sams Publishing

By Stephen G. Kochan , Patrick Wood

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 2002115932

Printed in the United States of America

First Printing: March 2003

Warning and Disclaimer

To my father, Harry Wood

To Gregory, Linda, and Julia for giving meaning to my life

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

Working with Files

Standard Input/Output and I/O Redirection

Displaying the Date and Time: The date Command

Sat Jul 20 14:42:56 EDT 2002

Finding Out Who's Logged In: The who Command

pat tty29 Jul 19 14:40

ruth tty37 Jul 19 10:54

steve tty25 Jul 19 15:52

pat tty29 Jul 19 14:40

Echoing Characters: The echo Command

$ echo this is a test

$ echo why not print out a longer line with echo?

why not print out a longer line with echo?

A blank line is displayed

$ echo one two three four five

one two three four five

Listing Files: The ls Command

Displaying the Contents of a File: The cat Command

Counting the Number of Words in a File: The wc Command

To count just the number of characters in a file, the -c option is specified:

Making a Copy of a File: The cp Command

Renaming a File: The mv Command

Figure 2.1. Example directory structure.

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

Figure 2.2. Directories containing subdirectories.

Figure 2.3. Hierarchical directory structure.

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

Changing Directories: The cd Command

Figure 2.4. Current working directory is steve.

Figure 2.5. cd documents.

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

Figure 2.7. cd documents/letters.

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

More on the ls Command

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

drwxr-xr-x 5 steve DP3725 80 Jun 25 13:27 documents

drwxr-xr-x 2 steve DP3725 96 Jun 25 13:31 programs

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 358 Jun 25 13:31 collect

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 1219 Jun 25 13:31 mon

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 wb

Creating a Directory: The mkdir Command

The directory structure now appears as shown in Figure 2.8.

Figure 2.8. Directory structure with newly created misc directory.

Copying a File from One Directory to Another

$ cp wb collect mon ../misc

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

UNREGISTERED VERSION OF CHM TO PDF CONVERTER PRO BY THETA-SOFTWARE

$ mv wb collect mon ../misc

Linking Files: The ln Command

This links the file from to the file to.

Look what happens when you execute an ls -l:

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 358 Jun 25 13:31 collect

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 1219 Jun 25 13:31 mon

-rwxr-xr-x 2 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 wb

-rwxr-xr-x 2 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 writeback

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 1219 Jun 25 13:31 mon

-rwxr-xr-x 1 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 wb

/users/pat/bin pat's program directory

-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 1358 Jan 15 11:01 lcat

-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 504 Apr 21 18:30 xtr

$ ln /users/steve/wb . link wb to pat's bin

-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 1358 Jan 15 11:01 lcat

-rwxr-xr-x 2 steve DP3725 89 Jun 25 13:30 wb

-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 504 Apr 21 18:30 xtr

-rwxr-xr-x 1 pat DP3822 1358 Jan 15 11:01 lcat